(3924) DPP

PHYSICS
TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020


Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

DPPDAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
NO. B33 TO B34
DPP No. : B33 (JEE-Main)

Total Marks : 60 Max. Time : 40 min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.20 (3 marks, 2 min.) [60, 40]
ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B33

1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (C) 6. (C) 7. (A)
8. (D) 9. (A) 10. (D) 11. B = 2.1 × 10–8 kT 12. (a) 23.9 GHz
(b) 60 sin (0.5 × 103x + 1.5 × 1011 t) V/m 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (A) 16. (C)
17. (D) 18. (C) 19. (B) 20. (A)
1. A point object is placed at a distance of 20 cm from a thin plane convex lens of focal length 15 cm
(n = 1.5). Now the curved surface is silvered. The image will be formed at :
,d fcUnqor oLrq irys lery mÙky ySUl ls 20 cm nwjh ij gSA ySUl dh Qksdl nwjh 15 cm (n = 1.5) gSA vc
oØ lrg pkW¡nh iksfy'k dj nh tkrh gS rks çfrfcEc cusxk :
20
(A) 60 cm left of AB (B) 30 cm left of AB (C*) cm left of AB (D) 60 cm right of AB
7
(A) AB ls 60 cm cka;s rjQ (B) AB ls 30 cm cka;s rjQ
20
(C*) AB ls cm cka;s rjQ (D) AB ls 60 cm nka;s rjQ
7
1  1 1  1 1 1  15
Sol. = (n – 1)     = (1.5 – 1)    R=
f R
 1 R 2  15   R  2
R 15 5
Equivalent focal length rqY; Qksdl nwjh f = = = cm
2n 2  2  1.5 2
1 1 2
= 
f fm f
2 2(n  1) R
=   f=
R R 2n
system behaves as a concave mirror fudk; vory niZ.k dh rjg O;ogkj djsxk
1 1 1
 =
v u f
1 1 2 20
 =  v= cm
v 20 5 7
Reg. & Corp. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.)-324005
Website: www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : [email protected]
PAGE NO.-1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
2. In the system shown in figure assume that cylinder remains in contact with the two wedges. The
velocity of cylinder is -
fp=k esa ,d fudk; iznf'kZr gS ekfu;s fd csyu nks ostks ds e/; lEidZ esa jgrk gSA csyu dk osx gS -
csyu
u m/s 2u m/s
30° 30°
u 13 u
(A) 19  4 3 m/s (B) m/s (C) 3 u m/s (D*) 7 u m/s
2 2
Sol. (D)
Method - I fof/k - 
As cylinder will remains in contact with wedge A D;ksafd csyu ost A ds laidZ esa gS
Vx = 2u
As it also remain in contact with wedge B

;g ost B ds lkFk Hkh laidZ esa jgrk gSA
u sin 30° = Vy cos30° – Vx sin30°
sin30 Usin30
Vy = Vx +
cos30 cos30
Vy = Vx tan30° + u tan 30°
Vy = 3u tan30° = 3 u
V= Vx2  Vy2 = 7u Ans.
Method - II fof/k - II
In the frame of A fof/k A ds ra=k esa
3u sin 30º = Vycos30º

 Vy = 3u tan 30º = 3 u
and o Vx = 2u  V= Vx2  Vy2 = 7 u Ans.
3. A dipole is kept at origin along y-axis. As one moves from A to B along the curve, the direction of the
electric field changes from negative y–direction to positive y–direction. The angle  (with the dipole
moment) at which y–component of electric field is zero is :
PAGE NO.-2
,d f}/kzqo ewy fcUnq ij y-v{k ds vuqfn'k j[kk gSA oØ ds vuqfn'k A ls B dh vksj pyus ij fo|qr {ks=k dh fn'kk
_.kkRed y–fn'kk ls /kukRed y–fn'kk esa ifjofrZr gksrh gSA dks.k  (f}/kzqo vk?kw.kZ ds lkFk) tgk¡ oS|qr {ks=k dk
y–?kVd 'kwU; gS] dk eku gksxkA
1 1
(A) 45º (B) tan–1 (C*) tan–1 2 (D) tan–1(B)
2 2
2Kpcos  Kp sin 
Sol. 3
.cos  = .sin 
r r3
 tan2 = 2
  = tan–1 2 .
4. A thin non-conducting ring of radius R has a linear charge density  = 0 cos , where  is measured as
shown. The total electric dipole moment of the charge distribution is :
,d dqpkyd R f=kT;k dh iryh oy; ij jSf[kd vkos'k ?kuRo  = 0 cos , gS] tgka  n'kkZ;s vuqlkj ekik tkrk
gSA vkos'k forj.k dk dqy fo|qr&f}/kzqo vk?kw.kZ gS &

 
R 2  0
(A) R20 (B) 2R20 (C) (D*) R20
2
Ans. (D)
Sol.
Dipole moment of the charge pair at P & Q

P rFkk Q ij vkos'k ;qXe dk f}/kzqo vk?kw.kZ = [(0 cos ) Rd] (2R cos )
/ 2
Total dipole moment = 20R2  cos2  d = R20
 / 2
/ 2
dqy f}/kzqo vk?kw.kZ = 20R2  cos2  d = R20
 / 2
PAGE NO.-3
5. A disc (of radius r cm) of uniform thickness and uniform density  has a square hole with sides of
r
length  = cm. One corner of the hole is located at the center of the disc and centre of the hole lies
2
on y-axis as shown. Then the y-coordinate of position of center of mass of disc with hole (in cm) is
r
,dleku xksVkbZ rFkk ,dleku ?kuRo  dh (r cm f=kT;k dh) ,d pdrh esa HkqTkk  = cm ds oxZ ds vkdkj dk
2
,d fNnz gSA fNnz dk ,d dksuk pdrh ds dsUnz ij fLFkr gS rFkk fNnz dk dsUnz y-v{k ij fLFkr gS tSlk fd fn[kk;k
x;k gSA rks fNnz;qä pdrh ds nzO;eku&dsUnz dh fLFkfr dk y-funsZ'kkad (cm esa) gksxk &
r r r 3r
(A)  (B)  (C*)  (D) 
2(   ¼) 4(  ¼) 4(  ½) 4(  ¼)
Sol. This disc can be assumed to be made of a complete uniform disc and a square plate with same
negative mass density.
bl pdrh dks] ,d leku ?kuRo okyh iwjh pdrh rFkk leku _.kkRed nzO;eku ?kuRo okyh oxkZdkj IysV ds
la;kstu ls cuh gqbZ eku ldrs gSA
m1y1  m 2 y 2 (  r 2 )  (0)  2 () (r / 2)
Ycm = =
m1  m2  r 2   2 ( )
r3
2 
 r 2 r
= = 
2(r 2   2 ) r2
 1
2(r 2  ) 4   
2  2 
6. A segment of angle  is cut from a half disc symmetrically as shown. If the centre of mass of the
remaining part is at a distance ‘a’ from O and the centre of mass of the original disc was at distance d
then it can be definitely said that :
,d  dks.k dk Hkkx v)Zo`Ùkkdkj pdrh ls fp=kkuqlkj dkVk tkrk gSA ;fn cps gq, Hkkx dk nzO;eku dsUnz O fcUnq ls
‘a’ nwjh ij gks rFkk çkjEHk esa v)Zo`Ùkkdkj pdrh dk nzO;eku dsUnz O ls d nwjh ij gks rks ge fuf'pr :i ls dg
ldrs gS fd :
(A) a = d (B) a > d (C*) a < d

(D) A,B,C depends on the angle of segment cut from disc.
A,B,C Hkkx ds dks.k ij fuHkZj djsaxsA
Sol. Removed part has more mass near its circumference (away from O). So after its removal centre of
mass should move nearer to O.
i.e. a < d
gVk;k gqvk Hkkx bldh ifjf/k ds ikl O ls nwj T;knk nzO;eku j[krk gS bl fy, blds gVk;s tkus ds ckn nzO;eku
dsUnz O ds ikl xfr djrk gSA
i.e. a < d
PAGE NO.-4
7. A small metal bob is suspended from a rigid support by means of an insulating string. The bob is
connected to a non-conducting and initially undeformed spring, and in a region of uniform electric field

E  E î . Then for a small charge +q on the bob, the elongation in the spring in equilibrium is (Assume
0
spring remains horizontal)
,d NksVk /kkrq dk xksyd dqpkyd Mksjh dh lgk;rk ls ,d n`<+ vk/kkj ls yVdk gqvk gSA xksyd vpkyd rFkk

izkjEHk esa vfod`r fLizax ls tqM+k gqvk gS rFkk ,d leku fo|qr {ks=k E  E0 î esa fLFkr gS rks xksyd ij vYi vkos'k
+q ds fy, lkE;oLFkk esa fLizax esa f[kapko gksxkA ¼fLizax dks {kSfrt ekfu;sA½
qE qE qE qE
(A*) (B) (C)  (D)
mg mg mg k
k k
 
Sol.
Tcos = mg ....(i)
KX + T sin  = qE ....(ii)
 mg 
Kx +   sin  = qE
 cos  
 
 qE 
x=  
 k  mg 
  
8. Consider the interference pattern on a screen in youngs double slit experiment. In the vicinity of the
geometrical centre O of the system on the screen
,d ;ax f)&fLyV iz;ksx esa insZ ij O;fDrdj.k izfr:i izkIr gksrk gSA insZ ij fudk; ds T;kferh; dsUnz ds {ks=k esa %
(A) the intensity of light is directly proportional to the distance from O
(B) the distance between two points where the intensity is same is equal to fringe width.
(C) the distance between two points where the intensity is same is equal to half of fringe width.
(D*) the fringe pattern will not shift if the plane of the slits is rotated by small angle in its own plane
keeping the mid point of the line joining the slits fixed.
(A) izdk'k dh rhozrk O ls nwjh ds lekuqikrh gksrh gSA
(B) leku rhozrkvkas okys nks fcUnqvksa ds chp dh nwjh fÝUt pkSM+kbZ ds cjkcj gksrh gSA
(C) leku rhozrkvkas okys nks fcUnqvksa ds chp dh nwjh fÝUt pkSM+kbZ dh vk/kh gksrh gSA
(D*)fÝUt izfr:Ik foLFkkfir ugha gksxk ;fn fLyVksa dks tksM+us okyh js[kk ds e/; fcUnq dks fLFkj j[krs gq;s fLyVksa ds
ry dks vYi dks.k ls ?kqek fn;k tk;sA
Sol. Fringe pattern will rotate. There will no shift in pattern.
PAGE NO.-5
9. Let S1 and S2 be the two slits in Young’s double slit experiment. If central maxima is observed at P and
angle S1PS2 = , then the fringe width for the light of wavelength  will be. (Assume  to be a small
angle)
S1 o S2 ;ax f}fLyV iz;ksx es nks fLyV ¼fNnz½ gSA ;fn dsUnzh; mfPp"B P ij çrhr gksrk gS rFkk dks.k S1PS2 =  gS
rks rjaxnS/;Z  ds fy, fÝUt pkSM+kbZ gksxh & ¼ekuk fd  cgqr de gSa½ %
(A*) / (B)  (C) 2/ (D) /2
Sol. In  S1PO :
 d/ 2
tan =
2 D
As D > > d
 is very small.  cgqr vYi gSA
   d
 tan    
2 2 2 2D
D 1 D 
   Fringe width fÝUt pkSM+kbZ =  Ans.
d  d 
10. In a YDSE both slits produce equal intensities on the screen. A 100 % transparent thin film is placed in
front of one of the slits. Now the intensity of the geometrical centre of system on the screen becomes
75 % of the previous intensity. The wavelength of the light is 6000Å and film = 1.5. The thickness of the
film cannot be:
;ax f}&fLyV iz;ksx esa nksuks fLyV insZ ij leku rhozrk mRiUu djrh gSA ,d 100 % ikjxE; iryh fQYe dks
fLyVksa esa ls ,d ds lkeus j[kk tkrk gSA vc insZ ij T;kferh; nzO;eku dsUnz dh rhozrk igys dh 75 % gks tkrh gSA
izdk'k dh rjax nS/;Z 6000Å gS rFkk fQYe = 1.5A fQYe dh dkSu lh eksVkbZ ugh gks ldrh gS &
(A) 0.2  m (B) 1.0  m (C) 1.4  m (D*) 1.6  m
Sol.  = I0 + I0 + 20 cos
max = ( 0  0 )2 = 4 0
 = 0.75 max = 3 0
so (blfy;s) 30 = I0 + I0 + 20 cos
1
cos =
2
   
 = , 2  , 2  , 4 
3 3 3 3
 5 7 11
= , , , , ......
3 3 3 3

path difference (iFkkUrj) x =  = ( – 1) t
2
0.6
t=   m

= 0.2 m, 1.0 m, 1.4 m, 2.2 m, ....
PAGE NO.-6
COMPREHENSION :
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
Sources of electromagnetic waves
It is an important result of Maxwell's theory that accelerated charges radiate electromagnetic waves.
The proof of this basic result is beyond the scope of this book, but we can accept it on the basis of
rough qualitative reasoning. Consider a charge oscillating with some frequency. (An oscillating charge
is an example of accelerating charge.) This produces an oscillating electric field in space, which
produces an oscillating magnetic field, which in turn, is a source of oscillating electric field, and so on.
The oscillating electric and magnetic fields thus regenerate each other as the waves propagates
through the space. The frequency of electromagnetic wave naturally equals the frequency of oscillation
of the charge. The energy associated with the propagating wave comes at the expense of the energy of
the source-the accelerated charge.
It can be shown from Maxwell's equations that electric and magnetic field in an electromagnetic wave
are perpendicular to each other and to the direction of propagation.
In Fig 4, we show a typical example of a plane electromagnetic wave propagating along the z direction
(the fields are shown as a function of the z coordinate, at a given time t). The electric field Ex is along
the x-axis, and varies sinusoidally with z, at a given time. The magnetic field By is along the y-axis and
again varies sinusoidally with z. The electric and magnetic fields Ex and By are perpendicular to each
other, and to the direction z of propagation. We can write Ex and By as follows :
Ex = E0 sin (kz – t) ............ Eq. 7(a)
By = B0 sin (kz – t) ............ Eq. 7 (b)
Here k is related to the wave length  of the wave by the usual equation
2
k= ............ Eq. 8

and  is the angular frequency. k is the magnitude of the wave vector (or propagation vector) k and its
irection describes the direction of propagation of the wave. The speed of propagation of the wave is
(/k). Using Eqs. [7 (a) and (b)] for Ex and By and Maxwells equation we finds that
 = cK, where, c = 1 / 00 ...........Eq.9 (a)
The relation  = cK is the standard one for waves. This relation is often written in terms of frequency. 
  (=/ 2) and wavelength.  (= 2/ k) as
 2 
2 = c   or
  
 = c ...........Eq. 9(b)
It is also seen from Maxwell's equations that the magnitude of the electric and the magnetic fields in an
electromagnetic waves are related as B0 = E0 / c.
The properties of electromagnetic waves can be summarized as follows :
1. These waves do not required any material medium to propagate.
2. These are produced by accelerating charges
3. These waves consist of time varying electric field and magnetic field.
Ex = E0 sin (kz – t)
By = B0 sin (kz – t)
PAGE NO.-7
4. The frequency of an electromagnetic wave is equal to the frequency of oscillations of electric

field and magnetic field. The frequency f =
2
5. Electric field and magnetic field associated with an EM wave are always perpendicular to each
other.
6. Electric field and magnetic field associated with an EM wave are also in same phase. The ratio
 
of E and B is equal to c.
7. The direction of propogation of EM wave is perpendicular to electric field and magnetic field.
 
The direction of propagation is in the direction of E  B .
8. In vaccum EM waves propogates with speed equal to 3 × 108 m/s, it is represented by the
symbol c. c is also equal to 1 / 00 .
1
9. In other medium EM wave propagate with a speed = .

oS|qrpqEcdh; rjaxsa (ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES)

rjaxksa ds L=kksr (Source of electromagnetic waves)
oS|qrpqacdh; (electromagnetic, la{ksi esa em) rjaxsa mRiUu dSls gksrh gSa \ u rks fLFkj vkos'k, u gh ,dleku xkfr ls pyrs gq, vkos'k
(fLFkj /kkjk), oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa ds L=kksr gks ldrs gSaA D;ksafd, fLFkj vkos'k rks dsoy fLFkjoS|qr {ks=k mRiUu djrs gSaA tcfd xkfreku vkos'k
pqcadh; {ks=k Hkh mRiUu djrs gSa ij og le; ds lkFk ifjofrZr ugha gksrk gSA eSDlosy ds fl)kar dh ;g ,d egRoiw.kZ fu"ifÙk gS fd Rofjr
vkos'k oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxsa fofdfjr djrs gSaA bl ekSfyd fu"ifÙk dk izek.k ;gk¡ ds foLrkj {ks=k ls ijs gSa, ijarq ge bldks ,d vifj"d`r,
xq.kkRed foospu ds vk/kkj ij Lohdkj dj ldrs gSaA eku yhft, fd ,d vkos'k gS tks fdlh fuf'pr vko`fÙk ls nksyu dj jgk gS (dksbZ
nksyu djrk gqvk vkos'k Hkh ,d Rofjr vkos'k dk mnkgj.k gS) A ;g ml {ks=k esa ,d nksfyr fo|qr {ks=k mRiUu djrk gS tks iqu% ,d nksfyr
pqacdh; {ks=k dks tUe nsrk gS, tks iqu% ,d nksfyr fo|qr {ks=k dh mRifÙk dk dkj.k curk gS vkSj ;g izfØ;k pyrh jgrh gSA vr% nksfyr
fo|qr ,oa pqacdh; {ks=k ,d nwljs dks laiksf"kr djrs gSa ;k dgsa fd rjax xeu djrh gSA LokHkkfod :i ls oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa dh vko`fÙk,
vkos'k ds nksyuksa dh vko`fÙk ds cjkcj gksrh gSA xeudkjh rajxksa ls tqMh ÅtkZ, L=kksr vFkkZr Rofjr vkos'k dh ÅtkZ ls gh izkIr gksrh gSA
iwoksZDr ppkZ ds vk/kkj ij gks ldrk gS fd bl izkxqfDr dk ijh{k.k fd izdk'k fo|qr pqacdh; rjax gS, lgt gks ldrk gSA ge fopkj dj
ldrs gSa fd n`'; izdk'k (ekuk fd ihyk) mRiUu djus ds fy, gesa cl ,d vkos'k dks ml izdk'k dh vko`fÙk ls nksyu djkus ds fy, ,d
ac ifjiFk dh vko';drk gSA ysfdu vQlksl dh ckr ;g gS fd ,slk laHko ugha gSA ihys izdk'k dh vko`fÙk yxHkx 6 × 1014 Hz gS
tcfd vR;f/kd vk/kqfud bySDVªkWfud ifjiFkksa ls Hkh tks vf/kdre vko`fÙk ge izkIr dj ikrs gSa og yxHkx 1011 Hz gksrh gSA ;gh dkj.k gS
fd tc oS|qr pqacdh; rjaxksa dk iz;ksfxd izn'kZu gqvk rks og fuEu vko`fÙk dh rjaxksa (jsfM;ks rjaxksa ds ifjlj esa) ds fy, gh gqvk, tSlk fd
gV~Zt ds iz;ksx (1887) ds izdj.k esa ns[k ldrs gSaA eSDlosy ds fl)kUr ds ijh{k.k ds fy, fd, x, gV~Zt ds lQy iz;ksx us luluh QSyk
nh rFkk ;s iz;ksx bl {ks=k esa vU; egRoiw.kZ dk;ksZ ds fy, izsj.kk dk vk/kkj cusA
oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa dh izd`fr (Nature of electromagnetic wave)

eSDlosy ds lehdj.kksa ds vk/kkj ij ;g n'kkZ;k tk ldrk gS fd fdlh oS|qrpaqcdh; rjax esa fo|qrh; ,oa pqacdh; {ks=k ,d nwljs ds yacor
gksrs gS vkSj blds xeu dh fn'kk ds HkhA foLFkkiu /kkjk ij fn, x, foospu ds vk/kkj ij Hkh ;g rdZlaxr izrhr gksrk gSA fp=k 2 ij fopkj
dhft,A la/kkfj=k esa IysVksa ds chp fo|qr {ks=k IysVksa ds yacor gSA foLFkkiu /kkjk ds }kjk mRiUu pqcadh; {ks=k la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ds lekarj
o`Ùk ds vuqfn'k gSA vr% bl fLFkfr esa B ,oa E ijLij yacor gSaA ;g ,d lkekU; y{k.k gSA
fp=k 4 esa geus z fn'kk esa xeu djrh gqbZ ,d lery oS|qrpqacdh; rjax dk izk:fid mnkgj.k iznf'kZr fd;k gS (fdlh {k.k t ij, {ks=kksa dks z
funsZ'kkad ds Qyu ds :i esa n'kkZ;k x;k gS) A fo|qr {ks=k Ex, x-v{k ds vuqfn'k gS vkSj fdlh {k.k t ij z ds lkFk T;koØh; :i esa
ifjofrZr gksrk gSA pq cadh; {ks=k By, y-v{k ds vuqfn'k gS vkSj ;g Hkh z ds lkFk T;koØh; :i esa ifjofrZr gksrk gSA fo|qr {ks=k Ex ,oa
pqcadh; {ks=k By ,d nwljs ds yacor gSa ,oa xeu fn'kk, z ds Hkh yacor gSA Ex ,oa By dks ge fuEuor fy[k ldrs gSa %
Ex = E0 sin (kz – t) ............7(a)
By = B0 sin (kz – t) ............7(b)
;gkW k ,oa rjax dh rjaxnS/;Z  fuEufyf[kr lkekU; laca/k gS
2
k= .................(8)

PAGE NO.-8
rFkk ;gkWa  dks.kh; vko`fr gS, k rjax lfn'k (;k xeu lfn'k) k dk ifjek.k gSA k dh fn'kk rjax ds xeu dh fn'kk fufnZ"V djrh gSA rjax
dh xeu pky (/k) gSA Ex ,oa By ds fy, lehdj.kksa [7 (a) ,oa (b)] rFkk eSDlsosy ds lehdj.kksa dk mi;ksx djds vki fuEu ifj.kke
ij igqWp ldrs gSa&
 = cK, ;gka, c = 1 / 00 ...........9(a)

lehdj.k  = cK lHkh rjaxksa ds fy, izkekf.kd laca/k gSA izk;% bl laca/k dks vko`fr,  (=/ 2) ,oa rjaxnS/;Z
(= 2/ k) ds inksa esa bl :i esa fy[kk tkrk gS &
 2 
2 = c   vFkok
  
 = c ...........9(b)
eSDlosy ds lehdj.kksa ds vk/kkj ij bl fu"d"kZ ij Hkh igqapk tk ldrk gS fd fdlh oS|qrpqacdh; rjax esa fo|qr ,oa pqcadh; {ks=k ijLij
fuEufyf[kr lehdj.k }kjk lacaf/kr gS B0 = E0/c
fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa ds xq.k:

1. buds lapj.k ds fy;s ek/;e dh vko';drk ugha gksrh gSA
2. ;g Rofjr vkos'kksa ds dkj.k mRiUu gksrh gSA
3. bu rjaxksa esa ifjorhZ fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k mifLFkr gksrk gSA
Ex = E0 sin (kz – t)
By = B0 sin (kz – t)

4. fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa dh vko`fÙk] fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k ds nksyu dh vko`fÙk ds leku gksrh gSA vko`fÙk f =
2
5. fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k ls lEcaf/kr fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax nksuksa ds yEcor~ gksrh gSA
 
6. fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax ls lEcaf/kr fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k leku dyk esa gksrs gSa rFkk E ,oa B dk vuqikr c ds
cjkcj gksrk gSA

 
7. fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax dh lapj.k fn'kk fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k ds yEcor~ gksrh gSA vFkkZr~ lapj.k fn'kk E  B dh
fn'kk esa gksrh gSA
8. fuokZr esa fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxsa izdk'k dh pky c = 3 × 108 m/s ls xeu djrh gSa] bldks c = 1 / 00 }kjk Hkh
iznf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA
1
9. vU; ek/;e esa fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa dh pky = .

PAGE NO.-9
On the basis of above information answer following questions :
mijksDr lwpukvksa ds vk/kkj ij fuEu iz'uksa dk mÙkj nks %
11. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 25 MHz travels in free space along the x-direction. At a
particular point in space and time, E = 6.3 ĵ V/m. What is B at this point ?
Solution : Using Eq. (8.10), the magnitude of B is
E
B=
c
6.3V/m
= = 2.1 × 10–8 T
3  108 m / s
To find the direction, we note that E is along y-direction and the wave propagate along x-axis.
Therefore, B should be in a direction perpendicular to both x- and y-axes. Using vector algebra,
E × B should be along x-direction. Since, (+ ĵ ) × (+ K̂ ) = î , B is along the z-direction
Thus, B = 2.1 × 10–8 kT
Hindi. 25 MHz vko`fr dh ,d lery oS|qrpqacdh; rjax fuokZr esa x-fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfreku gSA fnd~dky (space) esa fdlh fof'k"V
fcanq ij bldk E = 6.3 ĵ V/m gSa bl fcUnq ij B dk eku D;k gS \
Solution : B ,oa E ds ifjek.k ,d nwljs ls fuEufyf[kr lehdj.k }kjk lacaf/kr gSaA
E 6.3V/m
B= = = 2.1 × 10–8 T
c 3  108 m / s
bldh fn'kk ds laca/k esa ge tkurs gSa fd E, y-fn'kk ds vuqfn'k gS vkSj rjax x-fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xeu dj jgh gSA vr% B x- o
y-v{kksa nksuksa ds yacor fn'kk esa gksuk pkfg,A lfn'k chtxf.kr dk mi;ksx djus ij,
E × B dks x-fn'kk esa gksuk pkfg,A pwafd (+ ĵ ) × (+ K̂ ) = î , B z-fn'kk ds vuqfn'k gSA
vr% B = 2.1 × 10–8 k̂ T
12. The magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by

By = 2 × 10–7 sin (0.5 × 103 x + 1.5 × 1011t) T.
(a) What is the wavelength and frequency of the wave ?
(b) Write an expression for the electric field.
  x t 
Solution : (a) Comparing the given equation with By = B0 sin  2    
  y T 
2 1
we get,  = 3
m = 1.26 cm, and =  = (1.5 × 1011) / 2 = 23.9 GHz
0.5  10 T
(b) E0 = B0c = 2 × 10–7 T × 3 × 108 m/s = 60 V/m
The electric field component is perpendicular to the direction of propagation and the
direction of magnetic field. Therefore, the electric field component along the z-axis is
obtained as
Ez = 60 sin (0.5 × 103x + 1.5 × 1011 t) V/m
Hindi fdlh lery oS|qrpaqcdh; rjax esa pqacdh; {ks=k By = 2 × 10–7 sin (0.5 × 103 x + 1.5 × 1011t) T gS
(a) rajx dh vko`fÙk rFkk rjaxnS/;Z D;k gS ?
(b) foy|qr {ks=k ds fy, O;atd fyf[k,A
  x t 
Solution (a) fn; x, lehdj.k dh fuEu lehdj.k By = B0 sin  2     ls rqyuk djus ij
   T 
2
= m = 1.26 cm,
0.5  103
1
rFkk =  = (1.5 × 1011) / 2 = 23.9 GHz
T
PAGE NO.-10
(b) E0 = B0c = 2 × 10–7 T × 3 × 108 m/s = 6 × 101 V/m
fo|qr {ks=k ?kVd rjax dh xeu fn'kk ,oa pqacdh; {ks=k dh fn'kk ds yacor gksrk gSA vr% fo|qr {ks=k ?kVd z-v{k ds vuqfn'k
fuEufyf[kr lehdj.k }kjk O;Dr gksxk
Ez = 60 sin (0.5 × 103x + 1.5 × 1011 t) V/m
13. An electromagnetic wave travelling in the x-direction has frequency of 2 × 1014 Hz and electric field
amplitude of 27 Vm–1. From the options given below, which one describes the magnetic field for this
wave ?
 
B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)jˆ B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)iˆ
(A) (B)
sin 1.5  10 –6 x  2  1014 t  sin 2(1.5  10 –8 x  2  1014 t) 
 
B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)kˆ B(x, t)  (3  10 –8 T)jˆ
(C) (D)
sin 2(1.5  10 –6 x  2  1014 t)  sin 2(1.5  10 –8 x  2  1014 t) 
Ans. (C)
Sol.  = 2 × 2 × 1014 Hz
E 27
B0 = 0 = = 9 × 10–8 Tesla
C 3  108
Oscillation of B can be only along ĵ or k̂ direction.  Option (C)
Hindi 2 × 1014 gVZt~ vko`fr rFkk 27 Vm–1 ds oS|qr {ks=k ds vk;ke okyh ,d oS|qr pqEcdh; rjax x-fn'kk esa lapfjr gSA uhps fn, x, fodYiksa esa ls
dkSulk ,d fodYi bl rjax gsrq pqEcdh; {ks=k dks n'kkZrk gSA
 
B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)jˆ B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)iˆ
(A) (B)
sin 1.5  10 –6 x  2  1014 t  sin 2(1.5  10 –8 x  2  1014 t) 
 
B(x, t)  (9  10 –8 T)kˆ B(x, t)  (3  10 –8 T)jˆ
(C) (D)
sin 2(1.5  10 –6 x  2  1014 t)  sin 2(1.5  10 –8 x  2  1014 t) 
Ans. (C)
Sol.  = 2 × 2 × 1014 Hz
E 27
B0 = 0 = = 9 × 10–8 Tesla
C 3  108
B ds nksyu ĵ ;k k̂ fn'kk esa laHko gSA
 fodYi (C)
14. For plane electromagnetic waves propagating in the z direction, which one of the following combination
 
gives the correct possible direction for E and B field respectively ?
   
(A) 2iˆ  3 ˆj and î  2ˆj    
(B) 2iˆ  3 ˆj and 3iˆ  2ˆj
(C)  3iˆ  4ˆj  and  4iˆ  3ˆj  (D)  î  2ˆj  and  2iˆ  ˆj 
Ans. (B)
   
Sol. E B = 0  [ E  B ]
options 2, 3, 4 are possible
 
E × B should be along Z direction
ˆ
   
2jˆ  3ˆj × 3iˆ  2ˆj = 5k
 Option (B)
 
Hindi z-fn'kk esa lapfjr lery oS|qrpqEcdh; rjaxks gsrq fuEu esa ls dkSulk leqPp; Øe'k% E rFkk B gsrq lgh laHko fn'kk dks n'kkZrk gSA
   
(A) 2iˆ  3 ˆj rFkk î  2ˆj   
(B) 2iˆ  3ˆj rFkk 3iˆ  2ˆj 
(C)  3iˆ  4ˆj  rFkk  4iˆ  3ˆj    
(D) î  2ˆj rFkk 2iˆ  ˆj 
PAGE NO.-11
Ans. (B)
 
Sol. E B = 0
 
 [ E  B ]
fodYi 2, 3, 4 laHko gSA
 
E × B , Z v{k ds vuqfn'k gksuk pkfg,
ˆ
   
2jˆ  3ˆj × 3iˆ  2ˆj = 5k
 fodYi (B)
15. If an electromagnetic wave propagating through vacuum is described by

;fn fuokZr ls lapfjr oS?kqrpqacdh; rjax
E = E0 sin (kx – t) ; B = B0 sin (kx – t),gSA rc
(A*) E0 k = B0  (B) E0B0 =  k (C) E0  = B0 k (D) E0 B0 = / k
16. The electric field part of an electromagnetic wave in a medium is represented by

Ex = 0 ;
N  rad   2 rad  
Ey = 2.5 cos   2  106  t     10 m  x 
C  s    
Ez = 0. The wave is :
(A) moving along y direction with frequency 2 × 106 Hz and wavelength 200 m.
(B) moving along x direction with frequency 106 Hz and wavelength 100m
(C*) moving along x direction with frequency 106 Hz and wavelength 200m
(D) moving along –x direction with frequency 106 Hz and wavelength 200m
,d ek/;e esa ,d fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax dk oS|qr {ks=k iznf'kZr gS
Ex = 0 ;
N  rad   rad  
Ey = 2.5 cos   2  106  t     102 x
C  s   m  
Ez = 0. rc :
(A) rjax 200 eh rjaxnS/;Z rFkk 2 × 106 gVZ~t vko`fÙk ds lkFk y fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfreku gS
(B) rjax 100 eh rjaxnS/;Z rFkk 106 gVZ~t vko`fÙk ds lkFk x fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfreku gS
(C) rjax 200eh rjaxnS/;Z rFkk 106 gVZ~t vko`fÙk ds lkFk x fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfreku gS
(D) rjax 200eh rjaxnS/;Z rFkk 106 gVZ~t vko`fÙk ds lkFk –x fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfreku gS
Sol. Comparing the given equation
fn;s gq, lehdj.kksa dh rqyuk djus ij
N  rad   rad  
Ey = 2.5 cos   2  106  t     10 2 x
C  sec   sec  
With the standard equation
O;kid lehdj.k
Ey = E0cos(t – kx)
we get izkIr gksrk gSA
 = 2f = 2 × 106
 f = 106 Hz
Moreover, we know that ge tkurs gSa fd
2
= k =  × 10–2 m–1

  = 200m
PAGE NO.-12

17. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave in free space is given by E  10cos(107 t  kx)jˆ V/m,
where t and x are in seconds and metres respectively. It can be inferred that
(i) the wavelength  is 188.4 m. (ii) the wave number k is 0.33 rad/m
(iii) the wave amplitude is 10 V/m (iv) the wave is propagating along +x direction
Which one of the following pairs of statements is correct ?
(A) (iii) and (iv) (B) (i) and (ii)
(C) (ii) and (iii) (D*) (i) and (iii)
 7 ˆ
oS|qr pqEcdh; rjax dk oS|qr {ks=k E  10cos(10 t  kx)j oksYV@eh] }kjk fn;k x;k gS] tgk¡ t vkSj x Øe'k% lsd.M
rFkk ehVj esa gSa] ifj.kke gks ldrs gSa
(i) rjaxnS/;Z  = 188.4 m. (ii) rjax la[;k k = 0.33 jsfM;u@eh
(iii) rjax vk;ke = 10 oksYV@eh (iv) rjax +x v{k ds vuqfn'k izlkfjr gksrh gS
mijksDr dFkuksa esa dkSu&ls dFku lR; gSa \
(A) (iii) vkSj (iv) (B) (i) vkSj (ii)
(C) (ii) vkSj (iii) (D*) (i) vkSj (iii)
Sol. As given fn;k gqvk gS E = 10cos(107t + kx)
Comparing it with standard equation of e.m. wave,
O;kid lehdj.k ls rqyuk djus ij
E = E0cos(t + kx)
Amplitude (vk;ke) E0 =10V/m and  = 107 rad/s
 2c 2  3  108
 c =  = or ;k   = 188.4 m
2  107
Also vr%
  107
c or ;k k   = 0.033
k c 3  108
The wave is propagating along –x direction
rjax –x fn'kk ds vuqfn'k xfr'khy gSA
18. A light beam travelling in the x-direction is described by the eletric field Ey = (300 V/m) sin(t – x/c). An
electron is constrained to move along the y-direction with a speed of 2.0 × 107 m/s. The maximum
electric force and the maximum magnetic force on the electron are-
/kukRed x-fn'kk esa lapfj=k ,d izdk'k iqat fo|qr {ks=k Ey = (300 V/m) sin(t – x/c) }kjk n'kkZ;k tkrk gSA ,d
bysDVªkWu y-fn'kk ds vuqfn'k 2.0 × 107 m/s dh pky ls xfr djus ds fy, ckf/kr gSA bysDVªkWu ij dk;Zjr vf/kdre
fo|qr cy rFkk vf/kdre pqEcdh; cy gksxk
(A) 4.8 × 10–17 N,zero (B) 4.2 × 10–18 N, 1.8 × 10–8
–17 –18
(C*) 4.8 × 10 N,3.2 × 10 N (D) zero, zero
Sol. (C)
The maximum electric field is E0 = 300 V/m. The maximum magnetic field is along the z-direction.
vf/kdre fo|qr {ks=k E0 = 300 V/m gSA vf/kdre pqEcdh; {ks=k z- fn'k ds vuqfn'k fuEu gS
E 300 V / m
B0 = 0 = = 10–6 T
c 3  108 m / s
The maximum electric force on the electron is bysDVªkWu ij dk;Zjr vf/kdre fo|qr cy fuEu gS
Fe = qE0 = (1.6 × 10–19 C) × (300 V/m) = 4.8 × 10–17 N.
The maximum magnetic force on the electron is bysDVªkWu ij dk;Zjr vf/kdre pqEcdh; cy fuEu gS
 
Fb = qv  B = qvB0
max
= (1.6 × 10–19 C) × (2.0 × 107 m/s) × (10–6 T) = 3.2 × 10–18 N.
19. The magnetic field in a travelling electromagnetic wave has a peak value of 20 nT. The peak value of
electric field strength is : [JEE (Main) 2013, 4/120, –1]
,d xfr'khy fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax esa pqEcdh; {ks=k dk 'kh"kZ eku 20 nT gSA fo|qr {ks=k lkeF;Z dk 'kh"kZ eku gS :
[JEE (Main) 2013, 4/120, –1]
(A) 3V/m (B*) 6V/m (C) 9V/m (D) 12 V/m
PAGE NO.-13
  
Sol. E  BC
  
| E || B | . | C | = 20 × 10–9 × 3 × 108
= 6 V/m. Ans (B)
  z 
20. An EM wave from air enters a medium. The electric fields are E1  E01xˆ cos 2   t  in air and
 c 

E2  E02 xˆ cos k(2z  ct) in medium, where the wave number k and frequency  refer to their values in
air. The medium is non-magnetic. If r1 and r2 refer to relative permittivities of air and medium
respectively, which of the following options is correct ? [JEE (Main) 2018; 4/120, –1]
  z 
,d fo|qr pqacdh; rjax gok ls fdlh ek/;e esa izos'k djrh gSA muds oS|qr {ks=k E1  E01xˆ cos 2   t  gok
  c  

esa ,oa E2  E02 xˆ cos k(2z  ct) ek/;e esa gSa] tgk¡ lapj.k la[;k k rFkk vko`fÙk  ds eku gok esa gSaA ek/;e
vpqEcdh; gSA ;fn r rFkk r Øe'k% gok ,oa ek/;e dh lkis{k fo|qr'khyrk gks rks fuEu esa ls dkSu lk fodYi lR;
1 2
gksxk\
r1 1 r1 1 r1 r1
(A*)  (B)  (C) 4 (D) 2
r2 4 r2 2 r2 r2
Ans. (A)
Sol. C = Speed in air ok;q esa pky
V = Speed in medium ek/;e esa pky
V 1

C 2
r2  1 (Non-magnetic) ¼vpqEcdh;½
V r1 1 r1 1
   
C r2 2 r2 4
PAGE NO.-14
PHYSICS


O
DPP
DAILY PRACTICE PROBLEMS
NO. B33 TO B34
DPP No. : B34 (JEE-Advanced)

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.11 (3 marks 2 min.) [33, 22]

1. 1.2 ×10–6 N 2. Erms = 2.9 V/m, Brms = 9.6 × 10–9 T 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (B)
6. (C) 7. (B) 8. B = 0.74 × 10–3 T 9. (B) 10. (A) 11. (B)
COMPREHENSION :
Electromagnetic waves carry energy and momentum. In a region of free space with electric field E,
there is an energy density (0 E2/2). Similarly, as seen associated with a magnetic field B is a magnetic
energy density (B2 / 20). As electromagnetic wave contains both electric and magnetic fields, there is a
non-zero energy density associated with it. Since it carries momentum, an electromagnetic wave also
exerts pressure called radiation pressure. If the total energy transferred to a surface in time t is U. It can
be shown that the magnitude of the total momentum delivered to this surface (for complete absorption)
is,
U
p=
c
Light carries energy from the sun to the earth, thus making life possible on the earth.
D;k vU; rjaxksa dh rjg oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxsa Hkh ÅtkZ ,oa laosx ogu djrh gSa \ th gkW,a os ÅtkZ ,oa laosx ogu djrh gSaA fdlh eqDr ;k
fuokZfrr {kS=k esa ;fn fo|qr {ks=k E fo|eku gksrk gS rks ml {ks=k esa ÅtkZ ?kuRo (0E2/2) gksrk gSA blh izdkj pqacdh; {ks=k B ls lacaf/kr
pqacdh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo (B2/20) gksrk gSA D;ksfd oS|qrpaqcdh; rjax esa oS|qr ,oa pqacdh; {ks=k nksuksa gh gksrs gSa blds lkFk ,d 'kwU;srj ÅtkZ
?kUkRo tqMk gksrk gSA vc eku yhft, fd oS|qrpaqcdh; rjax dh xeu fn'kk ds yacor dksbZ ry gSA (fp=k 4)A ;fn bl ry esa dksbZ oS|qr
vkos'k gksaxs rks os oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa ds fo|qr ,oa pqacdh; {ks=kksa ds dkj.k xkfr esa vkdj ml xR;koLFkk esa cus jgssaxsA bl izdkj og vkos'k
rjaxksa ls ÅtkZ ,oa laosx izkIr djrs gSaA blls ;gh rF; Li"V gksrk gS fd (vU; rjaxksa dh HkkWafr) oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxsa Hkh ÅtkZ ,oa laosx ogu
djrh gSaA pwWfd ;g laosx ogu djrh gSa blfy, ,d oS|qrpqacdh; rjax nkc Mkyrh gS ftls fofdj.k nkc dgrs gSaA
;fn t le; esa fdlh lrg ij LFkkukarfjr dqy ÅtkZ U gks rks ;g n'kkZ;k tk ldrk gS fd bl lrg dks iznku fd;k x;k dqy laosx (;g
U
ekurs gq, fd lrg }kjk dqy ÅtkZ vo'kksf"kr dh xbZ gS) gksxk, p = .................(11)
c
izdk'k ds :i esa lw;Z ls ÅtkZ i`Foh rd igq¡prh gS ftlds dkj.k i`Foh ij thou laHko gqvk gSaA
1. Light with an energy flux of 18 W/cm2 falls on a nonreflecting surface at normal incidence. If the surface
has an area of 20cm2, find the average force exerted on the surface during a 30 minute time span.
18 W/cm2 ds ÅtkZ ¶yDl dk izdk'k fdlh vijkoZrd lrg ij vfHkyacor vkifrr gksrk gSaA ;fn lrg dk {ks=kQy 20cm2 gks rks 30
feuV dh le;kof/k esa lrg ij yxus okys vkSlr cy dk ifjdyu dhft,A
PAGE NO.-15
Solution :
The total energy falling on the surface is
U = (18 W/cm2) × (20cm2) × (30 × 60) = 6.48 × 105 J
Therefore, the total momentum delivered (for complete absorption) is
U 6.48 105 J
p= = 8
= 2.16 × 10–3 kg m/s
c 3  10 m / s
The average force exerted on the surface is
p 2.16  10 –3
F= = = 1.2 ×10–6 N
t 0.18  144
Solution lrg ij iMus okyh dqy ÅtkZ U = (18 W/cm2) × (20cm2) × (30 × 60) = 6.48 × 105 J
blfy,, bl lrg dk iznÙk dqy laosx (laiw.kZ vo'kks"k.k ds fy,) :
U 6.48 105 J
p= = = 2.16 × 10–3 kg m/s
c 3  108 m / s
p 2.16  10 –3
vr% lrg ij yxk vkSlr cy gS, F = = = 1.2 ×10–6 N
t 0.18  104
2. Calculate the electric and magnetic fields produced by the radiation coming from a 100 W bulb at a
distance of 3 m. Assume that the efficiency of the bulb is 2.5% and it is a point source.
3m dh nwjh ij fLFkr fdlh 100 W cYc ls vk jgs fofdj.k }kjk mRiUu fo|qr ,oa pqacdh; {ks=kksa dh x.kuk dhft,A vki ;g tkurs gSa
fd cYc dh n{krk 2.5% gS vkSj ;g ,d fcUnq L=kksr gSA
Solution :
The bulb, as a point source, radiates light in all directions uniformly. At a distance of 3 m, the surface
area of the surrouding sphere is
A = 4r2 = 4(C)2 = 113 m2
Power 100W  2.5%
The intensity at this distance is I = = = 0.022 W/m2
Area 113 m2
Half of this intensity is provided by the electric field and half by the magnetic field.
1 1 1
2
I =
2
 2
0Erms c = 2
(0.022 W/m2)
0.022
Erms = V / m = 2.9 V/m
(8.85  10 –12 )(3  108 )
The value of E found above is the root mean square value of the electric field. Since the electric
field in a light beam is sinusoidal, the peak electric field, E0 is
E0 = 2 Erms = 2 × 2.9 V/m = 4.07 V/m
Erms 2.9Vm –1
Electric field strength of light is fairly large Brms = = = 9.6 × 10–9 T
c 3  108 ms –1
Agains, since the field in the light beam is sinusoidal, the peak magnetic field is B0 = Brms = 1.4 × 10–8 T. Note
that although the energy in the magnetic field is equal to the energy in the electric field, the magnetic field
strength is evidently very weak.
Solution : fcUnq L=kksr ds :i esa cYc lHkh fn'kkvksa esa leku :i ls izdk'k fofdfjr djrk gSA 3 m dh nwjh ij bldks ?ksjus okyh xksykdkj
lrg dk {ks=kQy A = 4r2 = 4(C)2 = 113 m2
'kfDr 100W  2.5%
vr% bl nwjh ij izdk'k dh rhozrk I = = = 0.022 W/m2
{ks kQy 113 m2
bl rhozrk esa vk/kk ;ksxnku fo|qr {ks=k dk gS vkSj vk/kk pqcadh; {ks=k dk
1 1 1
2
I =
2
 2
0Erms c = 2
(0.022 W/m2)
0.022
Erms = V / m = 2.9 V/m
(8.85  10 –12 )(3  108 )
fo|qr {ks=k E dk ;g eku oxZ ek/;e ewy eku gSA D;ksafd fdlh izdk'k iqat esa fo|qr {ks=k T;koØh; gksrk gSA E0 dk eku gS,
PAGE NO.-16
E0 = 2 Erms = 2 × 2.9 V/m = 4.07 V/m
bl izdkj, vki ns[krs gSa fd izdk'k dk fo|qr {ks=k dkQh 'kfDr'kkyh gSA
vc, ge pqacdh; {ks=k dh rhozrk dk ifjdyu djsa,
Erms 2.9Vm1
Brms = = = 9.6 × 10–9 T
c 3  108 ms1
izdk'k iqat esa {ks=k T;koØh; gS,a f'k[kj pqacdh; {ks=k, B0 = 2 Brms = 1.4 × 10–8 TA /;ku nsus ;ksX; ckr ;g gS fd ;|fi pqacdh; {ks=k
esa ÅtkZ, fo|qr {ks=k esa ÅtkZ ds cjkcj gS, Li"Vr% pqacdh; {ks=k dh rhozrk cgqr de gSA
3. Find the energy stored in a 60 cm length of a laser beam operating at 4 mW.

4 mW ij lapkfyr ,d izdk'k iqat dh 60 cm yEckbZ esa laxzkfgr ÅtkZ Kkr djksA .
(A*) 8 × 10–12J (B) 6 × 10–12J (C) 4 × 10–12J (D) 7 × 10–12J
Sol. (A)
c
60 cm
60 cm
The time taken by the electaromagnetic wave to move through a distnce of 60 cm is t = =2×
c
10–9 s.The energy contained in the 60 cm length passes through a cross-section of the beam in 2×10–9
s. But the energy passing through any cross-section in 2 ×10–9 s is
60 cm
fo|qr pqEcdh; rjx }kjk 60 cm dh nwjh r; djus esa yxk le; t = = 2 × 10–9 s gSA 60 cm yEckbZ esa
c
laxzfgr ÅtkZ iqat ds vuqizLFk dkV ls xqtjus esa 2×10–9 s le; ysrh gS fdUrq 2 ×10–9 s esa fdlh vuqizLFk dkV ls
xqtjus okyh ÅtkZ fuEu gS
U = (4 mW) × (2 × 10–9 s)
= (4 × 10–3 J/S) × (2 × 10–9 S) = 8 × 10–12 J.
This is the energy contained in 60 cm length.
;g 60 cm yEckbZ esa laxzfgr ÅtkZ gSA
4. During the propagation of electromagnetic waves in a medium : [JEE (Main) 2014, 4/120, –1]
(A) Electric energy density is double of the magnetic energy density.
(B) Electric energy density is half of the magnetic energy density.
(C*) Electric energy density is equal to the magnetic energy density.
(D) Both electric and magnetic energy densities are zero.
,d ek/;e esa fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa ds lapj.k ds nkSjku % [JEE (Main) 2014, 4/120, –1]
(A) fo|qrh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo pqEcdh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo dk nqxquk gSA
(B) fo|qrh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo pqEcdh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo dk vk/kk gSA
(C*) fo|qrh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo pqEcdh; ÅtkZ ?kuRo ds cjkcj gSA
(D) nksuksa fo|qrh; ,oa pqEcdh; ÅtkZ /kuRo 'kwU; gSA
Ans. (C)
Sol. Both the energy densities are equal.
nksuksa ÅtkZ ?kuRo leku gSaA
5. An electromagnetic wave of frequency 1 × 1014 hertz is propagating along z–axis. The amplitude of
electric field is 4V/m. If 0 = 8.8 × 10–12 C2/N–m2, then average energy density of electric field will be :
1 × 1014 gVZt vko`fr dh ,d oS|qrpqEcdh; rjax z–v{k ds vuqfn'k lapfjr gSA oS|qr {ks=k dk vk;ke 4V/m gSA ;fn 0 = 8.8 ×
10–12 C2/N–m2 rks oS|qr {ks=k dk vkSlr ÅtkZ ?kuRo gksxkµ
(A) 35.2 × 10–11 J/m3 (B*) 35.2 × 10–12 J/m3 (C) 35.2 × 10–13 J/m3 (D) 35.2 × 10–10 J/m3
2
1 1  4 
Sol. u= 0E2rms = × 8.8 × 10–12 ×   = 35.2 × 10
–12
2 2  2
PAGE NO.-17
6. An electromagnetic wave of frequency n = 3.0 MHz passes vacuum into a dielectric medium with
permittivity  = 4.0, then [AIEEE 2004; 3/225, –1]
(A) wavelength is doubled and the frequency remains unchanged
(B) wavelength is doubled and frequency becomes half
(C*) wavelength is halved and frequency remains unchanged
(D) wavelength and frequency both remain unchanged
,d fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax dh vko`fr n = 3.0 MHz gS] fuokZr ls ijkoS|qr ek/;e esa xqtjrh gS ftldh fo|qr'khyrk
 = 4.0, gS] rc [AIEEE 2004; 3/225, –1]
(A) rjax nS/;Z nqxuh gksxh o vko`fr vifjofrZr jgsxh
(B) rjax nS/;Z nqxuh gksxh o vko`fr vk/kh gksxh
(C*) rjax vk/kh gksxh o vko`fr vifjofrZr jgsxh
(D) rjax nS/;Z o vko`fr nksuks gh vifjofrZr jgsxhA
 
7. An electromagnetic wave in vacuum has the electric and magnetic field E and B , which are always

perpendicular to each other. The direction of polarization is given by X and that of wave propagation

by k . Then
         
(A) X || B and k || B  E (B*) X || E and k || E  B [AIEEE 2012, 4/120, – 1]
         
(C) X || B and k || E  B (D) X || E and k || B  E
 
fuokZr esa ,d fo|qrpqEcdh; rjax esa fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks=k E ,oa B gSa] tks fd ges'kk ,d nwljs ds yEcor~ gSaA
 
/kzqo.k dh fn'kk X ls nh tkrh gS vkSj rjax lapj.k dh k lsA rc [AIEEE 2012, 4/120, – 1 ]
         
(A) X || B vkSj k || B  E (B*) X || E vkSj k || E  B
         
(C) X || B vkSj k || E  B (D) X || E vkSj k || B  E
Ans. (B)
Sol.
vuqPNsn :
DISPLACEMENT CURRENT
We have seen that an electrical current produces a magnetic field around it. Maxwell showed that for
logical consistency, a changing electric field must also produce a magnetic field. This effect is of great
importance because it explains the existence of radio waves, gamma rays and visible light, as well as
all other forms of electromagnetic waves.
To see how a changing electric field gives rise to a magnetic field, let us consider the process of
charging of a capacitor and apply Ampere's circuital law given by
 B. dl  μ0 i t ........ (A)
(
)
to find magnetic field at a point outside the capacitor. Figure 1 (a) shows a parallel plate capacitor C
which is a part of circuit through which a time-dependent current i (t) flows. Let us find the magnetic
field at a point such as P, in a region outside the parallel plate capacitor. For this, we consider a plane
circular loop of radius r whose plane is perpendicular to the direction of the current - Carrying wire, and
which is centred symmetrically with respect to the wire. From symmetry, the magnetic field is directed
along the circumference of the circular loop and is the same in magnitude at all points on the loop so
that if B is the magnitude of the field, the left side of equation. (8.1) is B (2r). So we have
B (2r) = 0 i (t) ......... (B)
PAGE NO.-18
Now, consider a different surface, which has the same boundary. This is a pot like surface (Fig.1 (b)]
which nowhere touches the current, but has its bottom between the capacitor plates; its mouth is the
circular loop mentioned above. Another such surface is shaped like a tiffin box (without the lid)
[Fig. 1 (c)]. On applying Ampere's circuital law to such surfaces with the same perimeter, we find that
the left hand side of Eq. (A) has not changed but the right hand side is zero and not 0 i, since no
current passes through the surface of Fig 1 (b) and (c). So we have a contradiction; calculated one way,
there is a magnetic field at a point P; calculated another way, the magnetic field at P is zero. Since the
contradiction arises from our use of Ampere's circuital law, this law must be missing something. The
missing term must be such that one gets the same magnetic field at point P, no matter what surface is
used.
Figure 1
We can actually guess the missing term by looking carefully at Fig. 1 (c). Is there anything passing
through the surface S between the plates of the capacitor ? Yes, of course, the electric field. If the
plates of the capacitor have an area A, and a total charge Q, the magnitude of the electric field E
between the plates is(Q/A)/ 0 . The field is perpendicular to the surface S of Fig.1 (c). It has the same
magnitude over the area A of the capacitor plates, and vanishes outside it. So what is the electric flux
E through the surface S ? Using Gauss's law, it is
1 Q Q
E = E A = A= ............ (C)
0 A 0
Now if the charge Q on the capacitor plates changes with time, there is a current i = (dQ / dt), so that
using Eq. (C), we have
dE d Q 1 dQ
=   =
dt dt  0  0 dt
This implies that for consistency,
 d E 
0   =i ............ (D)
 dt 
This is the missing term in Ampere's circuital law. If we generalis this law by adding to the total current
carried by conductors through the surface, another term which is 0 times the rate of change of electric
flux through the same surface, the total has the same value of current i for all surfaces. If this is done,
there is no contradiction in the value of B obtained anywhere using the generalized Amper's law. B at
the point P is non-zero no matter which surface is used for calculating it. B at a point P outside the
plates [Fig.1 (a)] is the same as at a point M just inside, as it should be. The current carried by
conductors due to flow of charges is called conduction current. The current, given by Eq. (D), is a new
term, and is due to changing electric field (or electric displacement). It is therefore called displacement
current or Maxwell's displacement current. Figure 2 shows the electric and magnetic fields inside the
parallel plates capacitor discussed above. The generalisation made by Maxwell then is the following.
PAGE NO.-19
The source of a magnetic field is not just the conduction electric current
due to flowing charges, but also the time rate of change of electric field.
More precisely, the total current i is the sum of the conduction current
denoted by iC, and the displacement current denoted by id (=0(d)/ dt).
So we have
dE
i = ie + id = ic + 0 ............ (5)
dt
In explicit terms, this means that outside the capacitor plates, we have
only conduction current ic = i, and no displacement current, i.e., id = 0.
Figure 2 (a)
On the other hand, inside the capacitor, there is no conduction current,
i.e., ic = 0, and there is only displacement current, so that id = i.
The generalised (and correct) Ampere's circuital law has the same form
as Eq, (A), with one difference: " the total current passing through any
surface of which the closed loop is the perimeter" is the sum of the
conduction current and the displacement current The generalised law is
dE
B  d  0ic  00
 dt
...........
(6)
and is known as Ampere-Maxwell law.
In all respects, the displacement current has the same physical effects Figure 2(b)
as the conduction current. In some cases, for example, steady electric
fields in a conducting wire, the displacement current may be zero since
the electric field E does not change with time.
.
Maxwell's Equations
1.
 E  dA  Q / 0 (Gauss's Law for electricity)
2.  B  dA  0 (Gauss's Law for magnetism)

–d B
3  E  d  dt (Faraday's Law)
dE
4.  B  d   i  
0c 0 0
dt
(Ampere - Maxwell Law)
foLFkkiu /kkjk
fo|qr /kkjk viusa pkjksa vksj ,d pqacdh; {ks=k mRiUu djrh gSA eSDlosy us n'kkZ;k fd rkfdZd laxkfr ds fy, ;g vko';d gS fd ifjorZu'khy fo|qr
{ks=k Hkh pqacdh; {ks=k mRiUu djsA ;g izHkko cgqr gh egRo dk gS, D;ksafd ;g jsfM;ks rjaxks,a xkek fdj.kks,a ,oa n`'; izdk'k ds vfrfjDr Hkh vU; lHkh
oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa ds vfLrRo dh O;k[;k djrk gSA
;g ns[kus ds fy, fd ifjorZu'khy fo|qr {ks=k fd; izdkj paqcdh; {ks=k ds mn~~Hko dk dkj.k curk gSA vkb, ge fdlh la/kkfj=k ds vkos'ku
dh izfØ;k ij fopkj djsa vkSj la/kkfj=k ds ckgj fdlh fcanq ij pqacdh; {ks=k Kkr djus ds fy, ,sfEi;j ds ifjiFkh; fu;e
 B. dl  0i (t) ............... (A)

dk mi;ksx djsaA
[fp=k 1 (a)] esa ,d lekarj IysV la/kkfj=k C n'kkZ;k x;k gS tks ,d ,sls ifjiFk dk Hkkx gS ftlesa le; ds lkFk ifjorZu'khy /kkjk i (t)
izokfgr gks jgh gSA vkb,, lekarj IysV la/kkfjr ds cká {ks=k esa fLFkr fdlh fcUnq tSls fd P ij pqacdh; {ks=k Kkr djsaA blds fy,, ge r
f=kT;k dk ,d lery o`Ùkkdj ywi ysrs gSa ftldk ry /kkjkokgh rkj dh fn'kk ds yacor gS vkSj ftldk dsaUnz rkj ds Åij gS [fp=k 1 (a)]A
lefefr d vk/kkj ij ge dg ldrs gSa fd pqacdh; {ks=k dh fn'kk o`Ùkkdkj ywi dh ifjf/k ds vuqfn'k gS vkSj ywi ds izR;sd fcanq ij bldk
ifjek.k leku gSA bl dkj.k, ;fn {ks=k dk ifjek.k B gS rks lehdj.k (A) dk oke i{k B (2r) gSA
B (2r) = 0i (t) .................(B)
vc blh ifjlhek okyh ,d vU; lrg ij fopkj dhft,A ;g ?kM+s ds vkdkj dh ,d lrg gS tks /kkjk dks dgha Hkh ugh Nwrh gSA (fp=k. 1
(b)] ij bldh ryh la/kkfj=k dh nksuksa IysVksa ds chp esa gS vkSj mldk eqWg Åij of.kZr o`Ùkkdkj ywi gSA nwljh ,lh lrg (fcuk <Ddu ds)
fVfQu ckWDl ds vkdkj dh gS [fp=k 1 (c)]A leku izkpyksa okyh ,slh lrgksa ds fy, ,sfEi;j dk fu;e yxkus ij, ge ikrs gSa fd lehdj.k
(A) ds ckbZ vkSj dk eku rks ugh cnyrk gS ij nkbZ vksj dk eku 'kwU; gS u fd 0i (t), D;ksfd fp=k 1 (b) vkSj (c) esa n'kkZ;h xbZ lrgksa
ls dksbZ /kkjk ugh xqtjrh gSA blfy,, gekjk lkeuk ,d fojks/kkHkkl ls gksrk gSA ,d izdkj ls x.kuk djsa rks fcUnq P ij paqcdh; {ks=k gS;
nwljh izdkj x.kuk djsa rks P ij pqacdh; {ks=k 'kwU; gksrk gSA D;ksafd ;g fojks/kkHkkl gekjs }kjk ykxw fd, x, ,sfEi;j ds ifjiFkh; fu;e ds
PAGE NO.-20
dkj.k mRiUu gksrk gSA bl fu;e esa laHkor% dksbZ in NwV x;k gSA NwVk gqvk ;g in ,slk gksuk pkfg, fd pkgs ge fdlh Hkh lrg dk
mi;ksx djsa fcUnq P ij pqacdh; {ks=k dk leku eku izkIr gksA
fp=k 1
;fn ge fp=k 1 (c) dks /;kuiwoZd ns[ksa rks NwVs gq, in dk vuqeku yxk;k tk ldrk gSA D;k la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ds chp dh lrg S ls
xqtjrh gqbZ fdlh jkf'k ds eku esa ifjorZu gks jgk gSA th gkW, okLro esa muds chp fo|qr {ks=k cny jgk gSA ;fn la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa dk
+{ks=kQy A gks ,oa bl ij dqy vkos'k Q gks rks IysVksa ds chp fo|qr {ks=k E dk ifjek.k (Q/A)/ 0 gksrk gS [ nsf[k, lehdj.k (2.4) ] A
;g {ks=k fp=k 1 (c) dh lrg S ds yacor gksrk gSA bldk ifjek.k la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ds {ks=kQy A ij leku jgrk gS ij buds ckgj 'kwU;
gks tkrk gSA blfy,, lrg S ls xqtjus okyk fo|qr ¶yDl, xkml ds fu;e ds mi;ksx ls gksrk gSA
1 Q Q
E = E A = A= .................(C)
0 A 0
vc ;fn la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ij vkos'k Q le; ds lkFk ifjofrZr gks rks ;gkW ,d /kkjk i = (dQ / dt) gksxhA blfy, lehdj.k (8.3) ls
dE d Q 1 dQ
=   =
dt dt  0  0 dt
;g fufnZ"V djrk gS fd ,sfEi;j ds fu;e esa laxfr ds fy,,
 d E 
0  =i .................(D)
 dt 
;gh ,sfEi;j ds ifjiFkh; fu;e dk NwVk gqvk in gSA ;fn ge fdlh Hkh lrg ls gksdj pkydksa }kjk okfgr dqy /kkjk esa, 0 xq.kk fo|qr
¶yDl ds ifjorZu dh nj tksMsa rks ge ,sfEi;j ds ifjiFkh; fu;e dk lkekU;hdj.k dj ldrs gSaA rc lHkh lrgksa ds fy, /kkjk dk eku i
leku gksxkA rc dgha ij Hkh ,sfEi;j dk lkekU;hd`r fu;e yxkus ij B ds izkIr eku esa dksbZ folaxfr ugh vk,xhA fcUnq P ij, B dk eku
'kwU;srj gh gksxk pkgs bldh x.kuk djus ds fy, ge dksbZ Hkh lrg ysa IysVksa ds ckgj, fdlh fcUnq P ij B dk eku ogh gksxk tks Bhd blds
vUnj fcUnq M ij gksuk pkfg, [fp=k1 (a)] A vkos'kksa ds izokg ds dkj.k pkydksa esa tks /kkjk izokfgr gksrh gS mls pkyu /kkjk dgk tkrk gSA
lehdj.k (D) }kjk O;Dr /kkjk ,d uohu in gSA tks ifjorZu'khy fo|qr {ks=k (;k fo|qrh; foLFkkiu, tks vHkh Hkh dHkh mi;ksx esa vkrk gSA)
ds dkj.k vfLrRo esa vkrk gSA bldks blfy, foLFkkiu /kkjk vFkok eSDlosy dh foLFkkiu /kkjk dgk tkrk gSA fp=k 2 Åij of.kZr lekarj
IysV la/kkfj=k ds vUnj fo|qr ,oa pqcadh; {ks=k n'kkZrk gSA
eSDlosy }kjk fd;k x;k O;kidhdj.k fuEu gSA pqcdh; {ks=k dk L=kks=k dsoy izokgeku
vkos'kksa ls fufeZr pkyu fo|qr /kkjk gh ugha gksrh, vfirq le; ds lkis{k fo|qr {ks=k esa
ifjorZu dh nj Hkh bldk dkj.k cu ldrh gSA vf/kd Li"Vrk ls bl ckr dks dgsa rks
dqy /kkjk i, ic }kjk fufnZ"V pkyu /kkjk ,oa id (= 0 (d  E / dt) }kjk fufnZ"V
foLFkkiu /kkjk ds ;ksx ds cjkcj gksrh gSA vr%
dE
i = ie + id = ic + 0 .................(5)
dt
Figure 2 (a)
lqLi"V 'kCnksa esa bldk vFkZ gS fd la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ds ckgj dsoy pkyu /kkjk ic = i
gksrh gSA vFkkZr id = 0A nwljh vkSj la/kkfj=k ds vanj dksbZ pkyu /kkjk ugha gksrh,
vFkkZr~ ic = 0 vkSj dsoy foLFkkiu /kkjk gksrh gSA ftlls id = i A
O;kidhd`r (,oa ;FkkFkZ) ,sfEi;j ds ifjiFkh; fu;e dk Lo:i lehdj.k (A) tSls gSA
cl dsoy ,d varj gSA ",slh fdlh Hkh lrg, ftldh ifjfefr can ywi gS ls xqtjus
okyh dqy /kkjk pkyu /kkjk ,oa foLFkkiu /kkjk dk ;ksx gksrh gSA" O;kid :i esa ;g
fu;e
dE
B  d  0ic  00
 dt
rFkk bls ,sfEi;j eSDlosy fu;e dgrs gSaA
PAGE NO.-21
fdlh Hkh n`f"V ls foLFkkiu /kkjk ds HkkSfrd izHkko pkyu /kkjk ds leku gSaA dqN fLFkfr;ksa esa, mnkgj.kkFkZ, fdlh pkyd rkj esa fu;r fo|qr
{ks=k ds fy, foLFkkiu /kkjk dk eku 'kwU; gks ldrk gS D;ksafd fdlh fo|qr {ks=k E le; ds lkFk ifjofrZr ugha gksrkA dqN nwljh fLFkfr;ksa es,a
tSls fd Åij crk, x, vkosf'kr gksrs la/kkfj=k esa pkyu ,oa foLFkkiu /kkjk nksuksa gh mifLFkr gks ldrs gS ij vyx vyx fnd~ LFkkuksa esaA
ijUrq vf/kdrj fLFkfr;ksa esa nksuks ,d gh LFkku ij fo|eku gks ldrs gSa D;ksfd dksbZ Hkh ek/;e iw.kZ pkyd ;k iw .kZ fo|qrjks/kh ugha gksrkA
lokZf/kd jkspd rF; ;g gS fd fdlh fo'kky {ks=k esa tgkW dksbZ Hkh pkyu /kkjk ugha gksrh, le; ds lkFk ifjorZu'khy fo|qr {ks=k ds dkj.k
dsoy foLFkkiu /kkjk gh gksrh gSA ,sls {ks=k es,a vklikl dksbZ (pkyu) /kkjk L=kksr ugha gksus ij Hkh pqcadh; {ks=k fo|eku gksxkA bl foLFkkiu
/kkjk ds vfLrRo dh izkxqfDr iz;ksx }kjk iq"V dh tk ldrh gSA mnkgj.k ds fy, fp=k 2(a) ds la/kkfj=k dh IysVksa ds chp (ekuk fcUnq M
ij) pqcadh; {ks=k ekik tk ldrk gSA ;g Bhd mruk gh ik;k tk,xk ftruk fd ckgj ds fdlh fcUnq (ekuk P) ijA foLFkkiu /kkjk ds
('kCn'k%) nwjxkeh ifj.kke gSaA ,d rF; ftldh vksj gekjk /;ku ,dne vkdf"kZr gksrk gS, og ;g gS fd fo|qr ,oa pqacdRo vc vkSj vf/kd
leferh; gks x, gSaA QSjkMs dk izjs.k laca/kh fu;e ;g crkrk gS fd izsfjr fo|qr okgd cy pqacdh; ¶yDl ifjorZu dh nj ds cjkcj gksrk
gSA vc, pw¡fd nks fcUnqvksa 1 ,oa 2 ds chp fo|qr okgd cy, fcUnq 1 ls fcUnq 2 rd bdkbZ vkos'k dks ys tkus esa fd;k x;k dk;Z gSA fo|qr
okgd cy dh mifLFkfr ,d fo|qr {ks=k dh mifLFkfr dks bafxr djrh gSA QSjkMs ds fo|qr pqacdh; izjs.k laca/kh fu;e dks ge nwljs 'kCnksa esa
bl izdkj Hkh dg ldrs gSa fd le; ds lkFk ifjorZu'khy pqacdh; {ks=k, fo|qr {ks=k mRiUu djrk gSA ;g rF; fd le; ds lkFk ifjorZu'khy
fo|qr {ks=k, pqacdh; {ks=k mRiUu djrk gS, QSjkMs ds fu;e dk leferh; izfr:i gS vkSj foLFkkiu /kkjk ds pqacdh; {ks=k dk L=kksr gksus dk
ifj.kke gSA vr% le; ij fuHkZj oS|qr ,oa pqacdh; {ks=k ,d-nwljs dh mRifÙk ds dkj.k gSaA QSjkMs dk fo|qr pqacdh; izsj.k dk fu;e ,oa
eSDlosy- ,sfEi;j dk ifjiFkh; fu;e bl dFku dh ifjek.kkRed vfHkO;fDr gSA tgkW /kkjk, dqy /kkjk gS tSlk fd lehdj.k (5) ls Li"V gSA
bl lefefr dh ,d vR;ar egRoiw.kZ fu"ifÙk fo|qr pqacdh; rjaxksa dk vfLrRo gS ftlds fo"k; esa ge vxys vuqHkkx esa ppkZ djsaxsA
eSDlosy ds lehdj.k
1.  E  dA  Q / 0 (fo|qr laca/kh xkml fu;e)
2.
 B  dA  0 (pqacdRo laca/kh xkml fu;e)
–d B
3  E  d  dt (QSjkMs fu;e)
dE
4.  B  d   i  
0c 0 0
dt
(,sfEi;j-eSDlosy fu;e)
8. A parallel plate capacitor with circular plates of radius 1 m has a capacitance of 1 nF. At t = 0, it is
connected for charging in series with a resistor R = 1 M across a 2 V battery (as shown). Calculate
the magnetic field at a point P. halfway between the centre and the periphery of the plates, after t = 10–3
s. (The charge on the capacitor at time t is q (t) = CV [1 – exp (–t / )], where the time constant  is
equal to CR)
,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj=k ftldh o`Ùkkdkj IysVksa dh f=kT;k 1 m gS, /kkfjrk 1 nF gSA le; t = 0 ij bldks vkosf'kr djus ds fy, R =
1 Mds ,d izfrjks/kd ds lkFk Js.khØe esa 2 V dh cSVjh ls tksM+k x;k gS (fp=kkuqlkj)A 10–3 s ds i'pkr la/kkfj=k ds chp esa nksuksa
IysVksa ds dsUnz ,oa mudh ifjfefr ds Bhd e/; esa fLFkr fcUnq P ij pqacdh; {ks=k dk ifjdyu dhft,A [{k.k t ij la/kkfjr ij vkos'k q (t) =
CV [1 – exp (–t / )] gksrk gS, tgkW le; fu;rkad = RC gSA
Solution :
The time constant of the CR circuit is  = CR = 10–3 s.
Then we have q(t) = CV [1 – exp (–t/ )] = 2 × 10–9 [1– exp (– t/ 10–3)]
The electric field in between the plates at time t is
q(t) q
E= = ; A =  (A)2 m2 = area of the plates.
0 A 0
Consider now a circular loop of radius (1/2) m parallel to the plates passing through P. The magnetic
field B at all points on the loop is along the loop and of the same value. The flux E through this loop is 
2
 1 E q
 E = E × area of the loop = E ×  ×   = =
2
  4 40
PAGE NO.-22
dE 1 dq
The displacement current id = 0 = = 0.5 × 10–6 exp (–1)
dt 4 dt
at t = 10–3 s. Now, applying Ampere-Maxwell law to the loop, we get
 1
B × 2 ×   = 0 (ic + id) = 0 (0 + id) = 0.5 × 10–6 0 exp (–1) or B = 0.74 × 10–3 T
 2
Hindi : CR ifjiFk dk le; fu;rkad  = CR = 10–3 s vr%
q(t) = CV [1 – exp (–t/ t)] = 2 × 10–9 [1– exp (– t/ 10–3)]
t {k.k ij IysVksa ds chp fo|qr {ks=k,
q(t) q
E= = ; D;ksafd A =  (A)2 m2 = izR;sd IysV dk {ks=kQy
0 A 0
vc fcUnq P ls xqtjrs gq, IysVksa ds lekUrj ,d (1/2)m f=kT;k ds o`Ùkkdkj ywi dh dYiuk dhft,A ywi ds izR;sd fcUnq ij pqacdh; {ks=k
B dk ifj.kke leku gS vkSj bldh fn'kk ywi ds vuqfn'k gSA ywi ls xqtjus okys QyDl  E dk eku  E = E × ywi dk {ks=kQy = E ×
2
 1 E q
×   = =
2 4 40
dE 1 dq
foLFkkiu /kkjk id = 0 = = 0.5 × 10–6 exp (–1)
dt 4 dt
t = 10–3 s j[kus ijA vc ywi ds fy, ,sfEi;j dk fu;e ykxw djus ij,
 1
B × 2 ×   = 0 (ic + id) = 0 (0 + id) = 0.5 × 10–6 0 exp (–1)
 2
vFkok B = 0.74 × 10–13 T
9. A parallel-plate capacitor with plate area A and separation between the plates d, is charged by a
constant current i. Consider a plane surface of area A/2 parallel to the plates and drawn symmetrically
between the plates. Find the displacement current through this area.
,d lekUrj IysV l/kkfjr ftldh IysV dk {ks=kQy A rFkk IysVks ds e/; nwjh d gS, dks fu;r /kkjk i ls vkosf'kr fd;k
tkrk gS A IysVks ds e/; A/2 {ks=kQy dh lery lrg ij fopkj djrs gS tks IysVks ds e/; lefer :i ls fLFkr gS
A bl {ks=kQy ls xqtjus okyh foLFkkiu /kkjk Kkr djks
i
(A) i (B*) (C) 2i (D) zero 'kwU;
2
Sol. (B)
Suppose the charge on the capacitor at time t is Q. The electric field between the plates of the capacitor
Q
is E = . The flux through the area considered is
0 A
Q
ekuk fdlh le; t ij la/kkfj=k ij vkos'k Q gSA la/kkfj=k dh IysVks ds e/; fo|qr {ks=k E = gSA ekus x,s {ks=kQy
0 A
ls xqtjus okyk ¶yDl fuEu gS
Q A Q
E = . = .
0 A 2 20
dE  1  dQ i
The displacemet current is foLFkkiu /kkjk fuEu gS id = 0
= 0   = .
dt 2
 0 dt 2
10. A parallel-plate capacitor having plate area A and plate separation d is joined to a battery of emf e and
internal resistance R at t = 0 consider a plane surface of area A/2 parallel to the plates and situated
symmetrically between them. Find the displacement current through this surface as a function of time.
,d lekukarj iV~V la/kkfj=k dh IysV dk {ks=kQy A rFkk IysV&varjky d gS] bldks t = 0 ij fo-ok-cy E rFkk
vkarfjd izfrjks/k R okyh cSVjh ls tksM+k x;k gSA lery lrg ftldk {ks=kQy A/2 gS] ij fopkj dhft;s tks IysVksa ds
chp lefer :i ls fLFkr gS rFkk IysVksa ds lekukarj gSA bl lrg ls xqtjus okyh foLFkkiu /kkjk le; ds Qyu :i
esa Kkr dhft;sA
 td  td 2 td  2td
(A*) e (B) e (C) e (D) e
2R AR R AR R AR 2R AR
PAGE NO.-23
 td
Ans: e
2R AR
dE
11._ If E denotes the intensity of electric field, the dimensions of a quantity 0 are those of
dt
[Olympiad 2014 (stage-1)]
(A) current (B*) current density (C) electric potential (D) electric flux
dE
;fn E fo|qr {ks=k dh rhozrk dks iznf'kZr djrk gS] tks jkf'k 0 dh foek fdlds rqY; gSA
dt
(A) fo|qr /kkjk (B*) /kkjk ?kuRo (C) fo|qr foHko (D) oS|qr ¶yDl
Sol. (B)
d 
Displacement current   (EA)) 
0 dt
 
d displacement current
 
0 dt A
d 
foLFkkiu }kjk 0  (EA)) 
dt
 
d displacement current
 
0 dt A
PAGE NO.-24
PHYSICS



NO. B35 TO B36

Note : DPPs B35 and B36 are from Principle of communication
DPP No. : B35
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.22 (3 marks 2 min.) [66, 44]

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C) 6. (C) 7. (A)
8. (C) 9. (B) 10. (D) 11. (C) 12. (B) 13. (B) 14. (C)
15. (A) 16. (C) 17. (D) 18. (D) 19. (B) 20. (A) 21. (C)
22. (A)
1. A digital signal –
(A) is less reliable than analog signal (B*) is more reliable than analog signal
(C) is equally reliable as the analog signal (D) none of the above
,d fMthVy flXuy –
(A) ,d vukykWx flXuy dh rwyuk esa de fo'oluh; gksrk gSA
(B*) ,d vukykWXx dh rqyuk esa vf/kd fo'oluh; gksrk gSA
(C) ,d vukykWx flXuy ds cjkcj gh fo'oluh; gksrk gSA
(D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
2. Modern communication systems use : vk/kqfud dE;qfuds'ku flLVe esa mi;ksx gksrs gSA
(A) analog circuits (B*) digital circuits
(B) combination of analog and digital circuits (D) none of the above
(A) vukykWx ifjiFk (B*) fMthVy ifjiFk
(D) vukykWx rFkk fMthVu dk la;kstu ifjiFk (D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
3. The audio signal - ,d vkWfM;ks flXuy -

(A) can be sent directly over the air for large distance
(B*) cannot be sent directly over the air for large distance
(C) possess very high frequency
(D) none of the above
(A) ok;q ij yEch nwjh;ksa rd Hksts tk ldrs gSA (B*) ok;q ij yEch nwjh;ksa rd ugh Hksts tk ldrs gSA
(C) vfr mPp vko`fr j[krs gSA (D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
4. The process of changing some characteristic of a carrier wave in accordance with the intensity of the
signal is called -
flXuy dh rhozrk ds vuqlkj ] ,d okgd rjax ds dqN vfHkyk{kf.kd xq.kksa dks cnyus dh izfØ;k dgykrh gS -
(A) amplification (B) rectification (C*) modulation (D) none of these
(A) izo/kZu (,sEiyhQhds'ku) (B) fn"Vdj.k (rectification) (C*) eksM;wys'ku (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
5. If a carrier wave of 1000 kHz is used to carry the signal, the length of transmitting antenna will be equal
to -
;fn 1000 kHz dh ,d okgd rjax dk mi;ksx flXuy ys tkus (carry) esa fd;k tkuk gks rks izlkjd (transmitting)
,sfUVuk dh yEckbZ gksxh -
(A) 3 m (B) 30 m (C*) 300 m (D) 3000 m
PAGE NO.-1
6. The types of modulation which are possible, are - ekM;wys'ku ds fdrus izdkj lEHko gS -
(A) one only (B) two only (C*) three only (D) none of these
(A) dsoy ,d (B) dsoy nks (C*) dsoy rhu (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
7. In amplitude modulation -
(A*) only the amplitude is changed but frequency remains same
(B) both the amplitude and frequency change equally
(C) both the amplitude and frequency change unequally
(D) none the these
vk;ke eksM;wys'ku esa -
(A*) dsoy vk;ke ifjofrZr gksrk gS ysfdu vko`fr ogh jgrh gSA
(B) vk;ke rFkk vko`fr nksuks leku :i ls cnyrs gSA
(C) vk;ke rFkk vko`fr nksuks vleku :i ls cnyrs gSA
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
8. Modulation factor determines -

(A) only the strength of the transmitted signal (B) only the quality of the transmitted signal
(C*) both the strength and quality of the signal (D) none of the above
eksM;wys'ku ?kVd fu/kkZfjr djrk gS -
(A) dsoy VªkUlfeVsM flXuy dh 'kfä (izkCY;) (B) dsoy VªkUlfeVsM flXuy dh xq.koÙkk
(C*) flXuy dk izkCY; rFkk xq.kork nksuksa (D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
9. Degree of modulation – eksM;wys'ku fMxzh dk eku –

(A) can take any value (B*) should be less than 100%
(C) should exceed 100% (D) none of these
(A) dksbZ Hkh eku gks ldrk gS (B*) 100% ls de gksuk pkfg;s
(C) 100% ls vf/kd gksuk pkfg;s (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
10. If the maximum and minimum voltage of an AM wave are Vmax. and Vmin. respectively then modulation
factor–
,d AM rjax ds oksYVst ds vf/kdre eku Vmax. rFkk U;wure eku Vmin. gS rks eksM;wys'ku QsDVj (factor) gksxk–
Vmax. Vmin. V  Vmin. V  Vmin.
(A) m = (B) m = (C) m = max . (D*) m = max.
Vmax .  Vmin. Vmax .  Vmin. Vmax.  Vmin. Vmax .  Vmin.
11. The AM wave contains three frequencies, viz : ,d AM rjax rhu vko`fr;kW j[krh gS] ;g gS %
f f f f f
(A) c , c s , c s (B) 2fc, 2(fc + fs), 2(fc – fs)
2 2 2
(C*) f c,(fc + fs), (fc – fs) (D) f c , fc, fc
12. For a carrier frequency of 100 kHz and a modulating frequency of 5 kHz what is the width of AM
transmission–
100 kHz vko`fr dh ,d okgd vko`fr rFkk 5 kHz dh eksM;wysfVax vko`fr ds fy;s AM VªkUlfe'ku dh pkSMkbZ
(width) D;k gksxh –
(A) 5 kHz (B*) 10kHz (C) 20 kHz (D) 200 KHz
13. Intelsat satellite is used for : bUVylsV lsVsykbV dk mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gS] ds fy,
(A) radio communication (B*) intercontinental communication
(C) radar communication (D) none of the above
(A) jsfM;ks dE;wfuds'ku (B*) vUrZegk}hih; dE;wfuds'ku
(C) jsMkj dE;wfuds'ku (D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
PAGE NO.-2
14. A geo-synchronous satellite is : ,d Hkw fLFkj mixzg :
(A) located at a height of 35,860 km to ensure global coverage
(B)appears stationary over the earth's magnetic pole
(C*) not really stationary at all, but orbits the earth within 24 hrs
(D) motionless in space (except for its spin)
(A) Xykscy dojst dks lqfuf'kpr djus ds fy, 35,860 km dh ,d Å¡pkbZ ij fLFkr fd;k tkrk gSA
(B) i``Foh dh pqEcdh; /kzqoksa ds mij fLFkj izrhr gksrk gSA
(C*) okLro eas ;g fLFkj ugh gksrk ysfdu i`Foh ds pkjksa vksj buds ifjØe.k dk vkorZdky 24 ?k.Vs gksrk gSA
(D) vUrfj{k esa xfr ghu voLFkk esa gksrk gSA (budh fLiu xfr dks NksMdj)
15. The frequency band used for radar relay systems and television -
jsMkj fjys flLVe rFkk Vsfyfotu ds fy, mi;ksx fd;k tkus okys vko`fr cS.M gS –
(A*) UHF (B) VLF (C) VHF (D) EHF
16. In which of the region of earth's atmosphere temperature decreases with height?
(A) Ionosphere (B) Stratosphere (C*) Troposphere (D) Mesosphere
i`Foh ds ok;q e.My ds dkSuls Hkkx esa Å¡pkbZ c<us ds lkFk rki esa deh gksrh tkrh gS\
(A) vk;ue.My (B) lerki e.My (Stratosphere)
(C*) VªksiksLQh;j (Troposphere) (D) eslksLQh;j (Mesosphere)
17. Major parts of a communications systems are :
(A) transmitter and receiver (B) receiver and communication channel
(C) transmitter and communication channel (D*) transmitter, receiver and communication channel
lapkj ra=k dk izeq[k ?kVd gS
(A) izsf"kr o vfHkxzkgh (B) vfHkxzkgh o lapkj iFk
(C) iszf"kr o vfHkxzkgh (D*) izsf"kr vfHkxzkgh o lapkj iFk
18. In an amplitude modulated wave, for audio frequency of 500 cps, the appropriate carrier frequency will
be :
500 cps ds /ofu vko`fr ds vk;ke ekM~;wfyr rjax esa okgd rjax dh mi;qDr vko`fr gksxhA
(A) 50 c/s (B) 100 c/s (C) 500 c/s (D*) 50000 c/s
19. In A.M., the total modulation index should not exceed one or else :
(A) the system will fail (B*) distortion will result
(C) amplifier will be damaged (D) none of the above
vk;ke ekM~;wys'ku esa eksM~;wys'ku xq.kad ,d ls T;knk ugh gksuk pkfg, vU;FkkA
(A) ra=k (vlQy) gks tk,xk (B*) fod`rh mRiUu gks tk,xh
(C) izo/kZd u"V gks tk,xk (D) mi;qZDr dksbZ ugh
20. An 'antenna' is : ,d ,sUVhuk gksrk gSA
(A*) inductive (B) capacitive
(C) resistive above its resonance frequency (D) none of the above
(A*) izsjdh; (B) /kkfjrh;
(C) bldh vuquknh vko`fr ds Åij izfrjks/kh (D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugh
21. The Q of a resonant transimission line is : ,d vuquknh lapj.k js[kk ds fy;s Q gS –

 R L L
(A) Q = (B) Q = (C*) Q = (D) Q =
LR L R R
22. Range of frequencies allotted for commercial FM radio broadcast is -
O;olkf;d FM jsfM;ksa ds fy;s fu;qDr dh xbZ (allotted) vko`fÙk;ksa dk ijkl gS&
(A*) 88 to 108 MHz (B) 88 to 108 kHz (C) 8 to 88 MHz (D) 88 to 108 GHz
(A*) 88 ls 108 MHz rd (B) 88 ls 108 kHz rd (C) 8 ls 88 MHz rd (D) 88 ls 108 GHz rd
PAGE NO.-3
PHYSICS



NO. B35 TO B36
DPP No. : B36

Assertion and Reason ('–1' negative marking) Q.12 to Q.18 (3 marks, 2 min.) [21, 14]

1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (A) 6. (A) 7. (B)
8. (C) 9. (C) 10. (D) 11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (A)
15. (D) 16. (C) 17. (A) 18. (D)
1. The frequency of light wave in a material is 2 × 1014 Hz and wavelength is 5000 Å. The refractive index
of material will be :
,d ek/;e esa fdlh izdk'k rjax dh vko`fÙk 2 × 1014 Hz gS vkSj bldh rjaxnS/;Z 5000 Å gSA ek/;e dk viorZukad
gksxk:
(A) 1.40 (B) 1.50 (C*) 3.00 (D) 1.33
Sol. Velocity of light waves in material is
ek/;e esa izdk'k rjaxksa dh pky
v = n ...(i)
Refractive index of material is
ek/;e dk viorZukad
c
= ...(ii)
v
where c is speed of light in vacuum or air.
tgk¡ c fuokZr~ vFkok ok;q esa izdk'k dh pky gSA
c
or = ...(iii)
n
Given (;gk¡), n = 2 × 1014 Hz (gVZ~t)
 = 5000 Å = 5000 × 10–10 m ¼eh½,
c = 3 × 108 m/s
Hence, from Eq. (iii), we get
vr% ] lehdj.k. (iii) ls
3  108
= = 3.00
2  1014  5000  1010
2. Which of the following is/are the limitations of amplitude modulation?

fuEu esa ls dkSulh vk;ke eksM;wys'ku dh lhek,s gS \
(A) Clear reception (B) High efficiency (C*) Small operating range (D) Good audio quality
(A) ladsrks dk Li"V :i ls izkIr gksuk (Clear reception) (B) mPp {kerk
(C*) NksVh vkWijsfVax ijkl (D) vPNh JO; (audio) xq.koÙkk
PAGE NO.-4
3. Which is more advantageous ? (i) analog data communication (ii) digital data communication ?
(A) analog data communication (B*) digital data communication
(C) both are equally good (D) depends on the situation
dkSu T;knk ykHknk;d gS (i) vuq:i lapkj ra=k (ii) vkafdd lapkj ra=k
(A) vuq:i lapkj ra=k (B*) vafdd lapkj ra=k
(C) nksuks leku :i (D) ifjfLFkfr ij fuHkZj
4. The attenuation in optical fibre is mainly due to

izdk'kh; rUrq esa âkl (Attenuation) dk dkj.k gS
(A) Absorption vo'kks"k.k
(B) Scattering izdh.kZu
(C) Neither absorption nor scattering u vo'kks"k.k vkSj u gh izdh.kZu
(D*) Both (A) and (B) nksuksa (A) ,oa (B)
5. Which of the following four alternatives is not correct? [AIEEE 2011, 11 May; 4/120, –1]
We need modulation:
(A*) to reduce the time lag between transmission and reception of the information signal
(B) to reduce the size of antenna
(C) to reduce the e fractional band width, that is the ratio of the signal band width to the centre
frequency
(D) to increase the selectivity.
fuEufyf[kr fodYiksa esa ls dkSulk lgh ugha gS \ [AIEEE 2011, 11 May; 4/120, –1]
gesa ekMqys'ku dh vko';drk gksrh gs %
(A*) lwpuk flXuy dh lapj.k vkSj çkfIr ds chp le; vUrjky dks ?kVkus ds fy,A
(B) ,UVhuk dk vkdkj ?kVkus ds fy,A
(C) vkaf'kd cS.M pkSM+kbZ vFkkZr~ flXuy cS.M pkSM+kbZ dk dsUnzh; vko`fÙk ls vuqikr ?kVkus ds fy,A
(D) oj.k {kerk esa o`f) ds fy,A
6. A radar has a power of 1kW and is operating at a frequency of 10 GHz. It is located on a mountain top
of height 500m. The maximum distance upto which it can detect object located on the surface of the
earth (Radius of earth = 6.4 × 106 m) is : [AIEEE - 2012, 4/120, –1]
,d jkMkj dh 'kfDr 1kW gS vkSj ;g 10 GHz dh vko`fÙk ij ifjpkfyr gSA ;g 500m Å¡pkbZ ij igkM+ ds ,d
'kh"kZ ij fLFkr gSA fdruh nwjh ij j[kh i`Foh (i`Foh dh f=kT;k = 6.4 × 106 m) ds i`"B ij fLFkr oLrq dks ;g jkMkj
lalwfpr dj ldsxk : [AIEEE - 2012, 4/120, –1]
(A*) 80 km (B) 16 km (C) 40 km (D) 64 km
7. A diode detector is used to detect an amplitude modulated wave of 60% modulation by using a
condenser of capacity 250 pico farad in parallel with a load resistance 100 kilo ohm. Find the maximum
modulated frequency which could be detected by it. [JEE (Main) - 2013; 4/120, –1]
,d Mk;ksM lalwpd dks] 250 fidks QSjM okys la/kkfj=k dks 100 fdyks vksge ds yksM izfrjks/k ds lkFk lekUrj Øe esa
yxkdj] 60% ekMqys'ku okyh vk;ke ekMqyd rjax dk irk yxkus esa iz;qDr fd;k x;k gSA blds }kjk vf/kdre
ekMqfyr vko`fr ftls Kkr fd;k tk ldrk gS % [JEE (Main) - 2013; 4/120, –1]
(A) 10.62 MHz (B*) 10.62 kHz (C) 5.31 MHz (D) 5.31 kHz
8._ If a carrier wave c(t) = A sinCt, were to be amplitude modulated by a modulating signal m(t) = A sinmt,
the equation representing the modulated signal [Cm(t)], and its modulatgion index, would be
respectively : [JEE(MAIN) 2013_ONLINE TEST]
(A) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinCt)sinmt and 1 (B) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinCt)sinmt and 2
(C) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinmt)sinct and 1 (D) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinmt)sinct and 2
;fn ,d okgd rjax c(t) = A sinCt eksM~;qfyr ladsr m(t) = A sinmt ds }kjk vk;ke eksM;~ qfyr gS, rc eksM~;qfyr ladsr
[Cm(t)] dks iznf'kZr djus okyh lehdj.k rFkk bldk eksM~;qys'ku lwpdkad gksxk[JEE(MAIN) 2013_ONLINE TEST]
(A) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinCt)sinmt rFkk 1 (B) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinCt)sinmt rFkk 2
(C) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinmt)sinct rFkk 1 (D) Cm(t) = A(1 + sinmt)sinct rFkk 2
PAGE NO.-5
Ans. (C)
Sol. cm (t) = (AC + Am sin mt) sin ct
= A 1  sin m t  sin ct
Am A
Modulation index eksM~;qys'ku lwpdkad ma = = =1
Ac A
9. A signal of 5 kHZ frequency is amplitude modulated on a carrier wave of frequency 2 mHz. The
frequencies of the resultant signal is/are : [JEE(Main)-2015; 4/120, –1]
(A) 2 MHz only (B) 2005 kHz, and 1995 kHz
(C*) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz (D) 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz
5 kHZ vko`fÙk ds fdlh ladsr ¼flXuy½ dk 2 mHz vko`fÙk dh okgd rajx ij vk;ke ekWMqyu fd;k x;k gS A rks]
ifj.kkeh flXuy ¼ladsr½ dh vko`fÙk gksxh % [JEE(Main)-2015; 4/120, –1]
(A) 2 MHz dsoy (B) 2005 kHz, rFkk 1995 kHz
(C*) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz rFkk 1995 kHz (D) 2000 kHz rFkk 1995 kHz
Ans. (C)
Sol. fc = 2MHz = 2000 KHz
f m = 5KHz
Resultant frequencies are
ifj.kkeh vkoZfr;k
  f C + f m, fc, fc– f m
= 2005 KHz, 2000, 1995 KHz
10. Choose the correct statement : [JEE(Main)-2016; 4/120, –1]

(A) In amplitude modulation the frequency of high frequency carrier wave is made to vary in proportion
to the amplitude of the audio signal
(B) In frequency modulation the amplitude of the high frequency carrier wave is made to vary in
proportion to the amplitude of the audio signal.
(C) In frequency modulation the amplitude of the high frequency carrier wave is made to vary in
proportion to the frequency of the audio signal
(D) In amplitude modulation the amplitude of the high frequency carrier wave is made to vary in
proportion to the amplitude of the audio signal
lgh dFku pqfu;sa % [JEE(Main)-2016; 4/120, –1]
(A) vk;ke ekMqyu esa mPp vko`fÙk dh okgd rjax dh vko`fÙk esa cnyko /ofu flXuy ds vk;ke ds vuqikrh gSA
(B) vko`fÙk ekMqyu esa mPp vko`fÙk dh okgd rjax dss vk;ke esa cnyko /ofu flXuy ds vk;ke ds vuqikrh gSA
(C) vko`fÙk ekMqyu esa mPp vko`fÙk dh okgd rjax dss vk;ke esa cnyko /ofu flXuy ds vko`fÙk ds vuqikrh gSA
(D) vk;ke ekMqyu esa mPp vko`fÙk dh okgd rjax dss vk;ke esa cnyko /ofu flXuy ds vk;ke ds vuqikrh gSA
Ans. (D)
Sol. In amplitude modulation amplitude of carrier wave (high frequency) is varied in proportion to the
amplitude of signal.
In frequency modulation frequency of carrier wave (high frequency) is varied in proportion to amplitude
of signal.
vk;ke eksM~;qys'ku esa okgd rjax (mPp vko`fÙk) dk vk;ke ladsr ds vk;ke ds vuqikr esa ifjofrZr gksrk gSA
vko`fÙk eksM~;qys'ku esa okgd rjax (mPp vko`fÙk) dh vko`fÙk ladsr ds vk;ke ds vuqikr esa ifjofrZr gksrh gSA
11. In amplitude modulation, sinusoidal carrier frequency used is denoted by c and the signal frequency is
denoted by m. The bandwidth (m) of the signal is such that m<< c. Which of the following
frequency is not contained in the modulated wave ?
vk;ke ekWMwyu esa T;kofØ; okgd vko`fr dks c ls rFkk flXuy vko`fr dks m ls n'kkZrs gSA flXuy dh cS.M pkSMkbZ
(m) dks bl rjg pqurs gS fd m<< c , fuEu esa ls dkSulh vko`fr ekWMwfyr rjax essa ugh gksxhA
[JEE Main 2017]
(A) c – m (B*) m (C) c (D) m + c
PAGE NO.-6
Ans. (B)
Sol. Let c(t) = AC sin ct represent carrier wave and m(t) = Amsin mt represent the message or the
modulating signal where m = 2ƒm is the angular frequency of the message signal. The modulated
signal cm (t) can be written as
cm (t) = (AC + Am sin mt) sin ct
 A 
= AC  1  m sin m t  sin ct ..........(i)
 Ac 
Note that the modulated signal now contains the message signal. From Eq. (i), we can write,
cm (t) = Ac sin ct + Ac sin mt sin ct ..........(ii)
Here  = Am/Ac is the modulation index; in practice,  is kept  1 to avoid distortion.
Using the trignomatric relation sin A sin B = 1/2 (cos (A – B) – cos (A + B),
we can write cm (t) of Eq. (ii) as
A c A c
cm(t) = Ac sin ct + cos (C – m) t – cos (C + m) t ..........(iii)
2 2
In amplitude modulated wave, the frequencies contained are c – m, c, c + m.
The frequency of m is not contained in A.M. wave
Hindi. eku yhft, c(t) = AC sin ct okgd rjax dks fu:fir djrh gS, rFkk m(t) = Amsin mt ekMqyd flXuy vFkok lans'k
dks fu:fir djrh gS tcfd, m = 2ƒm lans'k flXuy dh dks.kh; vko`fÙk gSA rc ekMqfyr flXuy cm (t) dks bl
izdkj O;Dr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
cm (t) = (AC + Am sin mt) sin ct
 A 
= AC  1  m sin m t  sin ct ...........(i)
 Ac 
/;ku nhft,, vc lans'k flXuy ekMqfyr esa vrafoZ"V gSA lehdj.k (i), ls ge ;g fy[k ldrs gSaA
cm (t) = Ac sin ct + Ac sin mt sin ct ...........(ii)
;gkW  = Am/Ac ekMqyu lwpdkad gSA fo:i.k ls cpko ds fy, O;ogkj esa   1 j[kk tkrk gSA
f=kdks.kferh; laca/k sin A sin B = 1/2 (cos (A – B) – cos (A + B) dk mi;ksx djds ge lehdj.k (ii) ls cm (t) dks
bl izdkj O;Dr dj ldrs gSA
A c A c
cm(t) = Ac sin ct + cos (C – m) t – cos (C + m) t ...........(iii)
2 2
vk;ke eksMwfyr rajx esa] lfEefyr vko`fr;k¡ c – m, c, c + m gSA
m vko`fr vk;ke eksMqfyr rajx esa lfEefyr ugha gSA
12. Statement -1 : The electrical conuctivity of earth's atmosphere increases with altitude.
Statement - 2 : The high energy particles (i.e., -rays and cosmic rays) coming from outer space while
entering our earth's atmosphere cause ionization of the atoms of the gases present in the atmosphere
and their energy decreases as they approach to earth.'
oDrO; -1 : Å¡pkbZ ds lkFk i`Foh ds ok;qe.My dh fo|qr pkydrk c<rh gSA
oDrO;- 2 : mPp ÅtkZ d.k (tSls -fdj.ks o dkWfLed fdj.ks) varfj{k ls ok;qe.My esa izns'k djus ij xSlks ds
ijek.kqvksa dk vk;uu djrh gS o i`Foh ij igqaprs igqprs budh ÅtkZ ?kVrh tkrh gSA
(A*) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True
(A*) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2, oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA
(B) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2, oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k ugha gSA
(C) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 vlR; gS ;
(D) oDrO;-1 vlR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gS
PAGE NO.-7
13. Statement–I: Surface wave and sky wave can not be observed on moon.
Statement–II: Atmosphere of variable refractive index is require for propagation of surface & sky wave.
oDrO;–I: pUnzek ij lrg rjax o vkdk'k rajx izsf{kr ugh gks ldrh A
oDrO;–II: lrg rFkk vkdk'k rjaxs lapj.k ds fy, pj viorZukad okyk ok;qe.My vko';d gksrk gSA
14. Statement–I: Diode lasers are used as optical sources in optical communication.
Statement–II: Diode lasers consume less energy.
oDrO;–I: çdk'kh; lapkj esa Mk;ksM ystj dk mi;ksx çdk'kh; lzksr ds :i esa fd;k tkrk gSA
oDrO;–II: Mk;ksM ystj de ÅtkZ O;; djrs gSA
15. Statement–I: Television signals are received through skywave propagation.
Statement–II: The ionosphere reflects electromagnetic waves of frequencies greater than a certain
critical frequency.
oDrO;–I: Vsfyfotu ladsr O;kse rjax lapj.k }kjk çkIr gksrs gSA
oDrO;–II: ,d fuf'pr vko`fÙk ls vf/kd vko`fÙk dh fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa dks vk;ue.My ijkofrZr dj nsrk gSA
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(D*) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True
(A) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2, oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA
(D*) oDrO;-1 vlR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gSA
16. Statement–I: In high latitude one sees colourful curtains of light hanging down from high altitudes.
Statement–II: The high energy charged particles from the sun are deflected to polar regions by the
magnetic field of the earth.
oDrO;–I: mPp v{kka'k ij gesa çdk'k dh jaxhu /kkfj;ka mPp Å¡pkbZ ls uhps vkrh gqbZ fn[kkbZ nsrh gSA
oDrO;–II: lw;Z ls vkus okys mPp ÅtkZ ds vkosf'kr d.k i`Foh ds pqEcdh; {ks=k ds dkj.k /kzqoh; {ks=kksa dh vksj fo{ksfir
gks tkrs gSA
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(C*) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(A) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2, oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA
(C*) oDrO;-1 lR; gS] oDrO;-2 vlR; gS ;
(D) oDrO;-1 vlR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gSA
PAGE NO.-8
17. Statement–I: Short wave bands are used for transmission of radio waves to a large distance.
Statement–II: Short waves are reflected by ionosphere.
oDrO;–I: y?kq rjax cS.M }kjk jsfM;ks rjaxks dks vf/kd nwjh rd lapkfjr fd;k tkrk gSA
oDrO;–II: y?kqrjaxs vk;u e.My }kjk ijkofrZr dj nh tkrh gSA
(D) oDrO;-1 vlR; gS] oDrO;-2 lR; gSA
18. This question has Statement –1 and Statement –2. Of the four choices given after the statements,
choose the one that best describes the two statements. [AIEEE - 2011, 4/120, –1]
Statement –1
Sky wave signals are used for long distance radio communication. These signals are in general, less
stable than ground wave signals.
Statement –2 :
The state of ionosphere varies from hour to hour, day to day and season to season.
(A) Statement –1 is true, statement –2 is false.
(B) Statement –1 is true, Statement –2 is true, Statement –2 is the correct explanation of Statement –1
(C) Statement –1 is true, Statement –2 is true, Statement –2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement–1
(D*) Statement–1 is false, Statement –2 is true
bl iz'u esa izdFku –1 ,oa izdFku –2 fn;s x;s gSaA izdFkuksa ds ckn fn;s x;s pkj fodYiksa esa ls ml fodYi dks
pqfu;s tks fd izdFkuksa dk lgh o.kZu djrk gSA [AIEEE - 2011, 4/120, –1]
izdFku –1
yEch nwjh ds jsfM;ks lapj.k ds fy;s O;kse rjax flXuy dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA lk/kkj.kr;k] ;g flXuy Hkw rjax
flXuy dh vis{kk de LFkk;h gksrs gSaA
izdFku –2:
vk;u eaMy dh voLFkk ?kaVk&izfr?kaVk] fnu&izfrfnu vkSj _rq&izfr_rq cnyrh jgrh gSA
(A) izdFku –1 lgh gSa] izdFku–2 xyr gSaA
(B) izdFku –1 lgh gS] izdFku –2 lgh gS vkSj izdFku –2 izdFku–1 dh lgh O;k[;k djrk gSA
(C) izdFku –1 lgh gS] izdFku –2 lgh gS vkSj izdFku –2 izdFku–1 dh lgh O;k[;k ugha djrk gSA
(D*) izdFku –1 xyr gS] izdFku –2 lgh gSA
PAGE NO.-9
PHYSICS



NO. B37 TO B38

One or more than one options correct type (‘–1’ negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks 2 min.) [08, 04]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.9 (4 marks 5 min.) [08, 10]
Match the Following (no negative marking) Q.10 (8 marks, 6 min.) [08, 06]

1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (A) (B) (C) (D) 4. (C)(D) 5. (C) 6. (B)
7. (D) 8. 9 9. 0 10. (A) q,s (B) p,s (C) q,s (D) p,s
1. Two uniformly charged identical non-conducting rings of radius R are placed coaxially at separation of
2R. A uniformly charged non-conducting sphere of radius R is placed between rings such that its centre
lies at the mid point of line joining the centres of two rings. Charge on ring 1 is Q. Electric field and
potential is zero at centre of the sphere. What will be the potential at the centre of ring 2 ?
,d leku :i ls vkosf'kr nks le:i vpkyd R f=kT;k dh oy; lek{kh; :i ls 2R nwjh ij j[kh gqbZ gSA R
f=kT;k dk le:i vkosf'kr vpkyd xksyk nksuksa oy;ksa ds e/; bl izdkj fLFkr gS fd bldk dsUæ] nksuksa oy;ksa ds
dsUæksa dks feykus okyh js[kk ds e/; fcUnq ij fLFkr gSA oy; 1 ij Q vkos'k gSA xksys ds dsUæ ij fo|qr {ks=k rFkk
fo|qr foHko 'kwU; gSA oy; 2 dh dsUæ ij foHko D;k gksxk ?
KQ KQ  1 
(A) (2  2 2 ) (B) 1  2 2
R R  5 
KQ  
2 2 KQ  1 2 2
(C)  2   (D*)  1   
R  2 R  5 3 
Sol. Charge on ring 2 will also be Q so that E is zero at centre of sphere.
Ring (1) Ring (2)

If charge on sphere is Q' then,
KQ 3KQ ' 2 2
2   Q' =  Q
2R 2R 3
Potential at the centre of ring 2
 2 2
K Q
KQ KQ  3  KQ  1 2 2
=  =
   1   
R 5R R R  5 3 
PAGE NO.-1
2. Two wires OA and OC carry equal currents i as shown in figure. One end of both the wires extends to
infinity. Angle AOC is . The magnitude of magnetic field at a point 'P' on the bisector of these two
wires at a seperation r from point O is
nks rkj OA rFkk OC esa fp=kkuqlkj leku /kkjk i çokfgr gks jgh gSA nksauks rkjksa dk ,d fljk vuUr rd QSyk gqvk gSA
dks.k AOC,  gSA fcUnq O ls r nwjh ij bu nksauks rkjksa ds lef)Hkktd ij fcUnq 'P' ij pqEcdh; {ks=k dk ifjek.k
gksxkA
A
i
r P
O
i
C
 
i  0i i  1  cos 2 
   
(A) 0 cot   (B) cot   (C*) 0 (D) zero 'kwU;
2r 2 4r 2 2r  
 sin 2 
 
Sol.
A
i a
O r
a
i
C
  i
Using | B | 0 (sin  + sin )
4 a
 0 i  i 1  cos  / 2
Total magnetic field | B |  2 (cos /2 + 1) = 0 .
 2r sin  / 2
4r sin
2
Sol.
A
i a
O r
a
i
C
  i
| B | 0 (sin  + sin ) ds mi;ksx ls
4 a
  0i
dqy pqEcdh; {ks=k | B |  2 (cos /2 + 1)

4r sin
2
0i 1  cos  / 2
= . .
2r sin  / 2
PAGE NO.-2
3. A tuning fork vibrate with a string then it paroduce 5 beat per sec. If tension in string slightly decrease
then it again produce 5 beat per sec. If same tunning fork vibrate with an orgain pipe it produce 4 beat
per sec. If temperature of air slightly increase then it produce 4 beat per sec with same organ pipe :
,d Lofj=k f}Hkqt Mksjh ds lkFk daiu djrk gS rc ;g 5 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu djrk gSA ;fn Mksjh es ruko
gYdklk ?kVk;k tkrk gS rc ;g nqckjk 5 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu djrk gSA ;fn leku f}Hkqt vkxZu ikbi ds
lkFk daiu djrk gS ;g 4 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu gksrk gSA ;fn ok;q dk rkieku gYdk lk c<+k;k tkrk gS rc
;g leku vkxZu ikbi ds lkFk 4 foLiUn mRiUu djrk gS :
(A*) If initially orgain pipe and string vibrate together then 9 beat per sec. produce by the system.
;fn izkjEHk esa vkxZu ikbi rFkk Mksjh lkFk&lkFk daiu djrs gS rc fudk; }kjk 9 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu gksrs gSA
(B*) If organ pipe and string produce sound after changes then 9 beat pers sec produce by the system
;fn vkxZu ikbi rFkk Mksjh ifjorZu ds i'pkr~ lkFk&lkFk daiu djrs gS rc fudk; }kjk 9 foLiUn izfr lSd.M
mRiUu gksrs gSA
(C*) If tension in string decrease and sounded with organ pipe without changing temperature then only
1 beat per sec. produce by the system (string + pipe)
;fn Mksjh esa ruko ?kVk;k tkrk gS rFkk vkxZu ikbi dks rkieku ifjorZu fd;s fcuk /ofur fd;k tkrk gS rc fudk;
(Mksjh + ikbi) }kjk dsoy 1 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu fd;k tkrk gSA
(D*) If tension in string remain same and temperature of air in organ pipe changes then only 1 beat per
sec. produce by the system (string + pipe)
;fn Mksjh esa ruko leku j[kk tkrk gS rFkk vkxZu ikbi esa rkieku ifjofrZr djds /ofur fd;k tkrk gS rc fudk;
(Mksjh + ikbi) }kjk dsoy 1 foLiUn izfr lSd.M mRiUu fd;k tkrk gSA
Sol. fstring = f 0 + 5 f ’string’ = f0 – 5
f orgen pipe = f 0 – 4 f ’organ pipe' = f0 + 4
(A) f = |(f 0 + 5) – (f0 – 4)| = 9 beat per sec. foLiUn izfr lSd.M
(B) f = |(f 0 + 4) – (f0 – 5)| = 9 beat per sec. foLiUn izfr lSd.M
(C) f = |(f0 + 4) – (f 0 – 5)| = 1 beat per sec. foLiUn izfr lSd.M
(D) f = |f0 + 5) – (f 0 + 4)| = 1 beat per sec. foLiUn izfr lSd.M
4. A very long uniform helix is made of thin metal wire. The axis of helix is vertical. A small bead begins to
slide down the fixed helix starting from rest. Considering friction between bead and wire of helix to be
nonzero, which of the following statements is/ are true as long as bead moves on helix.
(A) The speed of bead keeps on increasing.

(B) The magnitude of frictional force on bead remains constant.
(C*) The speed of bead first increases and then remains constant.
(D*) The magnitude of frictional force increases and then remains constant.
PAGE NO.-3
,d cgqr yEch ,dleku dq.Mfyuh irys /kkfRod rkj ls cuh gSA dq.Mfyuh dh v{k Å/okZ/kj gSA ,d NksVk eudk
fLFkj dq.Mfyuh ls fojke ls uhps dh vksj fQlyuk izkjEHk djrk gSA euds rFkk dq.Mfyuh rkj ds chp ?k"kZ.k dks
v'kwU; ekurs gq;s fuEu esa ls dkSu lk ¼ls½ dFku lR; gSa tc rd fd eudk dq.Mfyuh ij xfr djrk gSA
(A) euds dh pky c<+rh tkrh gSA

(B) euds ij ?k"kZ.k cy dk ifjek.k fu;r jgrk gSA
(C*) euds dh pky igys c<+rh gS rFkk fQj fu;r jgrh gSA
(D*) ?k"kZ.k cy dk ifjek.k c<+rk gS rFkk fQj fu;r jgrk gSA
Sol. The component of weight in direction of velocity of bead remains constant. Since speed increases, the the
horizontal component of normal reaction keeps on increasing. Hence friction force increases till the bead acquires
terminal velocity.
euds ds osx dh fn'kk esa Hkkj dk ?kVd fu;r jgrk gSA pw¡fd pky c<+rh gS] rks vfHkyEc izfrfØ;k dk {kSfrt ?kVd
c<+rk tkrk gSA blfy;s ?k"kZ.k cy euds dh lhekUr osx izkIr djus rd c<+rk gSA
COMPREHENSION
A small particle of mass m = 1kg and charge of 1C enters perpendicularly in a triangular region of
uniform magnetic field of strength 2T as shown in figure :
fp=kkuqlkj 2T rhozrk ds ,d leku pqEcdh; {ks=k ds f=kHkqtkdkj {ks=k esa nzO;eku m = 1kg rFkk vkos'k 1C dk NksVk
d.k yEcor~ izfo"V gksrk gS :
5. Calculate maximum velocity of the particle with which it should enter so that it complete a half–circle in
magnetic region :
pqEcdh; {ks=k esa v/kZo`Ùk iw.kZ dj ldus ds fy, d.k dk vfHk"B vf/kdre osx dk eku ifjdfyr dhft, :
(A) 2 m/s (B) 2.5 m/s (C*) 3 m/s (D) 4 m/s
PAGE NO.-4
Sol. In triangle PMC
f=kHkqt PMC esa
MP
cos53º =
MC
3 R
=
5 4 R
12 = 8R
3
R = m (R is the maximum radius of half–circle) (v/kZo`Ùk dh vf/kdre f=kT;k R gS)
2
mumax
Rmax =
qB
Umax = 3 m/s.
6. In previous question, if particle enters perpendicularly with velocity 48 m/s in magnetic region. Then,
how much time will it spend in magnetic region :
;fn fiNys iz'u esa] d.k pqEcdh; {ks=k esa 48 m/s osx ls yEcor~ izfo"V gksrk gS] rks pqEcdh; {ks=k esa ;g fdruk le;
O;rhr djsxk :
11 7 13 17
(A) sec. (B*) sec. (C) sec. (D) sec.
360 360 360 360
Sol.
mu
R= = 24 m
qB
Let, ekuk MPQ = 
By geometry, T;kferh ls
CPO = (37 – )
In CPO es,a
OC OP
=
sin(CPO) sin(PCO)
20 24
=
sin(37º ) sin(180º 37º )
5 56
=
sin(37º ) 3
1
sin(37º – ) =
2
PAGE NO.-5
7
= rad.
180
qB
=
m
 = 2 rad/sec.
7
t= sec.
360
7. In the previous question find the chang e in angular momentum of particle w.r.t. centre of its circular
path during its motion in magnetic field :
fiNys iz'u esa] pqEcdh; {ks=k esa xfr ds nkSjku o`Ùkh; iFk ds dsUnz ds lkis{k d.k ds dks.kh; laosx esa ifjorZu Kkr
dhft,:
(A) 1152 kg.m2/s (B) 576 kg.m2/s (C) 2304 kg.m2/s (D*) zero 'kwU;
8. A meter bridge experiment is performed with a known resistance of 20 ohm. Balance point is at  for an
1000
unknown resistor of value x ohm. Balance point shift to right by cm when another resistor of
63
2000
value x ohm is combined parallel to unknown resistor. Balance point shift to left by cm, when it is
117
500
connected in series. If  is cm then A is.
A
ehVj lsrq iz;ksx esa 20 ohm Kkr izfrjks/k dk mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA lUrqyu fcUnq vKkr izfrjks/k x ds fy;s
yEckbZ ij izkIr gksrk gSA ;fn vKkr izfrjks/k ds lekUrj Øe esa vU; x ohm ds izfrjks/k dks tksM+us ij lUrqyu
1000
fcUnq cm nk¡;h rjQ foLFkkfir gks tkrk gS vkSj ;fn vKkr izfrjks/k ds Js.kh Øe esa vU; x ohm ds izfrjks/k
63
2000 500
dks tksM+us ij lUrqyu fcUnq cm ck¡;h rjQ foLFkkfir gks tkrk gSA ;fn  dk eku cm gks rks A dk
117 A
eku D;k gksxk \
Ans. 9
Sol.
R = 20 x
A B
 100 – 
20 (100 – ) = x
2000
 =
20  x
R x/2
G
A B
1000
 1000
63 100   
 63
when connected in parallel
PAGE NO.-6
 1000  x  1000 
20  100       
 63  2  63 
 
100     
 2 
1000    1000 
100   
63  63 
500
solving we get
9
so A = 9
9. In the given figure switch is closed at some instant. Before this, capacitor of capacitance C is
uncharged and 2C has potential V as shown. If total heat dissipated in resistor after switch is closed is x
× CV2 then x is.
fn;s x;s ifjiFk esa fdlh {k.k fLop dks cUn fd;k tkrk gSA cUn djus ds igys C /kkfjrk dk la/kkfj=k vukosf'kr rFkk
2C /kkfjrk dk la/kkfj=k V foHko }kjk fp=kkuqlkj vkosf'kr gSA ;fn fLop cUn djus ds i'pkr~ izfrjks/k esa mRiUu dqy
Å"ek x × CV2 gks rks x dk eku D;k gksxk\
2C
R
+ –
V
V
Ans. 0
Sol. No charge will flow through the circuit
Hence zero charge will flow
10. Three wires are carrying same constant current i in different directions. Four loops enclosing the wires

in different manners are shown. The direction of d  is shown in the figure :
rhu rkjksa esa leku fu;r /kkjk i fHkUu fn'kkvksa esa izokfgr gSA rkjksa ds ?ksjs esa fHkUu izdkj ls pkj ywi n'kkZ;s x;s gSA

d  dh fn'kk fp=k esa fn[kk;s vuqlkj gS &
Loop-1
i i
Loop-2
i
Loop-3
Loop-4
PAGE NO.-7
Column I Column II
 
(A) Along closed Loop-1 (p)  B.d   0i
cUn ywi 1 ds vuqfn'k
 
(B) Along closed Loop-2 (q)  B.d   0i
 
(C) Along closed Loop-3 (r)  B.d   0
(D) Along closed Loop-4 (s) net work done by the magnetic force to move a unit
charge along the loop is zero.
cUn ywi 4 ds vuqfn'k ,dkad vkos'k dks cUn ywi ds vuqfn'k xfr djkus esa ifj.kkeh
pqEcdh; cy }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z 'kwU; gS &
Ans. (A) q,s (B) p,s (C) q,s (D) p,s
Sol. Work done by magnetic force on a charge = 0 in any part of its motion.
 'S' is matching for all parts (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
 
For loop 1 in = – i + i – i = – i   B.d   0 (i)
 
For loop 2 in = i – i + i = i   B.d    0 (i)
 
For loop 3 in = –i – i +i = –i  B.d    0 (i)
 
For loop 4 in = + i + i – i = +i  B.d    0 (i)
(Note : That current will be taken as positive which produces lines of magnetic field in the same sense

in which d is taken)
Sol. xfr ds fdlh Hkh Hkkx ds fy, pqEcdh; cy }kjk ,d vkos'k ij fd;k x;k dk;Z = 0
 'S' izR;sd Hkkx (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) ls esy [kkrk gSA
 
ywi 1 ds fy, in = – i + i – i = – i   B.d   0 (i)
 
ywi 2 ds fy, in = i – i + i = i   B.d    0 (i)
 
ywi 3 ds fy, in = –i – i +i = –i  B.d    0 (i)
 
ywi 4 ds fy, in = + i + i – i = +i  B.d    0 (i)
(Note : og /kkjk /kukRed yh tk,xh tks mlh fn'kk esa pqEcdh; {ks=k dh js[kk,a mRiUu djsxh ftlesa fy;k x;k gSA)
PAGE NO.-8
PHYSICS



NO. B37 TO B38


1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (A) (B) 5. (A) (C) 6. (A)(B)(D)
48
7. u= g 8. (a) T = 40 (3 cos  – 2 cos 0) kg f. (b) 0 = 60°
5
9. 19 10. (A) q (B) r (C) q (D) s
1. A screw gauge with a pitch of 0.5 mm and a circular scale with 50 divisions is used to measure the
thickness of a thin sheet of Aluminium. Before starting the measurement, it is found that when the two
jaws of the screw gauge are brought in contact, the 45th division coincides with the main scale line and
that the zero of the main scale is barely visible. What is the thickness of the sheet if the main scale
reading is 0.5mm and the 25th division coincides with the main scale line ?[JEE (Main) 2016; 4/120, –1]
,d LØw & xst dk fip 0.5mm gS vkSj mlds o`Ùkh; Ldsy ij 50 Hkkx gSA blds }kjk ,d iryh vY;wehfu;e 'khV
dh eksVkbZ ekih xbZA eki ysus ds iwoZ ;g ik;k x;k fd tc LØw xst ds nks tkWoks ds lEidZ esa Ykk;k tkrk gS rc
45 oka Hkkx eq[; Ldsy ykbZu ds laikrh gksrk gS vkSj eq[; Ldsy dk 'kwU; (0) eqf'dy ls fn[krk gSA eq[; Ldsy dk
ikB~;kad ;fn 0.5 mm rFkk 25 oka Hkkx eq[; Ldsy ykbZu ds laikrh gks] rks 'khV dh eksVkbZ D;k gksxh \
(A*) 0.80 mm (B) 0.70mm (C) 0.50mm (D) 0.75mm
Ans. (A)
Sol. When jaws are closed, the zero error will be :
= main scale reading + (circularscale reading) (Least count)
= –0.5 mm + (45)(0.01)
zero error = –0.05 mm
when the sheet is placed between the jaws ;
measured thickness
= 0.5 mm + (25)(0.01) = 0.75 mm
 Actual thickness
= 0.75 mm –(–0.05)
= 0.80 mm
tc nk¡rs cUn gSa] rc 'kwU; =kqfV
= eq[; iSekus dk ikB~;kad + (o`Ùkh; iSekus dk ikB~;kad) (vYirekad)
= –0.5 mm + (45)(0.01)
'kwU; =kqfV = –0.05 mm
tc nk¡rksa ds e/; ifêdk dks j[kk tkrk gS rks
ekih x;h eksVkbZ
= 0.5 mm + (25)(0.01) = 0.75 mm
 okLrfod eksVkbZ
= 0.75 mm – (–0.05) = 0.80 mm
PAGE NO.-9
2. The following observations were taken for determining surface tension T of water by capillary method :
diameter of capillary, D = 1.25 × 10–2 m rise of water , h = 1.45 × 10–2 m.
rhg
Using g = 9.80 m/s2 and the simplified relation T = × 103 N/m, the possible error in surface tension
2
is closest to : [JEE (Main) 2017, 4/120, –1]
fuEu izs{k.kksa dks dsf'kdk fofo/k ls ikuh dk i`"B ruko T ukius ds fy;s fd;k tkrk gSA
dsf'kdk dk O;kl] D = 1.25 × 10–2 m
ikuh dk p<+ko, h = 1.45 × 10–2 m.
rhg
g = 9.80 m/s2 rFkk ljyhd`r lEcU/k T = × 103 N/m, dks mi;ksx djrs gq, i`"B ruko esa lEHkkfor =k`fV dk
2
fudVre~ eku gksxkA
(A) 10% (B) 0.15% (C*) 1.5% (D) 2.4%
Ans. (C)
Sol. Here the information of least count of D and h measurement are not given so we will use max.
permissible error in D and h = place value of last digit.
D = 1.25 × 10–2m so D = 0.01 × 10–2 m
h = 1.45 × 10–2 m so h = 0.01 × 10–2m
g = 9.80 m/s2
rgh
T=  10 3
2
T r h D h
   
T r h D h
2
T 0.01 10 0.01 10 2
 
T 1.25  10 2 1.45  10  2
T  1 1 
   × 100%
T  125 145 
= (0.008 + 0.0069) × 100% = 1.49  1.5%
Hindi. ;gk¡ D ,oa h ds ekiu ds vYiRekad dh lwpuk ugha nh gS vr% ge D o h esa vf/kdre laHko =kqfV dk mi;ksx djsaxs =
vafre vad dk LFkkuh; eku
D = 1.25 × 10–2m blhfy;s D = 0.01 × 10–2 m
h = 1.45 × 10–2 m blhfy;s h = 0.01 × 10–2m
g = 9.80 m/s2
rgh
T=  10 3
2
T r h D h
   
T r h D h
T 0.01 10 2 0.01 10 2
 
T 1.25  10 2 1.45  10  2
T  1 1 
   × 100%
T  125 145 
= (0.008 + 0.0069) × 100% = 1.49  1.5%
PAGE NO.-10
3. Two infinitely long linear conductors are arranged perpendicular to each other and are in mutually
perpendicular planes as shown in figure. If 1 = 2A along
 the y-axis and 2 = 3A along –ve z-axis and
AP = AB = 1 cm. The value of magnetic field strength B at P is
nks vuUr yEckbZ ds js[kh; lqpkyd ijLij ,d&nwljs ds yEcor~ la;ksftr gS rFkk fp=k esa fn[kk;s vuqlkj ijLij
yEcor~ ry esa gSA ;fn y v{k ds vuqfn'k 1 = 2A rFkk _.kkRed z-v{k ds vuqfn'k 2 = 3A gS rFkk AP = AB = 1

cmA fcUnq 'P' ij pqEcdh; {ks=k B dk eku gS &
(A) (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (– 4 × 10–5 T) k̂ (B*) (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (4 × 10–5 T) k̂

(C) (4 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (3 × 10–5 T) k̂ (D) (– 3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (4 × 10–5 T) k̂
Sol. Magnetic field strength at P due to 1
  0 1 4  10 7  2
B1 = k̂ = k̂ = (4 × 10–5T) k̂
2(AP) 2  1 102
 0  2 4  10 7  3
Magnetic field strength at P due the 2 B2 = ĵ = ĵ = (3 × 10–5T) ĵ
2(BP) 2  2  10 2

Hence, B = (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (4 × 10–5T) k̂
  0 1 4  107  2
1 ds dkj.k P ij pq- {ks- 'kwU; gSA B1 = k̂ = k̂ = (4 × 10–5T) k̂
2(AP) 2  1 10 2
 0  2 4  10 7  3
2 ds dkj.k P ij pq- {ks- 'kwU; gSA B2 = ĵ = ĵ = (3 × 10–5T) ĵ
2(BP) 2  2  10 2

bl izdkj, B = (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (4 × 10–5T) k̂
4. A particle perform SHM on a straight line with time period T and amplitude A. The average speed of the
particle between two successive instants, when potential energy and kinetic energy become same
is/are:
,d d.k ljy js[kk esa T vkorZdky rFkk vk;ke A ls ljy vkorZxfr dj jgk gSA mu nks Øekxr {k.kksa ds e/; d.k
dh vkSlr pky D;k gksxh tc mudh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ rFkk xfrt ÅtkZ leku gSA
(A*)
4 2  2 1 A
(B*)
4 2 A
T T
(C) 0 (D) none of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
q
5. A point charge of specific charge = 0.1 C/kg is projected in uniform magnetic field. The particle
m

moves in magnetic field such that its position vector at any instant is given by r  3 sin t î  3cos t ˆj  4tkˆ .
Select correct statements from following :
(A*) Magnetic field in space is 10T
(B) The distance traveled by the particle in 5s is 20m
(C*) Power of magnetic force is zero
(D) The radius of curvature of the path is 3m
PAGE NO.-11
q
fof'k"V vkos'k = 0.1 C/kg dk ,d fcUnq vkos'k ,d leku pqEcdh; {kS=k esa iz{kSfir fd;k tkrk gSA d.k pqEcdh;
m

{kS=k esa bl izdkj xfr djrk gS fd fdlh {k.k ij bldk fLFkfr lfn'k r  3 sin t î  3cos t ˆj  4tkˆ }kjk fn;k x;k
gSA fuEu esa ls lgh dFku@dFkuksa dk p;u dhft,A
(A*) ifj{kS=k esa pqEcdh; {kS=k 10T gSA
(B) 5s esa d.k }kjk r; dh x;h nwjh 20m gSA
(C*) pqEcdh; cy dh 'kfDr 'kwU; gSA
(D) iFk dh oØrk f=kT;k 3m gSA
qB
Sol. =1  1 B = 10T
m
Speed (pky) = 5 m/s
6. A simple pendulum is oscillating with small amplitude. The bob is given a positive charge and a uniform
magnetic field is applied in a direction perpendicular to the plane of oscillations. Which of the following
quantities will not be effected by the presence of magnetic field ?
(A*) Amplitude of oscillations (B*) Time period of oscillations
(C)Tension in the string at mean position (D*) Tension in the string at extreme position
,d ljy yksyd vYi vk;ke ls nkSyu dj jgk gSA yksyd dks /kukRed vkos'k fn;k tkrk gS] rFkk ,d leku
pqEcdh; {kS=k nkSyu ds ry ds yEcor~ fn'kk esa vkjksfir fd;k tkrk gSA fuEu esa ls dkSulh jkf'k;k¡ pqEcdh; {kS=k dh
mifLFkfr ls izHkkfor ugha gksrh gS ?
(A*) nksyu dk vk;ke (B*) nksyu dk vkorZ dky
(C) ek/; fLFkfr ij Mksjh esa ruko (D*) pje fLFkfr ij Mksjh esa ruko
Ans. (A, B, D)
7. A weightless rod of length 2 carries two equal masses 'm', one secured at lower end A and the other
at the middle of the rod at B. The rod can rotate in vertical plane about a fixed horizontal axis passing
through C. What horizontal velocity must be imparted to the mass at A so that it just completes the
vertical circle.
2 yEckbZ dh nzO;ekujfgr NM+ ls nks 'm' nzO;eku ds d.k NM+ ds fuEure A rFkk e/; fcUnq B ij tqM+s gq, gSA NM+
Å/okZ/kj ry esa fLFkr fcUnq C ls xqtjus okyh fLFkj {kSfrt v{k ds ifjr% ?kq.kZu dj ldrh gSA A fcUnq ij fLFkr
nzO;eku dks fdruk {kSfrt osx fn;k tk, rkfd ;g Bhd Å/okZ/kj o`Ùk r; dj ldsA
PAGE NO.-12
Sol.
Let the initial velocity given to the mass at A be u.

Then the velocity of mass at B is u/2
As the system moves from initial the final position
Increase in potential energy is = 4 mg + 2mg
2
1 1 u 5
Decrease in kinetic energy = mu2  m   = mu2
2 2 2
  8
From conservation of energy
5 48
mu2 = 6 mgl or u= g
8 5
ekuk A ij æO;eku dks fn;k x;k izkjfEHkd osx u gSA.

rks B ij æO;eku dks fn;k x;k osx u/2 gSA
pwafd fudk; izkjEHk ls vafre fLFkfr dh vksj xfr djrk gSA
fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa o`f) gS = 4 mg + 2mg
2
1 1 u 5
xfrt ÅtkZ esa gkfu = mu2  m   = mu2
2 2 2 8
ÅtkZ laj{k.k ls
5 48
mu2 = 6 mgl or u= g
8 5
8. A 40 kg mass, hanging at the end of a rope of length , oscillates in a vertical plane with an angular
amplitude of 0. What is the tension in the rope, when it makes an angle  with the vertical ? If the
breaking strength of the rope is 80 kg f, what is the maximum angular amplitude  with which the mass
can oscillate without the rope breaking ?
,d 40 kg nzO;eku dh ckWy  yEckbZ dh jLlh dh lgk;rk eas Å/okZ/kj ry esa 0 dks.kh; vk;ke ls nksyu xfr djrh
gSA tc ;g Å/okZ/kj ls  dks.k cukrh gS rks jLlh esa ruko D;k gksxkA ;fn jLlh dk vf/kdre ruko 80 kg f cy gks
rks, vf/kdre dks.kh; foLFkkiu  D;k gksxk ftlls ckWy fcuk jLlh VwVs nksyu xfr dj lds ?
PAGE NO.-13
Sol. The situation is shown in figure. fp=k esa fn[kk;s vuqlkj fLFkfr gSA
(a) From figure h fp=k h ls =  (cos  – cos 0)
and rFkk 2 = 2gh
= 2g (cos  – cos 0) ....... (A)
Again iqu% T – mg cos  = m2 /  ....... (B)
2
Substitting the value of  from eq. (A) in eq. (B)
lehdj.k (A) ls 2 dk eku lehdj.k . (B) esa j[kus ij
 
 T
h

mg
we get
T – mg cos  = m {2g (cos  – cos 0) /}
or T = mg cos  + 2mg (cos  – cos 0)
or T = mg (3 cos  – 2 cos 0)
or T = 40g (3 cos  – 2 cos 0) newton
Ans. T = 40 (3 cos  – 2 cos 0) kg f.
(b) Let 0 be the maximum amplitude. The maximum tension T will be at mean position where  = 0.
ekuk 0 vf/kdre vk;ke gSA ek/; fLFkfr ij vf/kdre ruko T gksxk tgk¡  = 0.
 Tmax = 40 (3 – 2 cos 0)
But fdarq Tmax = 80
Solving we get gy djus ij 0 = 60° Ans. 0 = 60°
9. A bird is singing on a tree and a man is hearing at a distance ‘r’ from the bird. then the displacement of
x
the man towards the bird so that the loudness heard by man increases by 20 dB is r then find the
y
minimum value of x + y is [Assume that the motion of man is along the line joining the bird and the
man]
x
,d isM+ ij ,d i{kh xk jgk gS vkSj i{kh ls ‘r’ nwjh ij ,d O;fä lqu jgk gSA O;fä dk i{kh dh vksj foLFkkiu r
y
bl izdkj gS fd O;fä }kjk lquh xbZ /ofu dh izcyrk 20 dB ls c<+ tk,A rc x + y dk U;wure eku Kkr djsaA[;g
ekfu, fd O;fä dh xfr i{kh o O;fä dks feykus okyh js[kk ds vuqfn'k gS]
Ans. 19

Sol. Loudness  = 10 log10
0
2 P
 2 – 1 = 10log10 & =
1 4r 
2 r12
 =
1 r22
r2 r
 ( + 20) –  = 10 log10 = 20 log10
r22 r2
r
 = 10  r2 = 0.1r
r2
 shift = r – 0.1 r = 0.9 r.
9r
Ans.
10
PAGE NO.-14
10. Regarding speed of sound in gas, match the statements in column-I with the results in column-II
xSl esa /ofu ds osx ds lEcU/k esa dFkuksa dks lqesfyr dfj,A
Column I Column II
(A) Temperature of gas is made 4 times and (p) speed becomes 2 2 times the initial value
pressure 2 times
(B) Only pressure is made 4 times without (q) speed becomes 2 times the initial value
change in temperature
(C) Only temperature is changed to 4 times (r) speed remains unchanged
(D) Only Molecular mass of the gas is made 4 times (s) speed becomes half the initial value
LrEHk I LrEHk II
(A) xSl dk rkieku 4 xquk o nkc (p) izkjfEHkd pky dh rqyuk esa vc pky
2 xquk fd;k tkrk gSA 2 2 xquk gks tkrh gSA
(B) rkieku esa fcuk ifjorZu fd;s dsoy (q) izkjfEHkd pky dh rqyuk esa vc pky
nkc dks 4 xquk fd;k tkrk gSA 2 xquk gks tkrh gS
(C) dsoy rkieku dks 4 xquk fd;k tkrk gSA (r) pky vifjofrZr jgrh gSA
(D) dsoy xSl ds vkf.od nzO;eku dks 4 (s) izkjfEHkd pky dh rqyuk esa vc pky
xquk fd;k tkrk gSA vk/kh gks tkrh gSA
Sol. (A) q (B) r (C) q (D) s
PAGE NO.-15
PHYSICS


O
NO. B39 TO B40

One or more than one options correct type (‘–1’ negative marking) Q.20 (4 marks 2 min.) [04, 02]

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (A) 6. (A) 7. (A)
8. (C) 9. (C) 10. (C) 11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (D)
15. (B) 16. (D) 17. (B) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (B) (C) (D)
1. Initially rod AB was vertical with end A in contact with wall. Now it’s lower end starts slipping over the
surface with constant speed V0. If length of Rod is  then rate at which area of AOB will change.
[consider duration in which A remain in contact with vertical wall]
izkjEHk esa NM+ AB nhokj ls lEifdZr fcUnq A ds lkFk m/okZ/kj gSA vc bldk fupyk fljk lrg ij fu;r pky V0.
ds lkFk fQlyuk izkjEHk djrk gSA ;fn NM+ dh yECkkbZ gks rks AOB ds {ks+=kQy ess ifjorZu dh nj gSA [ekuk bl
nkSjku A ges'kk nhokj ds lEidZ esa jgrk gS ]
 2 – v 2 t 2    2 – 2v 2 t 2 
1 1
(A) V0  0  (B*) V0  0 
2   2 – 2v 2 t 2  2   2 – v 2 t2 
 0   0 
  2 – 3v 2 t 2    2 – 2v 2 t 2 
1 1
(C) V0  0  (D) V0  0 
2   2 – 2v 2 t 2  2   2 – 3v 2 t 2 
 0   0 
1
Sol. A= (v 0t)  2  v 20 t 2
2
dA 1  t  1  –t 2 v 2  2 – v 2 t 2 
dt
= v0 
2  2 2 – v 20 t 2
 0 – 2v 20 t    2  v 02 t 2 (1) = v0 
 2 
0
2 2 2
0


    – v0t 
  2 – 2v 2 t 2 
1
= V0  0 
2   2 – v 2 t2 
 0 
PAGE NO.-1
2. In the figure shown S is a large non-conducting sheet of uniform charge density . A rod R of length 
and uniformly distributed total mass ‘ m ‘. It is parallel to the sheet and hinged at its mid point. The linear
charge densities on the upper and lower half are shown in the figure. The angular acceleration of the
rod just after it is released is:
fp=k esa S ,d cM+h dqpkyd pknj gS] ftldk ,d leku vkos'k ?kuRo  gSA  yEckbZ dh ,d NM+ R ij nzO;eku m
,d leku :i ls forfjr gSA ;g pknj ds lekukUrj gSA vkSj e/; fcUnq ij fdyfdr gSA uhps okys vk/ks Hkkx vkSj
Åij okys vk/ks Hkkx dh js[kh; vkos'k ?kuRo fp=k esa iznf'kZr gS NM+ dks NksM+us ds Bhd ckn bldk dks.kh; Roj.k
gksxkA
R
S


–
3 3 3

(A) (B*) (C) (D) none of these buesa ls dksbZ
m 0 2 m 0 8 m 0
ugha
Sol. (B)
The upper and lower half of the rod are placed in uniform electric field of large sheet.
Hence the magnitude of force and its effective point of application on upper and lower half of rod are as
shown in figure.
NM dk Åijh rFkk uhpyk vk/kk Hkkx yEch ifV~Vdk ds le:i oS|qr {ks=k esa j[krs gS
vr% cy dk ifjek.k rFkk blds mi;ksx ds izHkkoh fcUnq ij NM ds Åijh vk/ks o uhps vk/ks okys Hkkx ij fp=kkuqlkj
gS
The torque on rod is

NM ij cy vk?kw.kZ gS
     m 2
 2  2  × 2 = 12 
  0
 angular acceleration  is
dks.kh; Roj.k  gS
3  
=
2m 0
PAGE NO.-2
3. Two balls of same mass are released simultaneously from heights h & 2h from the ground level. The
balls collide with the floor & stick to it. Then the velocity-time graph of centre of mass of the two balls is
best represented by :
leku nzO;eku dh nks xsanksa dks vk/kkj ls h rFkk 2h Å¡pkbZ ls ,d lkFk NksM+k tkrk gSA xsans vk/kkj ls Vdjkdj blls
fpid tkrh gS rks nksuks xsanks ¼fudk;½ ds nzO;eku dsUnz dk osx le; xzkQ fuEu esa gksxk %
(A) (B*)
(C) (D)
Ans. (B) As both the balls are released simultaneously, at any instant before the lower balls reaches the
ground both have the same velocity ; v = gt i.e. ‘v’ vs. ‘t’ is a straight line graph.
(B) nksuksa xsan ,d lkFk NksM+h tkrh gS] uhps okyh xsan ds tehu ls igq¡pus ls igys nksuksa xsan leku osx es gksxh ;
v = gt vr% ‘v’ vs. ‘t’ dk xzkQ ,d lh/kh js[kk gksxh
mv(t)  mv(t)
VCM = = v(t) ; v(t) being the instantaneous velocity. (v(t) rkRdkfyd osx½
2m
Just after the lower ball strikes ground and comes to rest :
igyh xsan dk tehu ls Vdjkus ds ckn og fojke esa vk tkrh gSA
m v (t) v(t)
VCM = =
2m 2
i.e. the velocity suddenly drops to half its value. vr%] osx vpkud vk/kk gks tk;sxk
Hence graphs (A) & (B) are chosen. vr% AB xzkQ lgh gSa
After collision :
m(g)  m(0) g
VDdj ds ckn aCM = =
mm 2
i.e. the slope (of v–t curve) should decrease to half.
vr% v–t xzkQ dh <ky vk/kh gksuh pkfg;s
Hence (B) is the best option.
vr% B lcls lgh gSa
4. A system consists of two point masses, A and B of masses 1 kg and 2 kg respectively. At an instant the
kinetic energy of A with respect to the centre of mass is 2 Joules and the velocity of centre of mass is
2 m/s. The kinetic energy of the system at this instant is :
,d n`<+ fudk; esa fLFkr nks fcUnqor nzO;ekuksa A rFkk B ds nzO;eku Øe'k% 1 fdxzk- rFkk 2 fd-xzk- gSA fdlh {k.k
A dh nzO;eku dsUnz ds lkis{k xfrt ÅtkZ 2 twy gS rFkk nzO;eku dsUnz dk osx 2 eh-/lS- gSA bl {k.k fudk; dh
xfrt ÅtkZ gS &
(A*) 9 J (B) 11 J (C) 13 J (D) none of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
PAGE NO.-3
1
Sol. KEA/CM = .1.(vA/CM)2 = 2 Joules
2
 VA/CM = 2 m/s.
Let ; COM move towards +ve x-direction.
ekuk ; æO;eku dsUæ /kukRed x-fn'kk dh rjQ pyrk gSA

Then rc, v A / CM = 2iˆ
 
 m1v1  m2 v 2
 vB/CM =  î (Use ; v CM = )
m1  m2
1  2 1  2
  
KESystem = .1. 2iˆ  v CM + .2 î  v CM
2 2
 
1 2 ˆ  1 2 ˆ 
=  4  v CM  2.2i.v 
CM   .2. 1  v CM  2.i.v
2 2 
CM 
ˆ  ˆ 
= (2  2  2i.v CM)  (1  4  2i.v ) CM
= 9J Ans.
5. Moment of inertia of uniform triangular plate about axis passing through sides AB, AC, BC are IP, IB & IH
respectively & about an axis perpendicular to the plane and passing through point C is IC. Then :
,d leku f=kHkqtkdkj IysV dk tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ Hkqtk AB, AC rFkk BC ds lkis{k IP, IB & IH gS rFkk fcUnq C ds yEcor~
xqtjus okyh v{k ds lkis{k IC gS rks :
B
Å/okZ/kj Hkqtk
Perpendicular
5
3
A C
4 (Base)
vk/kkj
(A*) IC > IP > IB > IH (B) IH > IB > IC > IP
(C) IP > IH > IB > IC (D) none of these
Sol. Moment of inertia is more when mass is farther from the axis. In case of axis BC, mass distribution is
closest to it and in case of axis AB mass distribution is farthest .Hence
tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ T;knk gksxk tc nzO;eku v{k ls nwj gS v{k BC dh fLFkfr esa nzO;eku forj.k blds lcls ikl gS rFkk
v{k AB dh fLFkfr esa nzO;eku forj.k blls lcls nwj gS vr%
A
5
3 cm
x y
B C
IBC< IAC< IAB
 I P > IB > IH
IC = ICM + my2
= IB1 – mx2 + my2
= IB1 + m (y2–x2)
= IP + IB + m (y2 – x2)
> IP + IB
> IP
Here IB1 is moment of inertia of the plate about an axis perpendicular to it and passing through B.
;gk¡ IB1 IysV dk ,d v{k ds lkis{k tMRo vk?kw.kZ gS tks blds yEcor rFkk B ls xqtjrh gS
 IC > IP > IB > IH
PAGE NO.-4
6. A particle is performing SHM with acceleration a = 8 2  4 2 x where x is coordinate of the particle
w.r.t. the origin. The parameters are in S.I. units. The particle is at rest at
x = 2 at t = 0.
,d d.k Roj.k a = 8 2  4 2 x ds vuqlkj ljy vko`fr dj jgk gS] tgka x ewy fcUnw ds lkis{k d.k dk funsZ'kkad
gSA lHkh izkpy S.I. bZdkbZ esa gSA d.k le; t ij fojke ij gS rc
x = 2 at t = 0.
(A*) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any time t is 2  4 cos2 t
(B) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any time t is 2 + 4 sin2t
(C) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any time t is  4 + 2 cos2t
(D) the coordinate cannot be found because mass of the particle is not given.
(A*) le; t ij ewy fcUnw ds lkis{k d.k dk funsZ'kkad 2  4 cos2 t gSA
(B) le; t ij ewy fcUnw ds lkis{k d.k dk funsZ'kkad is 2 + 4 sin2t gSA
(C) le; t ij ewy fcUnw ds lkis{k d.k dk funsZ'kkad  4 + 2 cos2t gSA
(D) funsZ'kkad izkIr ugha dj ldrs D;ksafd d.k dk nzO;eku ugha fn;k x;k gSA
Hint : x = 2 will be mean position of particle as a = 0 at x = 2 and particle is at negative extreme at t = 0 so
amplitude=4.
so equation of motion = 2 – 4 cos 2 t
as w = 2 {a = a0 w2x gives w = 2}
x = 2 d.k dh ek/; fLFkfr gksxh pqafd x = 2 ij a = 0 rFkk t = 0 ij d.k _.kkRed fljs ij gS vr% vk;ke = 4 gSA
vr% xfr dh lehjd.k = 2 – 4 cos 2 t
pqafd w = 2 {a = a0 w2x nsrk gS w = 2}
7. A particle of mass m is performing SHM along line PQ with amplitude 2a with mean position at O. At
t = 0 particle is at point R(OR = a) and is moving towards Q with velocity v = a 3 m/sec. The equation
can be expressed by :
m nzO;eku dk ,d d.k PQ js[kk ds vuqfn'k 2a vk;ke ls ek/; fLFkfr O ls lkis{k ljy vkorZ xfr dj jgk gSA
t = 0 ij d.k fcUnq R(OR = a) ij gS vkSj Q dh vksj v = a 3 m/sec. osx ls xfr'khy gSA lehdj.k çnf'kZr dj
ldrs gSA
(A*) x = a ( 3 sin t  cos t ) (B) x = 2a( 3 sin t  cos t )

(C) x = 2a( sin t  3 cos t ) (D) x = a( sin t  3 cos t )
Sol. v =  (2a)2  x 2
3a =  4a2  a2
=1
x = 2a sin(t + )
At t = 0, X = a
t = 0 ij, X = a
 
= x = 2a sin(t + )
6 6
 
= 2a[sin t cos + cos t × sin ]
6 6
= a[ 3 sin t + cos t].
PAGE NO.-5
8. Figure shows the kinetic energy K of a simple pendulum versus its angle  from the vertical. The
pendulum bob has mass 0.2 kg. The length of the pendulum is equal to (g = 10 m/s2).
fp=k esa ljy yksyd dh xfrt ÅtkZ K rFkk m/okZ/kj ls dks.k  ds chp xzkQ n'kkZ;k x;k gSA yksyd dk nzO;eku
0.2 fdxzk- gSA ljy yksyd dh yEckbZ cjkcj gS & (g = 10 eh-@ls-2).
K(mJ)
15
10
5
(mrad)
-100 0 100
(A) 2.0 m (B) 1.8 m (C*) 1.5 m (D) 1.2 m

1
Sol. mVm2 = 15 × 10–3
2
Vm = 0.150 m / s
A = 0.150 m / s
g
L qm. = 0.150 m / s
L
0.150 0.150
gL = L= = 1.5 m
100  10 3 0.1
9. An object moves vertically with simple harmonic motion just behind a wall. From the other side of the
wall the object is visible in each cycle for 2.0s and hidden behind the wall for 6.0s The maximum height
reached by the object relative to the top of the wall is 0.3 m. The amplitude of the motion is :
,d oLrq ,d nhokj ds Bhd ihNs m/okZ/kj fn'kk esa ljy vkorhZ xfr djrh gSA nhokj dh nwljh vksj ls oLrq ,d pØ
esa 2.0 lSd.M ds fy, fn[kkbZ nsrh gS rFkk 6.0 lSd.M ds fy, nhokj ds ihNs fNih jgrh gSA nhokj ds mPpre fcUnq
ds lkis{k oLrq }kjk r; vf/kdre Å¡pkbZ 0.3 ehVj gSA xfr dk vk;ke gS :
(A) 0.5 m (B) 0.6 m (C*) 1.0 m (D) 1.2 m
Sol. Time period of motion = 6 + 2 = 8s
from mean position to the highest
point of the wall, it takes 1s and
A
covers distance .
2
A
Thus A– = 0.3 m 
2
  A = 1.0 m
xfr dk vkorZdky = 6 + 2 = 8s
PAGE NO.-6
ek/; fLFkfr ls nhokj ds mPpre fcUnq rd]
A
;g 1s ysrk gS rFkk .nwjh r; djrk gS
2
A
vr% A– = 0.3 m  A = 1.0 m
2
10. The magnetic field at the origin due to the current flowing in the wire is
rkj esa çokfgr /kkjk ds dkj.k ewy fcUnq ij pqEcdh; {ks=k gS &
0  ˆ ˆ 0  ˆ ˆ 0  ˆ ˆ 0 
(A)  (i  k) (B) (i  k) (C*) ( i  k) (D) (iˆ  k)
ˆ
8 a 2a 8 a 4 a 2
Sol. BOD = 0
BOB = 0
0  ˆ ˆ
BAB = [cos 45 ( î)  cos 45 k]
ˆ = ( i  k)
8 a
Y
upto 
I D ( rd)
O X
a
a B
Z I parallel to 'y' axis
('y' v{k ds lekUrj)
A
upto 
( rd)
PAGE NO.-7
11. Consider a straight wire AB carrying a current i from B to A.Consider a small segment of this wire which
subtends a small angle d (in degrees) at the point P as shown in the figure.The magnetic field
produced by this small segment at the point P is: (current i is in ampere,a is in metres and the angles in
degrees)
,d yEcs lh/ks /kkjkokgh rkj AB ij fopkj dhft;s ftlesa i /kkjk B ls A dh vksj izokfgr gks jgh gSA vc bl rkj ds
,d NksVs ls Hkkx ij fopkj djrs gS tks fcUnq P ij fp=kkuqlkj d dks.k ¼fMxzh esa½ vUrfjr djrk gSA bl NksVs Hkkx
ds dkj.k fcUnq P ij mRiUu pqEcdh; {ks=k gksxk (/kkjk i ,fEi;j esa gS] a ehVj esa rFkk dks.k fMxzh esa gS) :
A
d
i
P
a
B
 icos  d  isin  d  isin  d 0 icos 
(A*) 0 (B) 0 (C) 0 (D) d
720 a 4 a 72a 4 a
 id cos 
Sol. dB  0
4  a  2
 cos  
 
 = a tan   d = a sec2 d
 icos 
 dB = 0 d (d in radians) [d jsfM;u esa]
4 a
 icos  
= 0   d (d in degrees) [d fMxzh es]a
4 a 180
 icos d
= 0 (d in degrees) [d fMxzh es]a
720 a
12. Which of the following demonstrated that earth has a magnetic field ?
i`Foh ds pqEcdh; {ks=k ds fy;s fuEu esa ls dkSuls izs{k.k lgh gSa
(A*) Intensity of cosmic rays (stream of charged particle comingfrom outer space) is more at the poles
than at the equator.
(B) Earth is surrounded by an ionosphere (a shell of charged particles)
(C) Earth is a planet rotating about the north south axis
(D) Large quantity of iron ore is found in the earth
(A*) dkWfLed fdj.kksa dh rhozrk (ckgjh ifjos'k ls vkus okys vkosf'kr d.kksa dk iqat) /kzqo ij fo"kqor js[kk dh rqyuk esa
vf/kd gksrs gSaA
(B) i`Foh vk;u e.My }kjk f?kjh gqbZ gSA (vkosf'kr d.kksa dk dks'k)
(C) i`Foh mÙkj nf{k.k v{k ds ifjr% ?kw.kZu djrh gSA
(D) i`Foh esa ykSg v;Ld cgqrk;r ek=kk esa ik;k tkrk gSA
Sol. The south pole of the earth’s magnet is located near its geographical north pole, and the north pole of
the earth’s magnet is located near its geographical south pole. Hence, the intensity of the cosmic rays
is more at the poles than at the equator.
13. If the earth’s field induction at a place is 0.36 gauss and the angle of dip is 600. Then the horizontal and
vertical component of the field is :
i`Foh dk pqEcdh; {ks=k 0.36 gauss rFkk ufr dks.k 600 gSA bl {kS=k dk {kSfrt rFkk Å/okZ/kj ?kVd gSA
(A) 0.36 gauss, 0.36 3 gauss (B*) 0.18 gauss, 0.18 3 gauss
(C) 0.09 gauss, 0.09 3 gauss (D) none of these
PAGE NO.-8
Sol. Field induction Be = 0.36 gauss
Angle of dip  = 60o
The horizontal component is
H  Be cosθ  0.36  cos60o
1
 0.36   0.18 gauss
2
The vertical component is
Be sin60o  0.36  sin60o
3
 0.36   0.18  3 gauss
2
14. A magnet of dipole moment M placed at origin as shown in figure. Then select correct alternative about
Magnetic field produced by it:
M f}/kzqo vk?kw.kZ dk ,d pqEcd fp=kkuqlkj ewy fcUnq ij fLFkr gSA rc blls mRiUu pqEcdh; {ks=k ds fo"k; esa lgh
fodYi dk p;u dhft,A
0 7 M
(A) , at angle  = 30º with x-axis
8 a3
0 7 M
(B) , at angle  = 60º with x-axis
8 a3
 5M 1
 3
(C) 0 , at angle  = tan   with x-axis
4 a3  2 
0 7 M  3
(D*) , at angle  = tan1  with x-axis
8 a3  2 
 
0 7 M
(A) , x-v{k ls  = 30º dks.k ij
8 a3
0 7 M
(B) , x-v{k ls  = 60º dks.k ij
8 a3
0 5 M  3 
(C) , x-v{k ls  = tan1   dks.k ij
4 a3  2 
0 7 M  3
(D*) , x-v{k ls  = tan1   dks.k ij
8 a3  2 
PAGE NO.-9
15. The magnetic induction and the intensity of magnetic field inside an iron pole of an electromagnetic are
10 Wb m–2 and 250 Am–1 respectively. What is the relative permeability of iron ? (0 = 4 × 10–7 Hm–1)
,d oS|qr pqEcdh; ykSg [kEHksa (Iron pole) ds vUnj pqEcdh; izsj.k rFkk pqEcdh; {ks=k dh rhozrk Øe'k%
10 Wb m–2 rFkk 250 Am–1 gSA ykSgs dh lkis{k ikjxE;rk D;k gksxh ? (0 = 4 × 10–7 Hm–1)
105 105 105 105
(A) (B*) (C) (D)
6  3 5
Sol. The permeability is given by  = B/H
ikjxE;rk  = B/H gksrh gSA
 B 10 105
 Relative permeability lkis{k ikjxE;rk r =  = 
0  0 H 4  107  250 
16. STATEMENT–1 : Two charged particles are released from rest in gravity free space. After some time,
one particle will exert a non-zero magnetic force on the other particle in addition to electrostatic force.
STATEMENT–2: A moving charge produces magnetic field. Also a magnetic force may act on a
charged particle moving in an external magnetic field.
oDrO;–1 : nks vkosf'kr d.kksa dks fojke ls xq:Ro eqä vkdk'k esa eqä fd;k tkrk gSA dqN le; i'pkr~ ,d d.k
nwljs d.k ij fLFkj fo|qr cy ds lkFk&lkFk v'kwU; pqEcdh; cy Hkh vkjksfir djsxkA
oDrO;–2 : ,d xfr djrk gqvk vkos'k pqEcdh; {ks=k mRiUu djrk gS rFkk ,d ckº; pqEcdh; {ks=k esa xfr djrs gq;s
,d vkosf'kr d.k ij ,d pqEcdh; cy Hkh dk;Zjr gks ldrk gSA
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement–
1
(D*) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
(A) oDrO;-1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 lR; gS; oDrO;-2 oDrO; -1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA
(B) oDrO;-1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2 oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k ugha gSA
(C) oDrO; -1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 vlR; gSA
(D*) oDrO; -1 vlR; gS , oDrO;-2 lR; gSA
Sol. Since both charged particles move along same straight line, the magnetic field due to one particle at
location of other is zero. Hence there is no magnetic interaction amongst the charged particles.
pwafd nksuksa vkosf'kr d.k leku lh/kh js[kk ds vuqfn'k xfr djrs gS] ,d d.k ds dkj.k nwljs fLFkfr ij pqEcdh; {ks=k
'kwU; gSA vr% vkosf'kr d.kksa ds e/; dksbZ pqEcdh; vUrfØ;k ugh gSA
17. The dimensional formula of magnetic flux density is :

pqEcdh; ¶yLd ?kUkRo dk foeh; lw=k gS %
(A) [M1 L2 T1  1] (B*) [M1 T 2  1] (C) [M1 L2 T 2  1] (D) [M1 L1 T 2  1]
18. The magnetic flux  through a metal ring varies with time t according to :
 = 3(at3 – bt2)Tm2, with a = 2s–3 and b = 6 s–2.
The resistance of the ring is 3 . The maximum current induced in the ring during the interval t = 0 to
t = 2s, is
/kkfRod oy; ls lEcaf/kr pqEcdh; ¶yDl  le; t ds lkFk fuEu :i ls ifjofrZr gksrk gSA
 = 3(at3 – bt2)Tm2 ;gk¡ a = 2s–3 rFkk b = 6 s–2 gSA
oy; dk izfrjks/k 3  gSA le;kUrjky t = 0 ls t = 2s esa oy; esa izkIr vf/kdre izsfjr /kkjk gS %&
(A) 1 A (B) 2A (C) 3A (D*) 6 A
1 d
Sol. i.(t) = – = 2bt – 3at2
R dt
di di
i is maximum when =0 (i vf/kdre gksxk tc = 0)
dt dt
2b
or ;k t =
6a
Using values, at t = 1 s, i is maximum its value = 12 – 6 = 6A
ekuksa ds iz;ksx ls t = 1 s ij i dk vf/kdre eku = 12 – 6 = 6A
PAGE NO.-10

19. A time varying magnetic field, (B  B0 tk) ˆ , is confined in a cylindrical region and is cutting the xy plane
2 2
on a circle x + y = 4 where x and y are in meters. A wire frame A1 A2 A4 A3 A1 is placed in the
magnetic field as shown. Segment A1 A2 and A3 A4 are identical quarter circles parallel to each other
with axis along z-axis. The induced current flowing in the wire frame is equal to : (The total length of the
loop of wire frame is 10m, radius of arc A3 A4 and arc A1 A2 is 1m each and resistance per unit length is
1/m)

,d le; ifjorZu'khy pqEcdh; {ks=k (B  B0 tk) ˆ ,d csyukdkj {ks=k esa ifjc) gS rFkk o`Ùk x2 + y2 = 4 ij xy ry
dks dkVrk gSA tgk¡ x rFkk y ehVj esa gSA ,d rkj Ýse A1 A2 A4 A3 A1 fp=kkuqlkj pqEcdh; {ks=k es j[kk x;k gSA Hkkx
A1 A2 rFkk A3 A4 ,d leku prqFkkZa'k o`Ùk gS rFkk z v{k ds vuqfn'k ,d nwljs ds lekUrj j[ks gSA rkj Ýse esa çokfgr
çsfjr /kkjk fdlds cjkcj gksxhA (rkj ywi dh dqy yEckbZ 10m gS] pki A3 A4 rFkk A1 A2 dh f=kT;k 1m gS rFkk çfr
,dkad yEckbZ dk çfrjks/k 1/m gS)
B0  B  B 
(A*) zero (B) (C) 0 (D) 0
10 5 20
Sol. The magnetic field does not pass through the loop. Hence flux remains zero. As there is no change in
flux, there is no induced current.
pqEcdh; {ks=k ywi ls ugha xqtjrkA vr% ¶yDl 'kwU; jgrk gSA pwafd ¶yDl esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugha gSA vr% çsfjr /kkjk
ugha gksxhA
20. Which of the following statements are true ?

fuEu esa ls dkSuls fodYi lgh gSA
(A) The angle of dip at 30o of north is the same as that of 60o of south.
(B*) The angle of dip at the equator is 0o.
(C*) The angle of dip on the magnetic north pole of the earth is 90o.
(D*) The angle of dip on the magnetic south pole of the earth is 90o.
(A) mÙkj ls 30o ufr dks.k] nf{k.k ls 60o ufr dks.k ds cjkcj gSA
(B*) Hkwe/; js[kk ij ufr dks.k 0o gSA.
(C*) i`Foh ds pqEcdh; mÙkjh /kzqo ij ufr dks.k 90o gSA
(D*) i`Foh ds pqEcdh; nf{k.kh /kzqo ij ufr dks.k 90o gSA
PAGE NO.-11
PHYSICS



NO. B39 TO B40
Note : DPPs B40, B41, B42 are from fluid mechanics

Match the Following (no negative marking) Q.14 to Q.15 (8 marks, 6 min.) [16, 12]

1. (D) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A) (C) (D) 5. (C) (D) 6. (A)(B)(D)
7. (A) (D) 8. (C) 9. (A) 10. (A) 11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (C)
14. A-p ;B-q;C-t;D-s 15. A–q ;B-p;C-r ; D-s
1. A wooden block with a coin placed on its top, floats in water as shown in figure. The distance  and h
are shown here. After some time the coin falls into the water. Then :
,d ydM+h dk xqVdk ftlds mij ,d flDdk j[kk gqvk gS fp=kkuqlkj ikuh esa rSj jgk gSA nwfj;k¡ rFkk h fp=k esa
iznf'kZr gS dqN le; ckn flDdk ikuh esa fxj tkrk gS rks
(A)  decreases and h increase (B)  increases and h decreases

(C) both  and h increases (D*) both  and h decrease
(A)  ?kVsxk rFkk h c<+sxkA (B)  c<+sxk rFkk h ?kVsxkA
(C)  vkSj h nksuksa c<+sxsaA (D*)  vkSj h nksuksa ?kVsaxsaA
Sol.  will decrease because the block moves up. h will decrease because the coin will displace the volume
of water (V1) equal to its own volume when it is in the water whereas when it is on the block it will
displace the volume of water (V2) whose weight is equal to weight of coin and since density of coin is
greater than the density of water V1 < V2.
Sol. ?kVsxk D;ksfd CykWd Åij tk;sxk h ?kVsxh D;ksfd flDdk Lo;a ds vk;ru ftruk ty (V1) foLFkkfir djsxk tc
;g ikuh esa gksxkA fdUrq tc ;g CykWd ij gksxk rks vius Hkkj ds rqY; ty dk vk;ru (V2) foLFkkfir djsxkA pwafd
flDds dk ?kuRo ty ds ?kuRo ls vf/kd gS vr% V1 < V2.
PAGE NO.-12
2. A U-tube of base length “” filled with same volume of two liquids of densities  and 2 is moving with
an acceleration “a” on the horizontal plane as shown in the figure. If the height difference between the
two surfaces (open to atmosphere) becomes zero, then the height h is given by:
,d U-ufydk ds vk/kkj dh yEckbZ “” gS blesa nzo ftudk ?kuRo rFkk 2 gS] ds leku vk;ru dks fp=kkuqlkj Hkjk
tkrk gSA ;g 'a' Roj.k ls {kSfrt /kjkry ij xfr dj jgh gSA vxj nksuksa nzo lrgksa ¼ckº; ok;qe.My esa [kqyh gqbZ½ ds
e/; Å¡pkbZ esa vUrj 'kwU; gks rks Å¡pkbZ h dk eku gksxk %
a 3a a 2a
(A)  (B*)  (C)  (D) 
2g 2g g 3g
Sol. For the given situation, liquid of density 2  should be behind that of .
nh xbZ fLFkfr ds fy,] 2 ?kuRo okyk nzo ?kuRo okys nzo ls ihNs gksxkA
From right limb nk;h Hkqtk ds fy, :

PA = Patm +  gh
 
PB = PA +  a = Patm +  gh +  a
2 2
 3
PC = PB + (2) a = Patm +  gh +  a  .... (1)
2 2
But from left limb : ysfdu ck;h Hkqtk ds fy, :
PC = Patm + (2) gh .... (2)
From (1) and (2) : lehdj.k (1) o (2) ls
3 3a
Patm +  gh +  a  = Patm + 2  gh h =  Ans.
2 2g
3. A narrow tube completely filled with a liquid is lying on a series of cylinders as shown in figure.
Assuming no sliding between any surfaces, the value of acceleration of the cylinders for which liquid will
not come out of the tube from anywhere is given by
,d ladjh ufydk esa nzo Hkjk gqvk gS rFkk ;g csyuksa dh Jà[kyk ij fp=kkuqlkj j[kh gqbZ gSA fdUgh Hkh lrgksa ds chp
fQlyu uk ekusaA csyuksa dk Roj.k D;k gksxk rkfd nzo ufydk ds fdlh Hkh fljs ls ckgj u fudy lds %
open to atmosphere
(ok;qe.My esa [kqyh gqbZ)
H
L
gH gH 2gH gH
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
2L L L 2L
PAGE NO.-13
Sol. No sliding  pure rolling
dksbZ fQlyu ugh gS vr% 'kq) ykSVuh xfr gksxhA
Therefore, acceleration of the tube = 2a (since COM of cylinders are moving at 'a')
vr%] ufydk dk Roj.k = 2a D;ksfd csyu dk nzO;eku dsUnz a Roj.k ls xfreku gSA
PA = Patm +  (2a) L (From horizontal limb {kSfrt Hkqtk ls)

gH
Also blh izdkj ; PA = Patm +  g H (From vertical limb m/okZ/kj Hkqtk ls)  a= Ans.
2L
4*.# The vessel shown in Figure has two sections of area of cross-section A1 and A2. A liquid of density 
fills both the sections, up to height h in each. Neglecting atomospheric pressure,
fp=k esa fn[kk;s ik=k ds nks vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy A1 o A2 gSA  ?kuRo dk ,d nzo nksuksa Hkkxksa eas çR;sd dks h Åpk¡bZ
rd Hkjrs gSA ok;qe.Myh; nkc dks ux.; ekuus ij &
A1
h
A2
h
(A*) the pressure at the base of the vesel is 2 h  g

ik=k ds vk/kkj ij nkc 2 h  g gSA
(B) the weight of the liquid in vessel is equal to 2 h  gA2
ik=k esa nzo dk Hkkj 2 h  gA2 ds cjkcj gSA
(C*) the force exerted by the liquid on the base of vessel is 2 h  g A2
ik=k ds vk/kkj ij nzo }kjk yxk;k x;k cy 2 h  g A2 gSA
(D*) the walls of the vessel at the level X exert a force h  g (A2 – A1) downwards on the liquid.
X ry ij ik=k dh nhokjsa nzo ij] cy h  g (A2 – A1) uhps dh vksj yxkrh gSA
Sol. P = (2h)g
F
=  (2h) g
A2
Fbase = 2h g A2
Fwall = h  g [A2 – A1], at the level x
5*. A cubical block of wood of edge 10cm and mass 0.92kg floats on a tank of water with oil of rel. density
0.6. Thickness of oil is 4cm above water. When the block attains equilibrium with four of its sides edges
vertical:
0.92kg nzO;eku o 10 lseh0 yEch Hkqtk dk ydM+h dk ,d ?kukdkj fi.M ikuh ls Hkjs ,d ,sls ik=k esa rSjrk gS
ftlesa ikuh ds Åij 4 cm rd 0.6 vkisf{kd ?kuRo okyk rsy Hkjk gqvk gSA tc ?ku bldh pkj Hkqtkvksa dks Å/okZ/kj
j[krs gq;s lkE;koLFkk esa vkrk gS rks
(A) 1 cm of it will be above the free surface of oil.
bldk 1 cm, rsy ds eqDr i`"B ds Åij gksxkA
(B) 5 cm of it will be under water.
bldk 5 cm, ikuh ds vUnj gksxkA
(C*) 2 cm of it will be above the common surface of oil and water.
bldk 2 cm, rsy o ikuh dh mHk;fu"B lrg ds Åij gksxkA
(D*) 8 cm of it will be under water.
bldk 8 cm, ikuh ds vUnj gksxkA
PAGE NO.-14
Sol. Assuming that the block is completely submerged in water, then
CykWd dks ty esa iw.kZr% Mwck gqvk ekurs gq,
Fb = 1000 > mg(920) So, not possible vr%] ;g laHko ugh gSA
Let complete in oil ekuk iw.kZr% rsy esa gSA
Fb = (0.6) (4) (1000 + (1) (6) (100) = 840
Fb < mg So, not possible vr% ;g laHko ugh gSA
So, let 'x' part in oil and remaining in water ekuk x Hkkx rsy ds vanj gS vkSj 'ks"k ty esa gSA
920 = [(1) (10 – x) + (0.6) (x)] 100
9.2 = 10 – x + 0.6 x
0.4 x = 0.8 x = 2 cm.
6*. Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a
string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as
shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if
leku vk;ru ijUrq vleku ?kuRoksa dA rFkk dB okys nks Bksl xksys A o B ,d /kkxs ls tksM+s x;s gSaA os nksuks dF ?kuRo
ds ,d nzo esa Mwcs gq, gSaA lkE; voLFkk esa os nksuksa fp=k esa fn[kk;s vuqlkj gSa vkSj /kkxs esa ruko gSA xsanksa dks bl
voLFkk esa jgus ds fy, t:jh gS fd [IIT-JEE 2011, 4/160]
(A*) dA < dF (B*) dB > dF (C) dA > dF (D*) dA + dB = 2dF

Ans. (A), (B), (D)
Sol.
For equilibrium
dAvg + dBvg = dFvg + dFvg
d  dB
 dF = A  Option (D) is correct
2
to keep the string tight
dB > dF and dA < dF
lkE;koLFkk ds fy;s
dAvg + dBvg = dFvg + dFvg
d  dB
 dF = A  lgh fodYi (D) gSA
2
jLlh dks ruh gq;h j[kus ds fy;s
dB > dF rFkk dA < dF
PAGE NO.-15
7*. A solid sphere of radius R and density  is attached to one end of a mass-less spring of force constant
k. The other end of the spring is connected to another solid sphere of radius R and density 3. The
complete arrangement is placed in a liquid of density 2 and is allowed to reach equilibrium. The
correct statement(s) is (are) [JEE (Advanced)-2013, 3/60, –1]
,d R f=kT;k ?kuRo  okys Bksl xksyd dks ,d nzO;eku jfgr fLçax ds ,d fljs ls tksM+k x;k gSA bl fLçax dk cy
fu;rkad k gSA fLçax ds nwljs fljs dks nwljs Bksl xksyd ls tksM+k x;k gS ftldh f=kT;k R o ?kuRo 3 gSA iw.kZ
foU;kl dks 2 ?kuRo ds nzo esa j[kk tkrk gS vkSj bldks lkE;koLFkk esa igq¡pus fn;k tkrk gSA lgh çdFku gS@gSa &
4R3 g 8R3 g
(A*) the net elongation of the spring is (B) the net elongation of the spring is
3k 3k
(C) the light sphere is partially submerged. (D*) the light sphere is completely submerged.
4R3 g 8R3 g
(A*) fLçax dh usV nS/;Zo`f) gSA (B) fLçax dh usV nS/;Zo`f) gSA
3k 3k
(C) gYdk xksyd vakf'kd :i ls Mwck gqvk gSA (D*) gYdk xksyd iw.kZ :i ls Mwck gqvk gSA
Ans. (A,D)
Sol.
On small sphere
4 4
R3 ()g  kx  R3 (2)g ..(i)
3 3
on second sphere (large)
4 4
R3 (3)g  R3 (2)g  kx ...(ii)
3 3
by equation (i) and (ii)
4R3 g
x=
3k
PAGE NO.-16
Hindi.
NksVs xksys ij
4 4
R3 ()g  kx  R3 (2)g ..(i)
3 3
nwljs cM+s xksys ij
4 4
R3 (3)g  R3 (2)g  kx ...(ii)
3 3
lehdj.k (i) o (ii) ls
4R3 g
x=
3k
Comprehension–1

A wooden cylinder of diameter 4r, height H, density is kept on a hole of diameter 2r of a tank, filled
3
with liquid of density  as shown in figure.

,d ydM+h dk csyu ftldk O;kl 4r, Å¡pkbZ H, ?kuRo gS fp=kkuqlkj ik=k ds 2r O;kl ds fNæ ds Åij j[kk gqvk
3
gS] ik=k esa Hkjs æo dk ?kuRo gSA
8. If level of the liquid starts decreasing slowly when the level of liquid is at a height h1 above the cylinder
the block starts moving up. At what value of h1, will the block rise : [IIT-JEE 2006, 5/184]
/khjs&/khjs nzo lrg ?kVus yxrh gS vkSj tc nzo lrg csyu ls h1 Åpk¡bZ ij gksrh gSA ydM+h dk xqVdk Åij dh vksj
xfr djus yxrk gS rks h1 ds fdl eku ds fy, xqVdk Åij tk;sxkA [IIT-JEE 2006, 5/184]
4H 5H 5H
(A) (B) (C*) (D) Remains same ogh jgsxh
9 9 3
Sol. (C)
A1 = r2 = area of base of cylinder in air
A2 = 3r2 = area of base of cylinder in water
A3 = 4r2 = cross-section area of cylinder
A1 = r2 = gok esa csyu ds vk/kkj dk {ks=kQy
PAGE NO.-17
A2 = 3r2 = ikuh esa csyu ds vk/kkj dk {ks=kQy
A3 = 4r2 = csyu ds vuqçLFk dkV dk {ks=kQy
Equating the forces, we get

cyksa dks cjkcj djus ij

(Pa + gh1)A3 + gH A3 = (Pa)A1 + [Pa + g(h1 + H)]A2
3
On solving gy djus ij
5
h1 = H
3
9. The block in the above question is maintained at the position by external means and the level of liquid
is lowered. The height h2 when this external force reduces to zero is [IIT-JEE 2006 , 5/184]
mijksDr ç'u esa ckº; cy }kjk xqVds dh fLFkfr dks cuk;s j[krs gS rFkk nzo lrg dks de fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn ckº;
cy ?kVdj 'kwU; gks tk;s rks Åpk¡bZ h2 Kkr djksA [IIT-JEE 2006, 5/184]
4H 5H 2H
(A*) (B) (C) Remains same ogh jgsxh (D)
9 9 3

Sol. (A) PaA3+ A3Hg = PaA3 + gh2
3
h2 = 4H/9.
PAGE NO.-18
10. If height h2 of water level is further decreased then, [IIT-JEE 2006 , 5/184]
vc ;fn nzo lrg dh Åpk¡bZ h2 ls Hkh de gks tk;s rks & [IIT-JEE 2006 , 5/184]
(A*) cylinder will not move up and remains at its original position.
csyu Åij dh vksj xfr ugha djsxk rFkk viuh okLrfod fLFkfr esa cuk jgsxkA
(B) for h2 = H/3, cylinder again starts moving up
h2 = H/3 ds fy, csyu iqu% Åij dh vksj xfr izkjEHk djsxkA
(C) for h2 = H/4, cylinder again starts moving up
(D) for h2 = H/5 cylinder again starts moving up
Sol. (A)
For h2 < 4h/9 cylinder does not move up because further bouyant force decreases while the weight of
block remains same.
h2 < 4h/9 ds fy, csyu Åij dh vksj xfr ugha djsxk D;ksafd mRIykou cy ?kV tk;sxk vkSj xqVds dk Hkkj ogha
jgsxkA
Comprehension # 2 vuqPNsn # 2 [IIT-JEE 2007, 4×3/184]

A fixed thermally conducting cylinder has a radius R and height L0. The cylinder is open at its bottom
and has a small hole at its top. A piston of mass M is held at a distance L from the top surface, as
shown in the figure. The atmospheric pressure is P0.
Å"ek ds pkyd inkFkZ ls cus tMor csyu dh f=kT;k R rFkk Å¡pkbZ L0 gSA csyu uhps ls [kqyk gS vkSj blds Åijh
fljs esa ,d NksVk Nsn gSA tSlk fd fp=k esa fn[kk;k x;k gS] ,d fiLVu ftldk nzO;eku M gS] Åijh lrg ls L nwjh
ij fLFkr gSA ok;qe.Myh; nkc P0 gSA
2R
L0
Piston
fiLVu
11.  The piston is now pulled out slowly and held at a distance 2L from the top. The pressure in the cylinder
between its top and the piston will then be
vc] fiLVu dks ckgj dh vksj /khjs&/khjs [khapk tkrk gS vkSj Åij ls 2L nwjh ij idM+dj j[kk tkrk gSA rc] csyu esa
Åijh fljs rFkk fiLVu ds chp ds Hkkx esa nkc gksxk &
P0 P Mg P0 Mg
(A*) P0 (B) (C) 0  (D) 
2 2 R 2 2 R2
Sol. Since it is open from the top, the pressure will be P0
pwafd ;s Åij ls [kqyk gS] nkc P0 gksxk A
12. While the piston is at a distance 2L from the top, the hole at the top is sealed. The piston is then
released, to a position where it can stay in equilibrium. In this condition, the distance of the piston from
the top is
tc fiLVu Åijh fljs ls 2L nwjh ij gS] rc Åij ds fljs esa fLFkr Nsn dks cUn dj fn;k tkrk gSA fiLVu dks ,slh
txg ykdj NksM+k tkrk gS tgk¡ og larqyu esa jg ldrk gSA bl fLFkfr esa Åijh fljs ls fiLVu dh nwjh gSA
 2P0 R2   P R 2  Mg   P R 2  Mg   P0 R 2 
(A)  2  (2L) (B)  0 2  (2L) (C)  0 2  (2L) (D*)  2  (2L)
 R P0  Mg   R P0   R P0   R P0  Mg 
PAGE NO.-19
Sol. Resultant force on the piston is zero (Let pressure in air be P)
From the equilibrium of the piston
(P0 – P) R2
Mg
(P0 – P) R2 = Mg
Mg
P = P0 –
R2
From the conservation of moles of air : P1V1 = P2V2 , it follows that
P0 . 2L = Px
P .2L P0 2L
x= 0 =
P Mg
P0 –
R 2
Sol. fiLVu ij ifj.kkeh cy 'kwU; gS ¼ekuk ok;q esa nkc P gS)
fiLVu dh lkE;koLFkk ls
(P0 – P) R2
Mg
(P0 – P) R2 = Mg
Mg
P = P0 –
R2
ok;q ds eksyksa ds laj{k.k ls :
P1V1 = P2V2
P0 . 2L = Px
P .2L P0 2L
x= 0 =
P Mg
P0 –
R 2
PAGE NO.-20
13. The piston is taken completely out of the cylinder. The hole at the top is sealed. A water tank is brought
below the cylinder and put in a position so that the water surface in the tank is at the same level as the
top of the cylinder as shown in the figure. The density of the water is . In equilibrium, the height H of
the water column in the cylinder satisfies
fiLVu dks csyu ls iwjh rjg ls fudky fn;k tkrk gSA Nsn dks cUn dj fn;k tkrk gSA ikuh ds ,d VSad dks csyu
ds uhps yk;k tkrk gS vkSj ,slh fLFkfr esa j[kk tkrk gS fd VSad esa ikuh dh lrg fp=kkuqlkj csyu dh Åijh lrg ds
gh ry es gksA ikuh dk ?kuRo  gSA larqyu dh fLFkfr esa csyu esa fLFkr ikuh ds LrEHk dh Å¡pkbZ H larq"V djrh gSA
L0
(A)  g (L0 – H)2 + P0 (L0 – H) + L0P0 = 0 (B)  g (L0 – H)2 – P0 (L0 – H) – L0P0 = 0
2
(C*)  g (L0 – H) + P0 (L0 – H) – L0P0 = 0 (D)  g (L0 – H)2 – P0 (L0 – H) + L0P0 = 0
Sol. Pressure in air inside cylinder _= _Pressure
_ __ _ _at
__point A =_ P_0__
_ _ __ +(L_0 _– _H)g
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ L_ –H
__ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _0 __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _P__ _0–H)
0+(L _ __g_ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _A_ __ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
PV = constant in the air inside the cylinder
 P0L0 = [P0 + (L0 – H)g] (L0 – H)
P0 (L0 – H) + g (L0 – H)2 – P0L0 = 0
Sol. csyu ds vUnj ok;q esa nkc = fcUnq _A_ij nkc A = P +(L0 –_ H)g
_ __ _ _ __ _0 _ __ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ L_ –H
__ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _0 __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _P__ _0–H)
0+(L _ __g_ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _A_ __ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _
PV = csyu ds vanj ok;q ds fy, fu;r
 P0L0 = [P0 + (L0 – H)g] (L0 – H)
P0 (L0 – H) + g (L0 – H)2 – P0L0 = 0
PAGE NO.-21
14. A cubical box is completely filled with mass m of a liquid and is given horizontal acceleration a as
shown in the figure. Match the force due to fluid pressure on the faces of the cube with their appropriate
values (assume zero pressure as minimum pressure)
,d ?kukdkj ik=k tks m nzO;eku ds nzo ls iwjk Hkjk gS] dks {kSfrt fn'kk esa fp=kkuqlkj a Roj.k fn;k tkrk gSA nzo ds
nkc ds dkj.k lrgksa ij yxus okys cy dk feyki buds ifjek.k ls dhft,&(U;wure nkc dks 'kwU; ekusaA)
E F
A
B a
G
H
C D
Column I Column II
ma
(A) force on face ABFE (p)
2
lrg ABFE ij cy
mg
(B) force on face BFHD (q)
2
lrg BFHD ij cy
ma mg
(C) force on face ACGE (r) 
2 2
lrg ACGE ij cy
ma
(D) force on face CGHD (s) +mg
2
mg
lrg CGHD ij cy (t) + ma
2
Ans. A-p ;B-q;C-t;D-s
Sol. Pressure varies with height Å¡pkbZ ds lkFk nkc ifjorZu  P = gh
and is horizontal with acceleration rFkk {kSfrt esa Roj.k ds lkFk  P = a
so on (A) gh part is zero while average force of ax is
vr% (A) esa gh okyk Hkkx 'kwU; gksxk tcfd vkSlr cy ax gSA
 0  a  2
 2  [ ]
 
a 2 (3 ) ma
= ( ) = a=
2 2 2
In (B) a part is zero while average force of gx is
(B) esa a okyk Hkkx 'kwU; gS tcfd vkSlr cy gx gSA
 0  g  2 g 3 (3 ) mg
 2    = 2 ( ) = 2 (g) = 2
 
Similarly for other part. blh izdkj vU; ds fy, gksxk
PAGE NO.-22
15. A cuboid is filled with liquid of density 2 upto height h & with liquid of density 1 , also upto height h as
shown in the figure
,d ?kukdkj ik=k esa 2 ?kuRo dk nzo h Å¡pkbZ rd rFkk 1, ?kuRo dk nzo Hkh h Åpk¡bZ rd fp=kkuqlkj Hkjk gqvk gSA
B
A
h 1
D
C
h 2
F

E
Column I Column II
(A) Force on face ABCD due to liquid of density 1 (p) zero
 gh2 
(B) Force on face ABCD due to liquid of density 2 (q) 1
2
(C) Force on face CDEF transferrred due to liquid of density 1 (r) 1 gh2
 gh2 
(D) Force on face CDEF due to liquid of density 2 only (s) 2
2
dkWye I dkWye II
(A) lrg ABCD ij 1 ?kuRo okys nzo ds dkj.k cy (p) 'kwU;
1gh2 
(B) lrg ABCD ij 2 ?kuRo okys nzo ds dkj.k cy (q)
2
(C) lrg CDEF ij 1 ?kuRo okys nzo ds dkj.k cy (r) 1 gh2
2 gh2 
(D) lrg CDEF ij dsoy 2 ?kuRo okys nzo }kjk cy (s)
2
Ans. A–q ;B-p;C-r ; D-s
 0  1gh 
Sol. (A) On ABCD avg pressure =  
 2 
 0  1gh    gh   gh2 
(A) ABCD ij vkSlr nkc =   So vr% F =  1  [h] = 1
 2   2  2
(B) No contact of 2 and not any pressure on ABCD due to 2
(B) 2 dk dgh ij Hkh lEidZ ugh gS rFkk 2 ds dkj.k ABCD ij dksbZ nkc ugh gSaA
(C) On CDEF due to 1, at every point pressure is 1gh so average is also 1gh
so F = (1gh) (h) = 1gh2
(C) 1 ds dkj.k CDEF ds izR;sd fcUnq ij nkc 1gh gS vr% vkSlr Hkh 1gh gksxkA vr% F = (1gh) (h) = 1gh2
2 gh2  
(D) On CDEF force due to liquid of density 2 is  
2
2 gh2  
(D) 2 ds dkj.k CDEF ij cy   gSA
2
PAGE NO.-23
PHYSICS



NO. B41 TO B42


1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (i) (A) (ii) (C) 4. (D) 5. (A)
6. (C) 7. (C) 8. (C) 9. (C) 10. (B) 11. (B)
12. (A) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (B) 16. (A) 17. (D) 18. (B)
19. (A) 20. (C)
1. A tank with length 10 m, breadth 8 m and depth 6m is filled with water to the top. If g = 10 m s–2 and
density of water is 1000 kg m–3, then the thrust on the bottom is (neglect atmospheric pressure)
10 m yEckbZ] 8 m pkSM+kbZ rFkk 6m xgjkbZ dk VSad ikuh ls iwjk Hkjk gqvk gSA ;fn ikuh dk ?kuRo 1000 kg/m3 gS rks
ryh ij mRiUu cy (thrust) gksxkA (g = 10 m s–2) (ok;qe.Myh; nkc dks ux.; ekus)a
(A*) 6 × 1000 × 10 × 80 N (B) 3 × 1000 × 10 × 48 N
(C) 3 × 1000 × 10 × 60 N (D) 3 × 1000 × 10 × 80 N
Sol. F = [gh] [A]
= (1000) (10) (6) (10) (8).
2. Two vessels A and B of different shapes have the same base area and are filled with water up to the
same height h (see figure). The force exerted by water on the base is FA for vessel A and FB for vessel
B. The respective weights of the water filled in vessels are W A and W B. Then
fHkUu fHkUu vkdkj ds nks crZu A vkSj B ds vk/kkj dk {ks=kQy cjkcj gSA nksuksa esa h Å¡pkbZ rd ikuh Hkjk gSA A dh
ryh ij ikuh }kjk FA cy yxk;k tkrk gS rFkk B dh ryh ij ikuh }kjk FB cy yxk;k tkrk gSA ;fn crZuksa esa Hkjs
ikuh dk Hkkj Øe'k% WA vkSj WB gS rks &
(A) FA > FB ; W A > W B (B*) FA = FB ; W A > W B

(C) FA = FB ; W A < W B (D) FA > FB ; W A = W B
Sol. W A > W B as mass of water in A is more than in B
W A > W B pwafd A dk nzO;eku B ls T;knk gS
PA = PB
Area of A = Area of B
A dk {ks=kQy = B dk {ks=kQy
or ;k PA AreaA = PB AreaB
PA {ks=kQyA = PB {ks=kQyB
or ;k FA = FB .
PAGE NO.-1
3. (i) The cubical container ABCDEFGH which is completely filled with an ideal (nonviscous and
incompressible) fluid, moves in a gravity free space with an acceleration of
a = a0 (iˆ  ˆj  k)
ˆ
where a0 is a positive constant. Then the only point in the container shown in the figure where pressure
is maximum, is
,d ?kukdkj fMCck ABCDEFGH ftlesa ,d vkn'kZ (v';ku rFkk vlaihM~;) nzO; iw.kZr% Hkjk gS] tks fd xq:Roghu
LFkku ij fuEu Roj.k ls xfr'khy gS%
a = a0 (iˆ  ˆj  k)
ˆ
tgka a0 ,d /kukRed fu;rkad gS rks fp=k esa çnf'kZr fMCcs esa og vdsyk fcUnq tgk¡ nkc vf/kdre gS] gksxk %
(A*) B (B) C (C) E (D) F

(ii) In previous question pressure will be minimum at point –
fiNys iz'u esa fdl fcUnq ij nkc U;wure gksxk –
(A) A (B) B (C*) H (D) F
Sol. (i) a = a0 ( î – ĵ + k̂ )
As there is no gravity; the pressure difference will be only due to the acceleration.
At point B the pseudo force is maximum hence pressure is maximum.
;gk¡ dksbZ xq:Ro ugh gS vr% nkc esa ifjorZu Roj.k ds dkj.k gksxkA
fcUnq B ij Nne~ cy vf/kdre gS blfy, nkc Hkh vf/kdre gSA
Sol. (ii) At point H the pseudo force is minimum hence pressure is minimum
fcUnq H ij Nne~ cy U;wure gS blfy, nkc Hkh U;wure gSA
4. The density of ice is x gm/cc and that of water is y gm/cc. What is the change in volume in cc, when m
gm of ice melts?
cQZ dk ?kuRo x gm/cc rFkk ikuh dk ?kuRo y gm/cc. gSA ;fn m gm cQZ fi?kyrh gS rks vk;ru esa ifjorZu gksxk
¼cc esa½
(A) M (y – x) (B) (y – x)/m (C) mxy (x – y) (D*) m (1/y – 1/x)
m m
Sol. v = vf – vi =  .
y x
5. The reading of a spring balance when a block is suspended from it in air is 60 newton. This reading is
changed to 40 newton when the block is fully submerged in water. The specific gravity of the block must
be therefore :
tc fdlh fi.M dks fLizax rqyk ls gok esa yVdk;k tkrk gS rks bldk ikB~;kad 60 N gSA tc fi.M dks ikuh esa iwjk
Mqcks;k tkrk gS] rks ikB~;kad 40 N gks tkrk gS rks fi.M dk fof'k"V xq:Ro gksxkA
(A*) 3 (B) 2 (C) 6 (D) 3/2
Sol. mg = 60 .................(i)
mg – ivg = 40 .................(ii)
mg   vg 2 0
= or ;k =3
mg 3 
where 0 = density of the block and  = density of the liquid.
;gk¡ 0 = fi.M dk ?kuRo rFkk  = nzo dk ?kuRo
PAGE NO.-2
6. Two bodies are in equilibrium when suspended in water from the arms of a balance. The mass of one
body is 36 g and its density is 9 g/cc. If the mass of the other is 48 g, its density in g/cc is :
tc fdlh rjktw ls nks fi.Mksa dks ikuh esa yVdk;k tkrk gS] rks lkE;koLFkk esa ,d fi.M dk nzO;eku 36 g vkSj bldk
?kuRo 9 g/cc. gSA ;fn nwljs dk nzO;eku 48 g gks rks bldk ?kuRo gksxkA tcfd nksuksa larqyu esa gksaA
(A) 4/3 (B) 3/2 (C*) 3 (D) 5
Sol. [36 – v l]g = [48 –  v2]g
  36     48 
36      g =  48     g
  9    0 
Solving gy djus ij, 
 0 = 3.
7. A cubical block of wood 10 cm on a side, floats at the interface of oil and water as shown in figure. The
density of oil is 0.6 g cm–3 and density of water is 1 g cm–3. The mass of the block is
ydM+h dk ,d 10 cm Hkqtk okyk ,d ?kukdkj xqVdk] fp=kkuqlkj rsy o ty dh lrg ij fp=kkuqlkj rSj jgk gSA
rsy dk ?kuRo 0.6 g cm–3 o ty dk ?kuRo 1 g cm–3 gSA xqVds dk nzO;eku gS &
rsy dk ?kuRo
ikuh
(A) 706 g (B) 607 g (C*) 760 g (D) 670 g

Sol. As, weight = Buoyant force
Hkkj = mRiykod cy
mg = [100 × 6 × 0.6 g] + (100 × 1 × 4)g  m = 760 gm.
8. A fixed cylindrical vessel is filled with water up to height H. A hole is bored in the wall at a depth h from
the free surface of water. For maximum horizontal range h is equal to :
,d tM+or csyukdkj crZu ikuh ls H Å¡pkbzZ rd Hkjk gqvk gSA ikuh dh eqä lrg ls h xgjkbZ ij ,d Nsn fd;k
x;k gSA vf/kdre {kSfrt ijkl ds fy, h dk eku gksxk &
(A) H (B) 3H/4 (C*) H/2 (D) H/4
Sol. x = 2 h(H  h)
dx H
for xmax ds fy,, = 0 or ;k h=
dh 2
9. An incompressible liquid flows through a horizontal tube as shown in the figure. Then the velocity ' v ' of
the fluid is :
fp=k esa fn[kk;s vuqlkj ,d vlEihM~; nzo {kSfrt uyh esa cgrk gS rks nzo dk osx ' v ' gS &
(A) 3.0 m/s (B) 1.5 m/s (C*) 1.0 m/s (D) 2.25 m/s
Sol. from equation of continuity,
lkaR;rk lehdj.k ls
(A × 3) = (A × 1.5) + (1.5 A × V)  V = 1 m/s2
PAGE NO.-3
10. There are two identical small holes on the opposite sides of a tank containing a liquid. The tank is open
at the top. The difference in height of the two holes is h as shown in the figure. As the liquid comes out
of the two holes, the tank will experience a net horizontal force proportional to:
Åij ls [kqys o nzo ls Hkjs VSad esa foijhr fn'kk esa NksVs NksVs leku Nsn gSA fp=kkuqlkj nksuksa Nsnksa ds chp Å¡pkbZ esa
vUrj h gSA tc ikuh nksuksa Nsnksa ls ckgj tkrk gS rks VSad ij vkjksfir dqy {kSfrt cy vuqØekuqikrh gS %
(A) h1/2 (B*) h (C) h3/2 (D) h2

Sol. Fthrust = av 2
Fnet = F1 – F2 = a[2g(h1 – h2)]= a(2gh)
or ;k Fh
11. An open pan P filled with water (density w) is placed on a vertical rod, maintaining equilibrium. A block
of density  is placed on one side of the pan as shown in the figure. Water depth is more than height of
the block.
,d [kqys ik=k P ftlesa w ?kuRo dk ikuh Hkjk gS] dks ,d m/oZ NM+ ij j[kk tkrk gS rFkk lkE;koLFkk cuk;s j[krs gSA
,d  ?kuRo ds CykWd dks ik=k ds ,d fljs esa fp=kkqulkj j[krs gSA ikuh dh xgjkbZ] CykWd dh Å¡pkbZ ls vf/kd gS &
P
(A) Equilibrium will be maintained only if  < W .

lkE;koLFkk cuh jgsxh] dsoy ;fn  < W .
(B*) Equilibrium will be maintained only if   W .
lkE;koLFkk cuh jgsxh] dsoy ;fn   W .
(C) Equilibrium will be maintained for all relations between  and W .
 rFkk W ds e/; lHkh laca/kks ds fy, lkE;koLFkk cuh jgsxhA
(D) It is not possible to maintain the equilibrium
lkE;koLFkk cuk;s j[kuk lEHko ugha gSA
Sol. (B) As long as W , pressure at the bottom of the pan would be same everywhere, according to the
Pascal’s law.
tSls gh W ik=k dh lrg ij ik'dy ds fu;ekuqlkj] nkc lHkh txg leku gksxkA
12. In the figure shown water is filled in a symmetrical container. Four pistons of equal area A are used at
the four opening to keep the water in equilibrium. Now an additional force F is applied at each piston.
The increase in the pressure at the centre of the container due to this addition is
n'kkZ;s x;s fp=k esa ,d lefer ik=k esa ty Hkjk gSA leku {ks=kQy A ds pkj fiLVu pkj [kqys LFkkuks ij ty dks
lkE;koLFkk esa j[krs gSA vc izR;sd fiLVu ij vfrfjDr cy F vkjksfir fd;k tkrk gSA blds dkj.k ik=k ds dsUnz ij
nkc esa o`f) gSA
F 2F 4F
(A*) (B) (C) (D) 0
A A A
PAGE NO.-4
Sol. The four piston are initially in equilibrium. As additional force F is applied to each piston, the pressure in
F
fluid at each point must be increased by so that each piston retains state of equilibrium.
A
pkj fiLVu izkjEHk esa lkE;koLFkk esa gSA D;ksafd vfrfjDr cy F izR;sd fiLVu ij vkjksfir gS] nzo esa izR;sd fcUnq ij
F
nkc ls c< tkrk gSA rkfd izR;sd fiLVu lkE;koLFkk dh fLFkfr esa jgsA
A
F
Thus the increment in pressure at each point is P = (by Pascal’s law)
A
F
bl izdkj izR;sd fcUnq ij nkc esa o`f) gS P = (ikLdy ds fu;e ls)
A
13. Figure shows a weighing-bridge, with a beaker P with water on one pan and a balancing weight R on
the other. A solid ball Q is hanging with a thread outside water. It has volume 40 cm 3 and weighs 80 g.
If this solid is lowered to sink fully in water, but not touching the beaker anywhere, the balancing weight
R' will be
fp=k esa ,d rqyk lsrq (weighing - bridge) iznf'kZr gSA ,d iyM+s ij ikuh ls Hkjk gqvk chdj P j[kk gqvk gS rFkk
nwljs ij lUrqyu Hkkj R j[kk gSA ,d Bksl xsan Q ikuh ds ckgj fdlh /kkxs ls yVd jgh gSA bldk vk;ru 40
lseh03 o Hkkj 80 xzke gSA ;fn xsan dks ikuh esa iwjh rjg Mqck;k tk;s rks ¼xsan chdj dks dgh Hkh ugha Nwrh gSA½ rks
lUrqyu Hkkj R gksxkA
(A) same as R (B) 40 g less than R

(C*) 40 g more than R (D) 80 g more than R
(A) R ds cjkcj (B) R ls 40 gm de
(C*) R ls 40 gm T;knk (D) R ls 80 gm T;knk
Sol. Since not touching,
D;ksfd lEidZ ugh gSA
So blfy, R = Fb = l(vg) = 40g.
R – R = 80g – 40g = 40g
Hence R will be 40g more than R
vr% R R ls 40g T;knk gSA
PAGE NO.-5
14. A non uniform cylinder of mass m, length  and radius r is having its centre of mass at a distance /4
from the centre and lying on the axis of the cylinder as shown in the figure. The cylinder is kept in a
liquid of uniform density  The moment of inertia of the rod about the centre of mass is . The angular
acceleration of point A relative to point B just after the rod is released from the position shown in figure
is :
,d vle:i csyu ftldk nzO;eku m, yEckbZ  rFkk f=kT;k r gS] dk nzO;eku dsUnz] dsUnz ls /4 nwjh ij rFkk csyu
dh v{k ij fp=kkuqlkj fLFkr gSA bl csyu dks le:i ?kuRo  ds nzo esa j[kk tkrk gSA nzO;eku dsUnz ds lkis{k NM+
dk tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ  gSA fp=k esa çnf'kZr fLFkfr ls NM+ dks NksM+us ds rqjUr i'pkr~ B fcUnq ds lkis{k fcUnq A dk dks.kh;
Roj.k gksxk &
g 2r 2 g 2r 2 g 2r 2 3g2r 2

(A) (B*) (C) (D)
 4 2 4
Sol. Torque about CM nzO;eku dsUnz ds lkis{k cyk?kw.kZ :

Fb . = 
4
1  r 2  2 g
  = (r2) () () (g). =
I 4 4I
'' will be same for all points on cylinder
csyu ds Åij lHkh fcUnqvksa ds fy,  dk eku leku gksxk.
15. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical vessel which is rotated about its axis. The liquid rises at the sides. If the
radius of the vessel is 0.05 m and the speed of rotation is 2 rev/s, The difference in the height of the
liquid at the centre of the vessel and its sides will be (2 = 10) :
,d nzo dks ,d csyukdkj crZu esa j[kk x;k gS] ftldks mldh v{k ds ifjr% ?kqek;k tk jgk gSA nzo] crZu dh
nhokjksa ds lgkjs Åij mBrk gSA ;fn crZu dk v)ZO;kl 0.05 eh rFkk ?kw.kZu nj 2 [email protected] gS] rks crZu ds
fdukjs rFkk dsUnz ds chp nzo dh Å¡pkbZ esa vUrj gksxkA (2 = 10) :
(A) 3 cm (B*) 2 cm (C) 3/2 cm (D) 2/3 cm
2 2
r
Sol. y=
2g
Put values and get y = 2cm.
eku j[kus ij y = 2cm izkIr gksxkA
16. A block is partially immersed in a liquid and the vessel is accelerating upwards with an acceleration “a”.
The block is observed by two observers O1 and O2 , one at rest and the other accelerating with an
acceleration “a” upward as shown in the figure. The total buoyant force on the block is :
,d CykWd nzo esa vkaf'kd Mqck gqvk gS rFkk ik=k Åij dh rjQ “a” Roj.k ls Rofjr gSA bl CykWd dks nks çs{kdksa O1
vkSj O2 }kjk çsf{kr fd;k tkrk gS] buesa ls ,d fLFkj gS rFkk nwljk çs{kd “a” Roj.k ls Åij dh rjQ fp=kkuqlkj
Rofjr gS rks CykWd ij vkjksfir dqy mRIykod cy gksxkA
a a
O2
O1 (at rest)
(fLFkj)
(A*) same for O1 and O2 (B) greater for O1 than O2
(C) greater for O2 than O1 (D) data is not sufficient
(A*) O1 vkSj O2 ds fy, leku (B) O1 ds fy, O2 ls T;knk
(C) O2 ds fy, O1 ls T;knk (D) fn;s x;s vkdMs iw.kZ ugha gSA
Sol. Buoyant force mRiykod cy = Fb = Vsub . . g
where, Vsub , and g all are same w.r.t. O1 and O2.
Hence (A)
;gk¡, Vsub , o g lHkh O1 o O2 ds lkis{k leku gSA vr% (A)
PAGE NO.-6
17. There is a small hole in the bottom of a fixed container containing a liquid upto height ‘h’. The top of the
liquid as well as the hole at the bottom are exposed to atmosphere. Area of the hole is ‘a’ and that of
the top surface is ‘A’. As the liquid comes out of the hole then, :
,d tM~or ik=k ftlesa ‘h’ Å¡pkbZ rd nzo Hkjk gS dh ryh esa ,d Nsn gSA nzo dk mijh Hkkx rFkk ryh esa fLFkr fNnz
ok;qe.My esa [kqys gSaA fNnz dk {kS=kQy ‘a’ rFkk Åijh lrg dk {kS=kQy ‘A’ gSA tSls gh nzo fNnz ls ckgj vkrk gS
rks&
(A) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with acceleration = g
nzo dh Åijh lrg g Roj.k ds lkFk Rofjr gksrh gSA
a2
(B) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with acceleration = g
A2
a2
nzo dh Åijh lrg g Roj.k ds lkFk Rofjr gksrh gSA
A2
a
(C) the top surface of the liquid retards with retardation = g
A
a
nzo dh Åijh lrg g eUnu ds lkFk efUnr gksrh gSA
A
ga2
(D*) the top surface of the liquid retards with retardation =
A2
ga2
nzo dh Åijh lrg eUnu ds lkFk efUnr gksrh gSA
A2
2gh
Sol. The velocity of fluid at the hole is Nsn ij nzo dk osx : V2 =
1  (a2 / A 2 )
Using continuity equation at the two cross-sections (1) and (2) :
nksuksa dkV {ks=k (1) o (2) ij lkR;rk lehdj.k ls
a
V1 A = V2 a  V1 = V2
A
dV1
 acceleration (of top surface) Åijh lrg dk Roj.k = – V1
dh
a d a 
=– V2  V2 
A dh  A 
a2 dV2 a2 1 ga2
a1 = – 2
V2 =– 2 2gh 2 g.  a1 =
A dh A 2 h A2
18. The velocity of the liquid coming out of a small hole of a large vessel containing two different liquids of
densities 2and as shown in figureis
2rFkk ?kuRo ds nks fHkUu&fHkUu nzoksa ls fp=kkuqlkj Hkjs gq, ik=k ds NksVs fNnz ls cgus okys nzo dk osx gS %
(A) 6gh (B*) 2 gh (C) 2 2gh (D) gh
PAGE NO.-7
Sol. Pressure at (1) :
(1) ij nkc
P1 = Patm +  g (2h)
Applying Bernoulli's theorum between points (1) and (2)
fcUnqvksa (1) o (2) ds e/; cjuksyh izes; vkjksfir djus ij
1
[Patm + 2  g h] + g(2h) + (2) (0)2
2
1
= Patm + (2 ) g (0) + (2 ) v 2  v = 2 gh Ans.
2
19. A large open tank has two holes in the wall. One is a square hole of side L at a depth y from the top and
the other is a circular hole of radius R at a depth 4y from the top. When the tank is completely filled with
water, the quantities of water flowing out per second from both holes are the same. Then radius R, is
equal to : [JEE - 2000, 2/105]
,d cM+h [kqyh Vadh dh nhokjksa esa nks Nsn gSA Åijh fljs ls xgjkbZ y ij L Hkqtk dk oxkZdkj Nsn rFkk 4y xgjkbZz ij
R f=kT;k dk o`Ùkkdkj Nsn gSA tc Vadh dks iwjh rjg ikuh ls Hkj fn;k tkrk gS rks nksuksa Nsnksa ls izfr lsd.M cjkcj
ikuh ckgj fudyrk gS R dk eku gksxkA [JEE - 2000, 2/105]
L L
(A*) (B) 2 L (C) L (D)
2 2
Sol. Velocity of efflux at a depth h is given by V = 2gh
Volume of water following out per second from both the holes are equal
y
v1
a1
4y
v2
a2
 a1V1 = a2V2
L
or (L2) 2g(y) = R2 2g(4y) or R=
2
Sol. izokg dk osx h xgjkbZ ij V = 2gh
nksuksa Nsnksa ls izfr lS0 cgus okys ikuh dk vk;ru leku gS] }kjk fn;k x;k gSA
 a1V1 = a2V2
L
;k (L2) 2g(y) = R2 2g(4y) ;k R=
2
PAGE NO.-8
20. A jar is filled with two non-mixing liquids 1 and 2 having densities 1 and 2, respectively. A solid ball,
made of a material of density 3, is dropped in the jar. It comes to equilibrium in the position shown in
the figure.
dksbZ tkj nks vfeJ.kh; nzOkksa 1 rFkk 2 ftuds ?kuRo Øe'k% 1 rFkk 2 gSa ls Hkjk gSA ?kuRo 3 ds inkFkZ ls cuh
dksbZ Bksl xsan bl tkj es fxjk;h xbZA ;g fp=k esa n'kkZ, vuqlkj lkE;koLFkk fLFkfr esa vk tkrh gSA
[AIEEE 2008, 4/300]
Which of the following is true for 1, 2 and 3 ?

fuEufyf[kr esa ls 1, 2 rFkk 3 ds fy, dkSulk dFku lgh gS ?
(1) 1 > 3 > 2 (2) 1 < 2 < 3 (3*) 1 < 3 < 2 (4) 3 < 1 < 2
Sol. Since solid ball floats in between the two liquids hence 1 < 3 < 2
pwafd xsan nksuks nzoksa ds chp rSjrh gS vr% 1 < 3 < 2
PAGE NO.-9
PHYSICS


O
NO. B41 TO B42

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks 2 min.) [03, 02]
Subjective Questions (‘–1’ negative marking) Q.10 (4 marks 5 min.) [04, 05]
Match the Following (no negative marking) Q.11 to Q.12 (8 marks 6 min.) [16, 12]

1. (A) 2. (A) (B) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (B) 6. (A)
7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (A) 10. x=2
11. (A)  (p), (t); (B)  (q), (s), (t); (C)  (p), (r), (t); (D)  (q) 12. (C)
1. A cylindrical tank of height 0.4 m is open at the top and has a diameter 0.16 m. Water is filled in it up to
a height of 0.16 m. How long it will take to empty the tank through a hole of radius 5×10–3 m at its
bottom ?
(A*) 46.26 sec. (B) 4.6 sec. (C) 462.6 sec. (D) 0.46 sec.
0.4 ehVj Å¡pkbZ dk ,d csyukdkj VSad Åij ls [kqyk gS rFkk bldk O;kl 0.16 ehVj gSA blesa 0.16 ehVj Å¡pkbZ
rd ikuh Hkjk gqvk gSA blds vk/kkj esa fLFkr 5×10–3 ehVj v)ZO;kl ds ,d lwjk[k ls bl VSad dks [kkyh gksus esa
le; yxsxk&
(A*) 46.26 lS0 (B) 4.6 lS0 (C) 462.6 lS0 (D) 0.46 lS0
Sol.
A1 v1 = A2v 2
R2 dh/dt = r2 v ....(i)
v = 2gh ....(ii)
from equation (ii) put the value of v in equation (i)
lehdj.k (ii) ls v dk eku lehdj.k (i) esa j[kus ij
 R2 dh/dt = r2 2gh
2
R dh
 r 2
=  dt
2gh
0 T
R2 dh R2 2h
 =  dt  T=
r 2
2g h h 0 r2 g
on solving gy djus ij
t = 46.26 second.
PAGE NO.-10
2. A cylindrical vessel of 90 cm height is kept filled upto the brim as shown in the figure. It has four holes
1, 2, 3, 4 which are respectively at heights of 20cm, 30 cm, 40 cm and 50 cm from the horizontal floor
PQ. The water falling at the maximum horizontal distance from the vessel comes from
90 cm Å¡pk ,d csyukdkj ik=k bldh iwjh Åpk¡bZ rd Hkjk gSA blesa fp=kkuqlkj pkj fNnz 1, 2, 3, 4 gS tks {kSfrt
ry PQ ls Øe'k% 20cm, 30 cm, 40 cm o 50 cm dh Åpk¡bZ;ksa ij gSA vf/kdre {kSfrt nwjh ij fxjus okyk ty
ik=k ds fdl fNnz ls fudy jgk gS \
4
3
2
P Q
(A*) hole number 4 (B*) hole number 3 (C) hole number 2 (D) hole number 1.
(A*) fNnz uEcj 4 (B*) fNnz uEcj 3 (C) fNnz uEcj 2 (D) fNnz uEcj 1
Sol. x = 2 H(H – h)
x1 = 2 70  20
x2 = 2 60  30
x3 = 2 40  50
x4 = 2 50  40 or x3 = x4 = maximum vf/kdre
Comprehension # 1 vuqPNsn – 1
The figure shows the commonly observed decrease in diameter of a water stream as it falls from a tap.
The tap has internal diameter D0 and is connected to a large tank of water. The surface of the water is
at a height b above the end of the tap.
By considering the dynamics of a thin “cylinder” of water in the stream answer the following: (Ignore any
resistance to the flow and any effects of surface tension, given w = density of water)
fp=k dks çsf{kr djus ij ;g fn[kkbZ ns jgk gS fd ikuh dh /kkjk dk O;kl ufydk ls fxjus ds ckn de gksrk tk jgk
gSA ufydk dk vkUrfjd O;kl D0 rFkk ;g ,d cM+s ikuh ds ik=k ls tqM+h gSA ikuh dh lrg ufydk ls b Åpk¡bZ ij
gSA irys ikuh ds csyu dh /kkjk dh xfrdh dks /;ku esa j[krs gq, fuEu ç'uksa dk mÙkj nks (i`"B ruko o ikuh dh
/kkjk dk çfrjks/k ux.; ekuks] ikuh = ikuh dk ?kuRoA)
D0,v0
x
D,v
3. Equation for the flow rate, i.e. the mass of water flowing through a given point in the stream per unit
time, as function of the water speed v will be
/kkjk ds çokg ¼cgko½ ds dkV {ks=k ls fn, x, fcUnq ls bdkbZ le; esa cgus okys ikuh dk nzO;eku ] ikuh dh pky v
ds Qyu ds :i esa gksxkA
(A*) v w D2 / 4 (B) v w D2 / 4 – D02 /4)
(C) v w D2 / 2 (D) v w D02 / 4
PAGE NO.-11
Sol. (A) As, pqafd dm = AW v dt
dm
 = AW v
dt
dm D2
 = VW 
dt 4
where ‘D’ is the diameter of stream.
tgk¡ D /kkjk dk O;kl gSA
4. Which of the following equation expresses the fact that the flow rate at the tap is the same as at the
stream point with diameter D and velocity v (i.e. D in terms of D0 , v0 and v will be) :
fuEu esa ls dkSulh lehdj.k bl rF; dks n'kkZrh gS fd ufydk ls cgus okys ikuh dh nj O;kl D rFkk osx v ls
cgus okyh /kkjk ij ,d leku gksxh (vFkkZr~ D, D0 , v0 rFkk v ds :i esa gksxk ) :
D0 v 0 D0 v 02 D0 v v0
(A) D = (B) D = (C) D = (D*) D = D0
v v2 v0 v
Sol. (D) V1A1 = V2A2
2
v 0D0 vD2 v0
=  D = D0 .
4 4 v
5. The equation for the water speed v as a function of the distance x below the tap will be :
ikuh dh pky v dh lehdj.k ufydk ls uhps nwjh x ds Qyu ds :i esa gksxh &
(A) v = 2gb (B*) v = [2g (b + x)]1/2 (C) v = 2gx (D) v = [2g (b – x)]1/2
Sol. v= u2  2gh  2g(b  x) .
6. Equation for the stream diameter D in terms of x and D0 will be :

/kkjk ds O;kl D dh lehdj.k x rFkk D0 ds :i esa gksxh &
1/ 4 1/ 2
 b   b 
(A*) D = D0   (B) D = D0  
bx bx
2
 b   b 
(C) D = D0   (D) D = D0  
 b  x  bx
Sol. (A) Applying continuity equation at points with diameter D0 & D :
fdlh fcUnq ftldk O;kl D0 & D gS ij lkR;rk lehdj.k ls
 .D0 2   D2 
= 2gb.   = 2g(b  x)  
 4   4 
1/ 4
 b 
 D = D0  
b  x 
7. A student observes after setting up this experiment that for a tap with D0 = 1 cm at x = 0.3 m the
stream diameter D = 0.9 cm. The heights b of the water above the tap in this case will be :
bl ç;ksx dks djus ds ckn fo|kFkhZ çsf{kr djrk gS fd D0 = 1 cm rFkk x = 0.3 m dh ufydk ds fy, /kkjk dk
O;kl D = 0.9 cm gS rks bl fLFkfr esa ikuh lrg dh ufydk ls Åpk¡bZ b D;k gksxhA
(A) 5.7 cm (B*) 57 cm (C) 27 cm (D) 2.7 cm
Sol. (B) Solving the preceding formula for the tank height h gives :
(B) h Åpk¡bZ dh Vadh ds fy, lw=k dks gy djus ij
h = x(D/D0)4/(1 – (D/D0)4) = x D4 / (D04 – D4)
substituting the given parameter values gives
fn;s x;s vkdM+ks dk eku j[kus ij
h = (0.3 ) (0.0094) / (0.014 – 0.0094) = 0.57 m
So the height of the water above the tap is 0.57 m or 57 cm.
vr% ufydk ls Åij ikuh dh ÅpkbZ 0.57 m ;k 57 cm gksxhA
PAGE NO.-12
Paragraph for Question 8 to 9
ç'u la[;k 8 vkSj 9 ds fy, vuqPNsn #
A spray gun is shown in the figure where a piston pushes air out of a nozzle. A thin tube of uniform
cross section is connected to the nozzle. The other end of the tube is in a small liquid container. As the
piston pushes air through the nozzle, the liquid from the container rises into the nozzle and is sprayed
out. For the spray gun shown, the radii of the piston and the nozzle are 20 mm and 1mm respectively.
The upper end of the container is open to the atmosphere.
fp=k esa fn[kkbZ xbZ fipdkjh esa ,d fiLVu ok;q dks ,d papq (nozzle) }kjk ckgj /kdsyrk gSA papw ds lkeus ,dleku
vuqizLFk dkV okyh iryh uyh yxh gSA uyh dk nwljk fljk nzo ls Hkjs ,d NksVs ik=k esa gSA tc fiLVu ok;q dks papw
ls ckgj /kdsyrk gS] rc ik=k esa nzo mBdj papw esa vk tkrk gS vkSj Qqgkj ds :i esa ckgj fudyrk gSA fp=k esa
fn[kkbZ xbZ fipdkjh esa fiLVu rFkk papw dh f=kT;k,¡ Øe'k% 20mm rFkk 1 mm gSA ik=k dk Åijh Hkkx okrkoj.k
(atmosphere) esa [kqyk gSA
8. If the piston is pushed at a speed of 5 mms–1 , the air comes out of the nozzle with a speed of
fiLVu dks 5mms–1 dh xfr ls /kdsyus ij papw ls ckgj okyh ok;q dh xfr gSA
[JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
(A) 0.1ms–1 (B) 1ms–1 (C*) 2ms–1 (D) 8ms–1
Ans. (C)
Sol. A1 V1 = A2V2   A1 = 400 A2
400 (5 × 10–3) = V2   V2  2 m / s  (C)
9. If the density of air is a and that of the liquid , then for a given piston speed the rate (volume per unit
time) at which the liquid is sprayed will be proportional to
ok;q rFkk nzo dk ?kuRo Øe'k% a vkSj  ekfu;sA fiLVu dh ,d fu;r xfr ds fy, nzo dk Hkh nj ¼vk;ru izfr
le;½ ls Qqgkj gksrk gSA og nj uhps fn;s x;s fodYiksa esa ls fdlds vuqØekuqikrh gS \
[JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
a 
(A*) (B) a  (C) (D) 
 a
Ans. (A)
Sol. Pressure at A and B will be same
A rFkk B ij nkc leku gksxk
1 1
P0  a v a2  P0   v 2   gh
2 2
a
v  v a  2gh

PAGE NO.-13
10. A large open top container of negligible mass and uniform crosssectional area A has a small hole of
A
crosssectional area in its side wall near the bottom. The container is kept on a smooth horizontal
100
floor and contains a liquid of density  and mass m0. Assuming that the liquid starts flowing out
x
horizontally through the hole at t = 0, The acceleration of the container is m/s2 than x is -
10
ux.; nzO;eku o ,d leku ifjPNsn {ks=kQy A ds cM+s o [kqys gq, crZu dh ryh ds lehi] bldh nhokj ij ifjPNsn
A
{ks=kQy dk ,d lwjk[k gSA crZu dks ,d fpdus {kSfrt Q'kZ ij j[kk x;k gS rFkk blesa  ?kuRo o m0 nzO;eku
100
dk nzo Hkjk gSA ekurs gq, fd lwjk[k ls le; t = 0 ij nzo {kSfrt fn'kk esa çokg vkjEHk djrk gS ik=k dk Roj.k
x
m/s2 gS] rc x gksxk &
10
Ans. x=2
Sol. Mass of water = (Volume) (density)
ty dk nzO;eku = (vk;ru) (?kuRo)
 m0 = (AH) r
m
 H= 0
A
m0 2m0 g
Velocity of efflux ckgj fudyus okys nzo dk osx, V = 2gH = 2g =
A A
Thrust force on the container due to draining out of liquid from the bottom is given by,
isns ls fudyus okys nzo ds dkj.k ik=k ij yxus okyk cy
F = (density of liquid) (area of hole) (velocity of effux)2
F = ¼nzo dk ?kuRo½ ¼Nsn dk {kS=kQy½ ¼ckgj fudyus okys nzo dk osx½2
(F = aV2)
 2m0 g 
F = (A/100)V2 = (A/100)  
 A 
m0 g
F=
50
1
 Acceleration of the container ik=k dk Roj.k, a = F/m0 = g/50 = = 0.2 m/s2
5
So x=2 Ans.
PAGE NO.-14
11. Column II shows five systems in which two objects are labelled as X and Y. Also in each case a point P
is shown. Column I gives some statements about X and and/or Y. Match these statements to the
appropriate system(s) from Column II. [IIT-JEE 2009, 8/160]
Column I Column I
(A) The force exerted by X on Y has a (p)
magnitude Mg.
Block Y of mass M left on a fixed inclined

plane X, slides on it with a constant velocity.
(B) The gravitational potential energy of X (q)

is continuously increasing,
Two ring magnets Y and Z, each of mass M,

are kept in frictionless vertical plastic stand so
that they repel each other. Y rests on the base
X and Z hangs in air in equilibrium. P is the
topmost point of the stand on the common
axis of the two rings. The whole system is in a
lift that is going up with a constant velocity.
(C) Mechanical energy of the system X + Y (r)
is continuously decreasing.
A pulley Y of mass m0 is fixed to a table

through a clamp X. A block of mass M hangs
from a string that goes over the pulley and is
fixed at point P of the table. The whole system
is kept in a lift that is going down with a
constant velocity.
(D) The torque of the weight of Y about (s)

point P is zero.
A sphere Y of mass M is put in a nonviscous

liquid X kept in a container at rest. The sphere
is released and it moves down in the liquid.
(t)
A sphere Y of mass M is falling with its

terminal velocity in a viscous liquid X kept in a
container.
Ans. : (A)  (p), (t); (B)  (q), (s), (t); (C)  (p), (r), (t); (D)  (q)
PAGE NO.-15
Sol.
(p)
Net force on Y due to X = (mgcos )2  (mgsin )2 = mg
(B) As the inclined is fixed. So, gravitational P.E. of X is constant
(C) As K.E. is constant and P.E. of Y is decreasing. So mechanical energy of (X + Y) is decreasing.
(q)
(A) force on Y due to X will be greater than mg which is equal to (Mg + repulsion force)
(B) As the system is moving up, P.E. of X is increasing.
(C) Mechanical energy of (X + Y) is increasing
(D) Torque of the weight of Y about point P = 0
(r)
(A) force on Y due to X = [(m  m0 )g]2  (mg)2

(B) As the system moves down, gravitational P.E. of X decreases
(C) As the system moves down, total mechanical energy of (X + Y) also decreases
(D) P  0
(s)
(A) force on Y due to X = Buoyancy force which is less than mg

(B) As the sphere moves down, that volume of water comes up, so gravitational P.E. of X increases.
(C) As there is no non–conservative force, so total mechanical energy of X + Y remains conserved.
(D) p  0
(t)
(A) As the sphere is moving with constant velocity

B + f v = Mg
so force on Y due to X is B + f v = mg
(B) As the sphere moves down, that volume of water comes up, so gravitational P.E. of X will increase
(C) Increase in mechanical energy
wfr = –ve
(D) p  0
PAGE NO.-16
dkWye II esa ik¡p fudk; fn;s x;s gSA buesa ls çR;sd fudk; esa nks oLrq,sa X rFkk Y gS] vkSj ,d fcUnq P gSA dkWye I esa
X, Y ;k nksauksa ds fy, dqN rF; fn;s x;s gSA bu rF;ksa dks mfpr fudk;ksa ls esy djok;saA
dkWye  dkWye 
(A) X ds }kjk Y ij yxus okys cy dk eku (p)
LFkk;h Mg gSA
nzO;eku M dk CykWd Y, ,d vkur ry X ij NksM+k x;k

gS vkSj og ,dleku xfr ls uhps ljd jgk gSA
(B) X dh xq:Roh; fLFkfrt ÅtkZ yxkrkj (q)
c<+ jgh gSA
nzO;eku M ds nks pqEcd NYys Y rFkk Z dks ,d

?k"kZ.kjfgr Å/okZ/kj IykfLVd LVs.M ij j[kk x;k gS] vkSj
os ,d nwljs dks çfrdf"kZr dj jgs gSA Y NYyk LVs.M X
ij fLFkr gS vkSj Z mlds Åij gok esa yVdk gSA P LVs.M
X dk lcls Åijh fcUnq gS vkSj NYyksa ds v{k ij fLFkr
gSA ;g fudk; ,d fy¶V esa j[kk gS tks ,dleku xfr ls
Åij tk jgh gSA
(C) fudk; X + Y dh ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ yxkrkj (r)
?kV jgh gSA
nzO;eku m0 okyh f?kjuh Y dks DySEi X ds }kjk est ij

tfM+r fd;k x;k gSA est ls tqM+s ,d LVs.M ds fcUnq P
ls cka/k dj vkSj f?kjuh Y ds Åij ls xqtj dj ,d jLlh
ls nzO;eku M ds CykWd dks yVdk;k x;k gSA ;g fudk;
,d fy¶V esa j[kk gS tks ,dleku xfr ls uhps tk jgh
gSA
(D) oLrq Y ds Hkkj dk fcUnq P ds lkis{k (s)
cyk?kw.kZ 'kwU; gSA
nzO;eku M dk xksyk Y ,d fLFkj ik=k esa j[ks ';kurkghu

nzo X esa j[kk tkrk gSA nzo esa NksM+us ds ckn ;g xksyk
uhsps tkus yxrk gSA
(t)
nzO;eku M dk xksyk Y ,d fLFkj

ik=k esa j[ks ';ku nzo X esa j[kk
tkrk gSA nzo esa NksM+us ds ckn ;g
xksyk vius lhekUr osx ls fxj jgk
gSA
PAGE NO.-17
Ans. : (A)  (p), (t); (B)  (q), (s), (t); (C)  (p), (r), (t); (D)  (q)
Sol. (p)
Y ij X ds dkj.k yxus okyk dqy cy X = (Mgcos )2  (Mgsin )2 = Mg

(B) D;ksafd urry fLFkj gSA vr% X dh xq:Roh; fLFkfrt ÅtkZ fu;r gksxhA
(C) D;ksafd xfrt ÅtkZ fu;r gS vkSj Y dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ ?kVsxhA vr% (X + Y) dh ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ ?kVsxhA
(q)
(A) X ds dkj.k Y ij yxus okyk cy Mg ls T;knk gksxk] tksfd (Mg + çfrd"kZ.k cy) ds rqY; gksxkA
(B) D;ksafd fudk; Åij dh vksj xfreku gS vr% X dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ c<+sxhA
(C) (X + Y) dh ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ c<+sxhA
(D) Y ds Hkkj dk fcUnq P ds lkis{k cyk?kw.kZ 'kwU; gksxkA
(r)
(A) X ds dkj.k, Y ij yxus okyk cy X = [(M  m0 )g]2  (Mg)2

(B) D;ksafd fudk;] uhps dh vksj xfreku gS vr% X dh xq:Roh; fLFkfrt ÅtkZ ?kVsxhA
(C) D;ksafd fudk; uhps dh vksj xfreku gS vr% (X + Y) dh dqy ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ Hkh ?kVsxhA
(D) P  0
(s)
(A) X ds dkj.k Y ij yxus okyk cy, mRIykou cy gksxk tksfd Mg ls de gksxkA

(B) D;ksafd xksyk uhps dh vksj xfreku gS vr% ikuh dk vk;ru Åij dh vksj tk;sxk] vr% X dh xq:Roh; fLFkfrt
ÅtkZ c<+sxhA
(C) D;ksafd ;gk¡ dksbZ v';ku cy ugha gS] vr% X + Y dh dqy ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ fu;r jgsxhA
(D) p  0
(t)
(A) D;ksafd xksyk] fu;r osx ls xfreku gS B + f v = Mg

vr% X ds dkj.k Y ij yxus okyk cy B + fv = Mg gksxkA
(B) D;ksafd xksyk uhps dh vksj xfreku gS vr% ikuh dk vk;ru Åij dh vksj tk;sxk ftlls X dh xq:Roh; fLFkfrt
ÅtkZ c<+sxhA
(C) ;kaf=kd ÅtkZ esa o`f) gksxh = wfr = –ve
(D) p = 0
PAGE NO.-18
12. A person in a lift is holding a water jar, which has a small hole at the lower end of its side. When the lift
is at rest, the water jet coming out of the hole hits the floor of the lift at a distance d = 1.2 m from the
person. In the following, state of the lift's motion is given in List - I and the distance where the water jet
hits the floor of the lift is given in List - II. Match the statements from List - I with those in List- II and
select the correct answer using the code given below the lists.
[JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1] Fluid Mechanics
List -I List -II
P. Lift is accelerating vertically up. 1. d = 1.2 m
Q. Lift is accelerating vertically down 2. d > 1.2m
with an acceleration less than the
gravitational acceleration.
R. List is moving vertically up with constant 3. d < 1.2 m
Speed
S. Lift is falling freely. 4. No water leaks out of the jar
Code :
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
(C*) P-1, Q-1, R-1, S-4 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-1
,d O;fDr ty ls Hkjk ,d ik=k ysdj fy¶V esa [kM+k gSA ik=k dh lkbM ds fupys ry esa ,d fNnz gSA tc fy¶V
fojkekoLFkk esa gS] rc fNnz ls ckgj vkus okys ty dh /kkjk O;fDr ls d = 1.2 m nwj fy¶V ds Q'kZ ij fxjrh gSA
fy¶V dh xfr dh fofHkUUk voLFkk lwph -I esa nh xbZ gS] rFkk og nwjh tgk¡ ty dh /kkjk Q'kZ ij fxjrh gS] lwph-II eas
nh xbZ gSA lwph-I dks] lwph -II ls lqesfyr dhft, rFkk lwfp;ksa ds uhps fn, x, dksM dk iz;ksx djds lgh mÙkj pqfu,
[JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
lwph -I lwph -II
P. fy¶V Åij dh fn'kk esa Rofjr xfr ls 1. d = 1.2 m
xfr'khy gSA
Q. fy¶V Rofjr xfr ls uhps dh vksj xfr'khy 2. d > 1.2m
gS vkSj mlds Roj.k dk eku xq:Roh; Roj.k
ls de gSA
R. fy¶V Åij dh vksj ,dleku pky ls
xfreku gSA 3. d < 1.2 m
S. fy¶V Lora=k :i ls fxj jgh gSA 4. ik=k ls ty ckgj ugha vk,xkA
dksM+ :
(A) P-2, Q-3, R-2, S-4
(B) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
(C*) P-1, Q-1, R-1, S-4
(D) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-1
Ans. (C)
Sol. Match the column dkWye dk feyku dhft,
When lift is at rest: tc fy¶V fojkekoLFkk esa gSA
(P) geff > g d= 4h1h2 = 1.2 m

(Q) geff < g d= 4h1h2 = 1.2 m
(R) geff = g d= 4h1h2 = 1.2 m
(S) geff = o No water leaks out of the jar. tkj ls dksbZ ikuh ckgj ugha fudysxk
Ans. (C) P—1 Q—1 R—1 S—4
PAGE NO.-19
PHYSICS



NO. B43 TO B44
Note : DPPs B43, B44, B45 are from Surface tension


1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (B) 6. (C) 7. (B)
8. (C) 9. (C) 10. (C) 11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (D)
15. (A) 16. (A) 17. (A) 18. (B) 19. (D) 20. (C) 21. (D)
22. (D)
1. The surface tension of a liquid is 5 Newton per metre. If a film is held on a ring of area 0.02 metres2, its
surface energy is about :
nzo dk i`"B ruko 5 U;wVu çfr ehVj gSA ;fn 0.02 ehVj2 {ks=kQy dh oy; esa fQYe mifLFkr gS rks bldh i`"Bh;
ÅtkZ gksxh &
(A) 5 × 10–2 J (B) 2.5 × 10–2 J (C*) 2 × 10–1 J (D) 3 × 10–1 J
Sol. We know that surface energy
US = T × Area.
Here. as 2 films are formed because of ring. so
N
US = T × 2 × (A) = 5 × 2 × 0.02 m2 = 0.2 J
m
Sol. ge tkurs gS fd i`"B ÅtkZ
US = T × {ks=kQy
;gk¡, D;ksafd oy; ds dkj.k 2 fQYe curh gS vr%
N
US = T × 2 × (A) = 5 × 2 × 0.02 m2 = 0.2 J
m
2. The radii of the two columns is U-tube are r1 and r2. When a liquid of density  (angle of contact is 0°) is
filled in it, the level difference of liquid in two arms is h. The surface tension of liquid is : (g =
acceleration due to gravity) :
U-uyh ds nks LrEHkksa dh f=kT;k,sa Øe'k% r1 rFkk r2 gSA tc  ?kuRo ds nzo (Li'kZ dks.k 0°) dks blesa Hkjk tkrk gS rks
blds nksuksa LrEHkks esa nzo Lrjksa dh Åpk¡bZ esa vUrj h gSA nzo dk i`"B ruko gksxk : (g = xq:Ro ds dkj.k Roj.k ) :
ghr1r2 gh(r2  r1 ) 2(r2  r1 ) gh
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
2(r2  r1 ) 2r1r2 ghr1r2 2(r2  r1 )
PAGE NO.-1
Sol. In the shown diagram.
PC = PB
2T 2T
P0 – + gh = P0 –
r1 r2
Here, we may not know in advance which tube will rise above the other, but lets say the liquid level is
higher in thinner tube.
 1 1 gh r1 r2
so 2T  –  = – gh.  T =
 r2 r1  2 (r2 – r1 )
as r2 > r1 ; so we assumed correctly
Sol. fn;s x;s fp=k ls
PC = PB
2T 2T
P0 – + gh = P0 –
r1 r2
;gk¡ gesa igys ls ugh irk gS fd dkSulh uyh esa nzo Lrj, nwljs dh rqyuk esa Åij tk;sxk ysfdu ekuk iryh V~;wc
¼uyh½ esa nzo dk ry T;knk gSA
1 1 gh r1 r2
blfy, 2T  –  = – gh.  T =
 r2 r1  2 (r2 – r1 )
D;ksafd r2 > r1 ; vr% geus lgh ekuk gSA
3. Water rises in a capillary tube to a height h. it will rise to a height more than h
ds'kuyh esa ikuh h Åpk¡bZ rd p<+rk gSA ;g h ls T;knk Åpk¡bZ rd p<+sxk &
(A) on the surface of sun (B*) in a lift moving down with an acceleration
(C) at the poles (D) in a lift moving up with an acceleration.
(A) lw;Z lrg ij (B*) uhps dh rjQ Rofjr xfr djrh fy¶V esa
(C) /kzqoksa ij (D) Åij dh rjQ Rofjr xfr djrh fy¶V esa
Sol. Water will rise to a height more than h when downward force (mgeff ) becomes lesser than mg.
so in a lift accelerating downwards, geff is (g –a0). Hence capillary rise is more.
On the poles geff is even more than g. Hence the capillary will even drop.
gy. tc uhps dh rjQ yxus okyk cy (mgeff ), mg ls de gksrk gS rks ty esa mWpkbZ ls T;knk ÅWpkbZ rd p<rk gS vr]
uhps dh rjQ Rofjr fy¶V esa geff , (g –a0) gSA vr% ds'kuyh esa nzo T;knk Åij tk;sxk /kqoks ij geff , g ls T;knk
gksrk gS vr% ds'kuyh esa nzo uhps fxjsxkA
PAGE NO.-2
4. A tube of fine bore AB is connected to a manometer M as shown. The stop cock S controls the flow of
air. AB is dipped into a liquid whose surface tension is . On opening the stop cock for a while, a bubble
is formed at B and the manometer level is recorded, showing a difference h in the levels in the two
arms. if  be the density of manometer liquid and r the radius of curvature of the bubble, then the
surface tension  of the liquid is given by
,d iryh uyh AB nkcekih M ls fp=kkuqlkj tqM+h gSA okYo S }kjk gok çokg dks fu;fU=kr fd;k tkrk gSA AB uyh
dks i`"B ruko  okys nzo esa Mqcksrs gS rFkk okYo S dks rc rd [kqyk j[krs gS ] tc rd B ij cqycqyk ugha cu
tkrk rFkk nkcekih dk ikB;kad ysrs gSA nksuksa Hkqtkvksa esa nzo Lrjksa dk vUrj h fp=k esa çnf'kZr gSA ;fn  nkcekih
nzo dk ?kuRo rFkk r cqycqys dh oØrk f=kT;k gks rks nzo dk i`"B ruko gS &
S
A
h M
B
rhg
(A) hrg (B) 2hgr (C) 4hrg (D*)
4
Sol.
PA has to be equal to PB.

PA ,PB ds leku gksuk gSA
PA = P0 + gh .....(i)
4
Now vc PC – P0 =  soap bubble has 2 films lkcqu ds cqycqys esa 2 fQYe gSA
r
and vkSj PC = PB same air is filled leku ok;q Hkjh tk;sxhA
4
 P0 + = P0 + gh ....(ii)
r
ghr
get vr% =
4
5. Two parallel glass plates are dipped partly in the liquid of density ‘d’. keeping them vertical. If the
distance between the plates is ‘x’, Surface tension for liquid is T & angle of contact is  then rise of
liquid between the plates due to capillary will be :
nks dkap dh IysVs ‘d' ?kuRo ds nzo esa Å/okZ/kj vkaf'kd Mqch gqbZ gSA ;fn IysVksa ds e/; nwjh ‘x’, nzo dk i`"B ruko T
rFkk Li'kZ dks.k  gks rks IysVksa esa dsf'kdkRo ds dkj.k p<+s nzo dh Åpk¡bZ gksxh :
T cos  2T cos  2T T cos 
(A) (B*) (C) (D)
x d xdg xdgcos xdg
PAGE NO.-3
Sol.
Fs Fs
By balancing forces cy lUrqyu ls T × (2 ) × (cos) = d x  h g

2T cos 
we get ge izkIr djsxsa h=
xdg
6. When charge is given to a soap bubble, it shows :

;fn lkcqu ds cqycqys dks vkos'k fn;k tk;s rks ;g çnf'kZr djrk gS &
(A) a decrease in size (B) no change in size
(C*) an increase in size
(D) sometimes an increase and sometimes a decreases in size
(A) vkdkj esa deh (B) vkdkj esa vifjorZu
(C*) vkdkj esa o`f) (D) vkdkj esa dHkh o`f) rFkk dHkh dehA
Sol. When charge is given to a soap bubble (whether positive or negative), these charges experience
repulsive forces due to the other charges. Hence they tend to move out. Hence the size of bubble
increases.
gy. tc lkcqu ds cqycqys dks vkos'k fn;k tkrk gS (pkgs /kukRed ;k _.kkRed ) rks ;g vkos'k vU; vkos'kks ds dkj.k
izfrd"kZ.k cy vuqHko djsxkA vr% ;g ckgj tkus dh izo`fÙk j[ksxkA vr% cqycqys dk vkdkj c<sxkA
7. An air bubble of radius r in water is at a depth h below the water surface at some instant. If P is
atmospheric pressure, d and T are density and surface tension of water respectively, the pressure
inside the bubble will be :
r f=kT;k dk gok dk cqycqyk, fdlh {k.k ikuh lrg ls h xgjkbZ ij fLFkr gSA ;fn P–ok;qe.Myh; nkc, d o T Øe'k%
ikuh dk ?kuRo o i`"B ruko gks rks cqycqys ds vUnj nkc gksxk %
4T 2T 2T 4T
(A) P + h dg – (B*) P + h dg + (C) P + h dg – (D) P + h dg +
r r r r
Sol.
2T
Pinside bubble – PA =
r
and PA = Patm + dgh.
2T
 Pinside bubble = P + dgh +
r
gy.
2T
PvkfUrjd cqycqys – PA =
r
vkSj PA = Patm + dgh.
2T
 PvkUrfjd cqycqyk = P + dgh +
r
PAGE NO.-4
8. The work done to get n smaller equal size spherical drops from a bigger size spherical drop of water is
proportional to :
ikuh dh ,d cM+h xksyh; cw¡n ls, n NksVh xksyh; le:i cwanksa dks cukus esa fd;k x;k dk;Z lekuqikrh gS &
 1   1 
(A)  2 / 3   1 (B)  1/ 3   1 (C*) n1/3 – 1 (D) n4/3 – 1
 n   n 
4 3 4
Sol. n× r = R3 ......(i){ volumes are equal vk;ru leku gS}.
3 3
and vkSj A = –[4R2 – n.4r2]
where tgka W = (A) × T.
= –4[n2/3r2 – n.r2] × T = 4r2T. n2/3 [n1/3–1].
Now vc R2 = n2/3 . r2 ; so blfy, W = 4R2T[n1/3 – 1].
9. Two unequal soap bubbles are formed one on each side of a tube closed in the middle by a tap. What
happens when the tap is opened to put the two bubbles in communication ?
nks vleku cqycqys] e/; esa VksVh ¼uy½ yxh gqbZ uyh ds fljksa ij cuk;s tkrs gSA D;k gksxk tc VksVh dks [kksyus ij
nksuksa cqycqys lEidZ esa vkrs gSA
(A) No air passes in any direction as the pressures are the same on two sides of the tap
pwafd VksVh ds nksuksa rjQ nkc leku gS vr% ok;q fdlh Hkh fn'kk esa ugha cgsxhA
(B) Larger bubble shrinks and smaller bubble increases in size till they become equal in size
nksuksa ds vkdkj cjkcj gksus rd cM+k cqycqyk fldqM+rk gS rFkk NksVk cqycqyk QSyrk gSA
(C*) Smaller bubble gradually collapses and the bigger one increases in size
NksVk cqycqyk fldqM+ dj lekIr gks tkrk gS rFkk cM+k cqycqyk vkdkj esa c<+ tkrk gSA
(D) None of the above buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Sol.
4 4
PA = P0 + ; PB = P0 + {P0 = atmospheric pressure}.
r R
Clearly PA > PB ; so air will flow from A to B.
As r decreases; pressure will become more and hence more flow of air from A to B.
Ultimately bubble A collapses and B becomes bigger in size.
gy.
4 4
PA = P0 + ; PB = P0 + {P0 = ok;qe.Myh; nkc}.
r r
Li"Vrk PA > PB ; vr% ok;q A ls B dh vksj izokfgr gksxhA
D;ksfd r de gksrh gS vr% nkc T;knk gksxh vksj A ls B dh vksj ok;q T;knk izokfgr gksxhA
vr% cqycqyk A VwV tk;sxk vkSj B dk vkdkj c< tk;sxkA
PAGE NO.-5
10. A soap bubble in vacuum has a radius of 3 cm and another soap bubble in vacuum has a radius of
4 cm. If the two bubbles coalesce under isothermal conditions then the radius of the new bubble is :
fuokZr esa lkcqu ds cqycqys dh f=kT;k 3 cm rFkk nwljs lkcqu ds cqycqys dh fuokZr esa f=kT;k 4 cm gSA ;fn lerkih;
fLFkfr esa nksuksa dks feyk;k tk; rks u;s cqycqys dh f=kT;k gksxh :
(A) 2.3 cm (B) 4.5 cm (C*) 5 cm (D) 7 cm
Sol.
R = 4 cm.
r = 3 cm.
4 4
Pr = ; PR = {  outside is vacuum ckgj fuokZr gS}
r R
The two bubbles are coalescing; so conserving the no. the moles.
tc nksuks cqycqyks feyk;k tkrk gS rc eksy lja{k.k ls
4 4 4
Pr . r 3 PR . R3 Pfinal  (r ')3
3 + 3 = 3
T T T
4
Putting eku j[kus ij Pfinal = we get ge izkIr djsxs
r'
r’ = r 2  R2 = 32  42 = 5 cm.
11. A cylinder with a movable piston contains air under a pressure p1 and a soap bubble of radius ‘r’. The
pressure p2 to which the air should be compressed by slowly pushing the piston into the cylinder for the
soap bubble to reduce its size by half will be : (The surface tension is , and the temperature T is
maintained constant)
,d pyk;eku fiLVu ;qDr csyu esa p1 nkc ij gok Hkjh gS rFkk blesa ,d ‘r’ f=kT;k dk lkcqu dk cqycqyk fLFkr gSA
fiLVu dks /khjs&/khjs pykdj gok dks nkc p2 ls lEihfM+r fd;k tkrk gS ftlls cqycqys dk vkdkj vk/kk gks tkrk gS :
(i`"B ruko , rFkk rkieku T fu;r gS) p2 dk eku D;k gksxk &
 24   24   24   12 
(A*) 8p1  (B)  4p1  (C)  2p1  (D)  2p1 
 r   r   r   r 
Sol.
P1 P2
Before r r/2
After
Lets say, initially, the pressure due to air inside the bubble is Pair.
4
 Pair – P1 = ..........(i)
r
4
Finally, the radius becomes half ; so volume becomes th and hence pressure becomes 8Pair.
r
4
So, 8Pair – P2 = .........(ii)
r/2
Solving (i) and (ii)
24
get P2 = 8P1 + .
r
PAGE NO.-6
gy.
P1 P2
r r/2
i gy s ckn esa
ekuk izkjEHk esa ok;q ds dkj.k cqycqys ds vUnj nkc Pair gSA
4
 Pair – P1 = ..........(i)
r
1
vUr esa f=kT;k vk/kh gks tk;sxh vr% vk;ru gks tk;sxk vr% nkc 8Pair gks tk;sxkA
8
4
vr% 8Pok;q – P2 = .........(ii)
r/2
(i) vkSj (ii) dsk gy djus ij
24
izkIr gksxkA P2 = 8P1 + .
r
12. A capillary tube of radius R is immersed in water and water rises in it to a height H. Mass of water in
capillary tube is M. If the radius of the tube is doubled, mass of water that will rise in capillary tube will
be :
R f=kT;k dh ds'kuyh ikuh esa Mwch gqbZ gS rFkk ikuh blesa H Åpk¡bZ rd p<+rk gSA ds'kuyh esa p<+s ikuh dk nzO;eku
M gSA ;fn ds'k uyh dh f=kT;k nqxquh dj nh tk, rks ds'kuyh esa p<+s gq, ikuh dk nzO;eku gksxk &
M
(A*) 2M (B) M (C) (D) 4M
2
Sol. Since the contact angle in both cases remains the same.
FS cos = Mg  T × 2 R cos = Mg .......(i)

after doubling the radius
T × 2  (2R) cos = M’g .......(ii)
= M’ = 2M.
Sol.  nksuksa fLFkfr;ksa esa lEidZ dks.k leku gS
FS cos = Mg  T × 2 R cos = Mg .......(i)

f=kT;kvks dks nqxuk djus ij
T × 2  (2R) cos = M’g .......(ii)
= M’ = 2M.
PAGE NO.-7
13. Water rises to a height h in a capillary tube lowered vertically into water to a depth  as shown in the
figure. The lower end of the tube is now closed, the tube is then taken out of the water and opened
again. The length of the water column remaining in the tube will be :
fp=kkuqlkj Å/okZ/kj :i ls ikuh esa  xgjkbZ rd Mqch ds'kuyh esa p<+s gq, ikuh dh Åpk¡bZ h gSA vc uyh dk fupyk
fljk can gSA vc uyh dks ckgj fudkyk tkrk gS rFkk nqckjk [kksyk tkrk gS rks 'ks"k ikuh LrEHk dh uyh esa yEckbZ
gksxh &
(A*) 2h if  > h and  + h if  < h (B) h if  > h and  + h if  < h

(C) 4h if  > h and  – h if  < h (D) h/2 if  > h and  + h if  < h
(A*) 2h ;fn  > h rFkk + h ;fn  < h (B) h ;fn  > h rFkk  + h ;fn  < h
(C) 4h ;fn  > h rFkk  – h ;fn  < h (D) h/2 ;fn  > h rFkk  + h ;fn  < h
Sol. When the capillary rise is ‘h’ that means the force of surface tension (F) is supporting the height ‘h’ of
liquid level.
Now if the whole capillary is taken out the liquid tries to come out due to gravity from the bottom point.
Fs
Fs
But force of surface tension ‘F’ now becomes 2F in the upward direction. Hence 2F can support a
maximum of ‘2h’ height even if  is very high. So ‘h’ will be 2h if  > h & will be h +  only if is lesser
than h.
gy. tc ds'kuyh es ty ‘h’ ÅpkabZ rd Åij mBrh gS vFkkZr i`"B ruko nzo lrg tks 'h' ÅpkbZ rd lgkjk nsrk gSA
vc ;fn ds'kuyh ls ty ckgj fudyrk gS rks nzo xw:Ro ds dkj.k fuEu fcUnq ls ckgj fudyrk gSA
Fs
Fs
ysfdu vc i`"B ruko ‘F’ Åij dh vksj 2F cu tk;sxkA vr% 2F vf/kdre ‘2h’ ÅpkbZ rd lgkjk nsxk ;|fi  cgqr
cMk gSA vr% ‘h’ 2h gksxk ;fn  > h vkSj, ;fn , h ls de gS rks h' (h +  ) ds cjkcj gksxkA
14. A soap bubble of radius r1 is placed on another soap bubble of radius r2(r1 < r2). The radius R of the
soapy film separating the two bubbles is :
r1 f=kT;k dk lkcqu dk cqycqyk nwljs r2 f=kT;k ds lkcqu ds cqycqys ij j[kk gS (r1 < r2)A nksuksa cqycqyksa dks vyx
djus okyh lkcqu dh fQYe dh f=kT;k R gksxh &
rr
(A) r1 + r2 (B) r12  r22 (C) (r13 + r23) (D*) 2 1
r2  r1
PAGE NO.-8
Sol.
Equating pressures on the shaded portion : Nk;kfdr Hkkx dk nkc cjkcj djus ij
4 4 4
– =
r1 r2 R
r2r1
get izkIr gksxk R=
r2  r1
15. A soap - bubble with a radius ‘r’ is placed on another bubble with a radius R (figure). Angles between
the films at the points of contact will be –
‘r’ f=kT;k dk lkcqu dk cqycqyk nwljs R f=kT;k ds cqycqys ij j[kk gSA (fp=k) lEifdZr fcUnqvksa dh fQYe ds e/; dks.k
gksxk&
(A*) 1200 (B) 300 (C) 450 (D) 900

Sol. Look at a very small element at the junction of 3 bubbles.
rhuks cqycqyks ds feyku fcUnq ij ,d cgqr NksVs vo;o dks ns[krs gSA
All 3 forces of same magnitude ( surface tension is same) are acting along the tangential directions on
the small element.
leku ifjek.k ds rhuks cy ( i`"Bruko leku gS) NksVs vko;o ij f+=kHkqth; fn'kk esa dk;Z djsxsA
360
Now by LAMIE’s theorem vc ykeh izes; ls 1 = 2 = 3 = = 120º
3
16. A large number of liquid drops each of radius 'a' coalesce to form a single spherical drop of radius 'b'.
The energy released in the process is converted into kinetic energy of the big drop formed. The speed
of big drop will be :
cgqr lkjh nzo dh cwans ftudh f=kT;k 'a' gS] dks feykdj 'b' f=kT;k dh ,d cM+h cwan cukbZ tkrh gSA bl çØe esa
mRlftZr ÅtkZ] cM+h cwan dh xfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjofrZr gks tkrh gSA cM+h cwan dh pky gksxh &
6T  1 1  4T  1 1  8T  1 1  5T  1 1 
(A*)  (B)  (C)  (D) 
  a b    a b    a b    a b 
Sol. Energy released = (A) ×  { = surface tension}
mRlftZr ÅtkZ = (A) ×  { = i`"B ruko }
Let us say n no. of small drops coalesced.
ekuk NksVh cwns tks feyrh gS mudh la[;k n gSA
3
4 3 4 b
 n. a = b3  b = a.n1/3  n=  
3 3 a
A = 4b2 – n.4a2 {this is –ve, hence energy is released} {;g _.kkRed gS vr% ÅtkZ mRlftZr gksxh}
PAGE NO.-9
= 4a2 (n2/3 – n)
 b 3  b 2 
 U = 4a2T (n – n2/3). = 4a2T   –   
 a   a  
This U converts to K.E. ;g fLFkfrt ÅtkZ xfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjorhZr gks tk;sxhA
1 4 3 2 b2  b – a  6T  1 1
Hence vr% . b V = 4a2T 2    V= a – b
2 3 a  a    
17. At critical temperature, the surface tension of a liquid :
ØkfUrd rki ij nzo dk i`"B ruko &
(A*) is zero (B) is infinity
(C) is same as that at any other temperature (D) cannot be determined
(A*) 'kwU; gSA (B) vuUr gSA
(C) fdlh Hkh vU; rkieku ds leku gSA (D) Kkr ugha dj ldrsA
Sol. Surface tension is a property based on intermolecular force, at critical temperature intermolecular force
is zero, hence surface tension is zero.
i`"B ruko vUrj vk.kfod cy ij vk/kkfjr xq.k gS] Økafrd rki ij vUrj vk.kfod cy 'kwU; gS] vr% i`"B ruko 'kwU;
gSA
18.  A capillary tube (1) is dipped in water. Another identical tube (2) is dipped in a soap-water solution.
Which of the following shows the relative nature of the liquid columns in the two tubes ?
dksbZ ds'kuyh (1) ty esa Mqck;h xbZ gSA dksbZ vU; loZle ds'kuyh (2) lkcqu&ty foy;u esa Mqck;h tkrh gSA
fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSuls fp=k esa nks ufy;ksa esa nzo&LrEHkksa dh vkisf{kd izd`fr dks n'kkZ;k x;k gS ?
[AIEEE 2008, 4/120, –1]
(A) (B*)
(C) (D)
19. Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble from a radius of 3 cm to 5 cm is nearly. (Surface
tension of soap solution = 0.03 Nm–1) [AIEEE - 2011, 4/120, –1]
,d lkcqu ds cqycqys dh f=kT;k dks 3 cm ls c<+kdkj 5 cm djus esa fd;k x;k dk;Z yxHkx gS %(lkcqu ds ?kksy dk
i`"B ruko = 0.03 Nm–1) [AIEEE - 2011, 4/120, –1]
(A) 4 mJ (B) 0.2 mJ (C) 2 mJ (D*) 0.4 mJ
Sol. W = TA
= 0.03 (2 × 4 × (52 – 32) 10–4 = 24 (16) × 10–6
= 0.384  × 10–3 Joule 0.4  mJ Ans.
20. Two mercury drops (each of radius ‘ r’) merge to from bigger drop. The surface energy of the bigger
drop , if T is the surface tension, is : [AIEEE 2011, 4/120, –1]
nks ikjs dh cw¡ns (çR;sd dh f=kT;k ‘r’) feydj ,d cM+h cw¡n cukrh gSA ;fn i`"B ruko T gS] rc cM+h cw¡n dh i`"B ÅtkZ
gS :
(A) 4r2 T (B) 2r2 T (C*) 28/3r 2 T (D) 25/3r 2 T
PAGE NO.-10
4 4
Sol. 2. r 3 = R3
3 3
R = 21/3 r
S.E. = T.4 R2
T 4 22/3 r2 T.28/3 r2 .
21. A thin liquid film formed between a U-shaped wire and a light slider supports a weight of 1.5 × 10–2 N
(see figure). The length of the slider is 30 cm and its weight negligible. The surface tension of the liquid
film is :
,d U-vkdkj ds rkj ,oa ,d gYds liZ.k ds chp cuh ,d iryh æo dh fQYe 1.5 × 10–2 N ds Hkkj dks vk/kkfjr
djrh gS (fp=k ns[ksa )A liZ.k dh yEckbZ 30 cm gS vkSj bldk Hkkj ux.; gSA æo dh fQYe dk i`"B ruko gS :
[AIEEE 2012, 4/120, –1]
(A) 0.0125 Nm–1 (B) 0.1 Nm–1 (C) 0.05 Nm–1 (D*) 0.025 Nm–1
Sol. 2TL = mg
mg 1.5  10 2 1.5
T=  2
 = 0.025 N/m
2L 2  30  10 600
22. Assume that a drop of liquid evaporates by decrease in its surface energy, so that its temperature
remains unchanged. What should be the minimum radius of the drop for this to be possible ? The
surface tension is T, density of liquid is  and L is its latent heat of vaporization.
[JEE-Main 2013, 4/120,–1]
;g eku ysa fd ,d nzo dh cWawn viuh i`"B ÅtkZ esa deh dj okf"ir gksrh gS ftlls fd bldk rkieku vifjofrZr
jgrk gSA ;g lEHko gksus ds fy, cWwn dh U;wure~ f=kT;k D;k gksuh pkfg, \ i`"B ruko T gS] nzo dk ?kuRo  gSA vkSj
ok"iu dh xqIr Å"ek L gSA
(A) L/T (B) T / L   (C) T/L (D*) 2T/L
Sol. When radius is decrease by dr
decrease in surface energy = Heat required for vaporisation
(4rdr) × T × 2 = 4r2drL 
2T
 r=
L
Ans. (4)
tc f=kT;k dr ls de gks tkrh gS rc
i`"B ÅtkZ esa deh = ok"iu ds fy, vko';d Å"ek
2T
(4rdr) × T × 2 = 4r2drL   r =
L
Ans. (4)
PAGE NO.-11
PHYSICS



NO. B43 TO B44
DPP No. : B44

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks 2 min.) [03, 02]
Subjective Questions (‘–1’ negative marking) Q.4 to Q.9 (4 marks 5 min.) [24, 30]
Match the Following (no negative marking) Q.10 (8 marks 6 min.) [08, 06]

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. 3.98 × 10–2 J 5. 1.44  10 5 J
6. 24 R2S 7. (a) 465 N/m 2
(b) 30 N/m2 (c) 38 N/m2 8. 8 9. 6
10. (A) – PR, (B) – PR (C) – PR (D) QS
1. There is a horizontal film of soap solution. On it a thread is placed in the form of a loop. The film is
punctured inside the loop and the thread becomes a circular loop of radius R. If the surface tension of
the soap solution be T, then the tension in the thread will be :
lkcqu ds ?kksy dh fQYe {kSfrt esa fLFkr gSA blds Åij ,d /kkxk ] ywi ds :i esa j[kk tkrk gSA vc ;fn ywi ds
vUnj dh fQYe dks rksM+k tkrk gS rFkk /kkxk R f=kT;k dh o`Ùkkdkj ywi dh vkd`fr xzg.k dj ysrk gSA ;fn lkcqu ds
?kksy dk i`"B ruko T gks /kkxs esa ruko gS&
(A) R2 /T (B) R2 T (C) 2 R T (D*) 2 RT
Sol.
The small portion of film is approximately a straight part. Balancing forces on it:
F denotes tension. T denotes surface tension.

T × 2 (d) is the surface tension force because 2 layers are formed.
So 2 F sin (d) = T × [2 × R (2 d)]
we get ; (sin (d)  d. for small d)
so F = T × 2 R.
PAGE NO.-12
Sol.
fQYe dk NksVk Hkkx yxHkx lh/kh js[kk gS rFkk bl ij cyksa ds lUrqyu ls
F ruko dks iznf'kZr djrk gS T, i`"B ruko dks iznf'kZr djrk gS

T × 2 (d) cuh gqbZ nks lrgksa ds dkj.k i`"B ruko ds dkj.kA
vr% 2 F sin (d) = T × [2 × R (2 d)]
NksVs dks.k ds fy;s d, sin (d)  d.
vr% F = T × 2 R.
Comprehension # 1
vuqPNsn # 1
The internal radius of one limb of a capillary U-tube is r1 = 1 mm and the internal radius of the second
limb is r2 = 2 mm. The tube is filled with some mercury, and one of the limbs is connected to a vacuum
pump. The surface tension & density of mercury are 480 dyn/cm & 13.6 gm/cm3 respectively. (assume
contact angle to be  = 180º) (g = 9.8 m/s2)
U-ds'kuyh dh ,d Hkqtk dh vkUrfjd f=kT;k r1 = 1 mm gS rFkk nwljh Hkqtk dh vkUrfjd f=kT;k r2 = 2 mm gSA uyh
esa dqN ek=kk esa ikjk Hkjk gS rFkk ,d Hkqtk fuokZr iEi ls tqM+h gqbZ gSA ikjs dk i`"B ruko rFkk ?kuRo 480 dyn/cm
rFkk 13.6 gm/cm3 gSA (Li'kZ dks.k  = 180º ys)a (g = 9.8 m/s2)
2. What will be the difference in air pressure when the mercury levels in both limbs are at the same height ?
ok;qnkc esa vUrj D;k gksxk] tc nksuksa Hkqtkvksa esa ikjk Lrj leku Åpk¡bZ ij gSA
(A*) 3.53 mm of Hg (B) 1.51 mm of Hg
(C) 0.51 mm of Hg (D) 5.52 mm of Hg
(A*) Hg dk 3.53 mm (B) Hg dk 1.51 mm
(C) Hg dk 0.51 mm (D) Hg dk 5.52 mm
3. Which limb of the tube should be connected to the pump ?

dkSulh Hkqtk iEi ls tqM+h gksuh pkfg,A
(A) Limb having radius 2 mm (B*) Limb having radius 1mm
(C) Any of the limb (D) None of these
(A) 2 mm f=kT;k okyh Hkqtk (B*) 1mm f=kT;k okyh Hkqtk
(C) dksbZ lh Hkh Hkqtk (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
PAGE NO.-13
Sol.
2T 2T
Pressure difference = – { angle of contact is 180º}
r1 r2
2T 2T
nkc esa vUrj = – { Li'kZ dks.k 180º gS}
r1 r2
r –r 
 Hg hHg × g = 2T  2 1
 r1 r2 
2T  r2 – r1 
 hHg =   = 3.53 mm of Hg.
g  r1 r2 
As PA > PB , although they are at same height, hence the air above the point B has been evacuated.
So the bigger limb of the tube should be connected to the pump.
tSls fd PA > PB oSls rks os leku Å¡pkbZ ij gS] vr% ok;q dks fcUnq B ls gVk fn;k x;k gS blfy, uyh ds cM+s fyEc
(limb) dks iEi ls tksM+k pkfg,A
4. A mercury drop of radius 1.0 cm is sprayed into 106 droplets of equal size. Calculate the energy
expanded. (Surface tension of mercury = 32 × 10–2 N/m).
1 cm f=kT;k dh ikjs dh cwan leku vkdkj dh 106 lq{e cwanksa esa VwV tkrh gSA mRlftZr ÅtkZ Kkr djks ¼ikjs dk i`"B
ruko=32 × 10–2 N/m ½
Ans. 3.98 × 10–2 J
Sol. We know that dw = T dA  W = T A
 in drops, only one surface area is formed.
and A = 106 × 4 r2 – 4R2. = 4 R2 [100 – 1]
 N
so W =  32  102  × 4 (10–2 m)2 [99] = 3.978 × 10–2 J
 m 
ge tkurs gSa fd dw = T dA   W = T A
 cwUn esa dsoy ,d gh i`"B {ks=k cusxk
vkSj A = 106 × 4 r2 – 4R2. = 4 R2 [100 – 1]
N
blfy;s W =  32  102  × 4 (10–2 m)2 [99] = 3.978 × 10–2 J
 m 
5. A film of water is formed between two straight parallel wires each 10 cm long and at separation 0.5 cm.
Calculate the work required to increase 1 mm distance between wires. Surface tension = 7210 3 N/m.
nks lh/ks lekUrj rkjksa çR;sd dh yEckbZ 10 cm rFkk buds chp dh nwjh 0.5 cm gS ] ds chp ikuh dh fQYe curh gSA
rkjksa ds chp dh nwjh 1 mm c<+kus ds fy, vko';d dk;Z dh x.kuk djksA i`"B ruko = 7210 3 N/m gSA
Ans. 1.44  10 5 J
PAGE NO.-14
Sol.
The process is shown in the figure. As we have to produce 2 films; so
W = (2 A) T
N
= 2 [10 cm × 0.6 cm – 10 cm × 0.5 cm] × 72 × 10–3
m
N
= 2 × (10 × 10–2 m) (0.1 × 10–2 m) × 72 × 10–3
m
= 1.44 × 10–5 J
Sol.
izfØ;k fp=k esa n'kkZ;h x;h gSA tSls fd ge dks nks fQYe cukuh gS] blfy;s
W = (2A) T
N
= 2 [10 cm × 0.6 cm – 10 cm × 0.5 cm] × 72 × 10–3
m
N
= 2 × (10 × 10–2 m) (0.1 × 10–2 m) × 72 × 10–3
m
= 1.44 × 10–5 J
6. A soap bubble has radius R and surface tension S, How much energy is required to double the radius
without change of temperature.
R f=kT;k rFkk S i`"B ruko ds lkcqu ds cqycqys dh f=kT;k dks, fcuk rkieku ifjorZu ds nqxquk djus ds fy,
vko';d ÅtkZ dk eku D;k gksxkA
Ans. 24 R2S
Sol. On doubling the radius,
A = 4 (2 R)2 – 4 R2 = 12R2
but W = (2 × A) × S = 24 R2 S.
Sol. f=kT;k nks xquh djus ij ,
A = 4 (2 R)2 – 4 R2 = 12R2
ysfdu W = (2 × A) × S = 24 R2 S.
7. Find the excess pressure inside a drop of mercury of radius 2 mm, a soap bubble of radius 4 mm and
an air bubble of radius 4 mm formed inside a tank of water. Surface tension of mercury is 0.465 N/m
and soap solution and water are, 0.03 N/m and 0.076 N/m respectively.
fuEu esa nkc vkf/kD; Kkr dhft,A ikjs dh cwan ftldh 2 mm f=kT;k gS ,oa 4 mm f=kT;k ds lkcqu ds cqycqys easa
rFkk ikuh dh Vadh ds vUnj cus gq, 4 mm f=kT;k okys ok;q ds cqycqys esaA ikjs dk i`"Bruko 0.465 N/m] gSA lkcqu
ds ?kksy rFkk ikuh dk i`"B ruko Øe'k% , 0.03 N/m rFkk 0.076 N/m gSA
Ans. (a) 465 N/m2 (b) 30 N/m2 (c) 38 N/m2
PAGE NO.-15
Sol. (a) drop of r = 2 mm.
2T 2  0.465 N N
Pexcess = = 3
= 465 2
R 2  10 m m m
(b) Soap bubble has 2 films :
N
4  0.03
4T m = 30 N
so Pexcess = = 3
R 4  10 m m2
(c) As the air bubble is being formed inside a tank of water; so only one layer is formed.
N
2  0.076
2T m N
Pexcess = = 3
= 38 2
R 4  10 m m
Sol. (a) r = 2 mm dh cwUn

2T 2  0.465 N
Pvkf/kD; = = = 465
R 2  103 m m2
(b) lkcqu ds cqycqys esa nks lrg gksrh gS :
N
4  0.03
4T m N
blfy;s PvfrfjDr = = = 30
R 4  103 m m2
(c) D;ksafd ok;q dk cqycqyk Vadh ds ikuh ds vUnj cuk gS blfy, bldh dsoy ,d gh lrg cusxhA
N
2  0.076
2T m = 38 N
PvfrfjDr = = 3
R 4  10 m m2
8. There is a soap bubble of radius 2.4  10 4 m in air cylinder which is originally at the pressure 105 N/m2.
The air in the cylinder is now compressed isothermally until the radius of the bubble is halved .
Calculate now the pressure (in atm) of air in the cylinder. The surface tension of the soap solution is
0.08 N/m
ok;q;qDr csyu tksfd ewyr% 105 N/m2 nkc ij gS] esa 2.4  10 4 m f=kT;k dk ,d lkcqu dk cqycqyk fLFkr gSA vc
csyu dh ok;q dks lerkih; :i ls rc rd lEihfM+r fd;k tkrk gS tc rd cqycqys dh f=kT;k vk/kh u jg tk;sA
vc csyu esa gok dk nkc ¼atm esa½ Kkr djksA lkcqu ds ?kksy dk i`"B ruko 0.08 N/m gSA
Ans. : 8
Sol. Similar to question no. 37, iz'u 37 dh rjg gh
245 24  .08
p2 = 8p1 + = 8 × 105 +
r 2.4  104
= 8.08 × 105 N/m2
9. Two soap bubbles A and B are kept in a closed chamber where the air is maintained at pressure 8
N/m2. The radii of bubbles A and B are 2cm and 4cm, respectively. Surface tension of the soap-water
used to make bubbles is 0.04 N/m. Find the ratio nB/nA, where nA and nB are the number of moles of air
in bubbles A and B, respectively. [Neglect the effect of gravity.]
[IIT 2009_4/160, –1]
,d cUn izdks"B esa] lkcqu ds ikuh ds nks cqycqys A rFkk B cUn gS] ftudh f=kT;k,¡ Øe'k% 2cm rFkk 4cm gSA bl
dks"B ds vUnj ok;q dks 8 N/m2 nkc ij j[kk x;k gSA cqycqys cukus ds fy, mi;ksx fd;s x;s ikuh dk i`"B ruko
0.04 N/m gSA vuqikr nB/nA dh x.kuk djs,a tgk¡ nA rFkk nB Øe'k% A rFkk B cqycyksa esa ok;q ds eksyksa dh la[;k gSA
[xq:Rokd"kZ.k ds çHkkoksa dks ux.; ekusaA] [IIT 2009_4/160, –1]
Ans. 6
PAGE NO.-16
4T 4  0.04
Sol. PA = P0 +  PA = 8 +
rA 0.02
PA = 16 N/m2
4T 4  0.04
PB = P0 + =8+
rB 0.04
2
PB = 12 N/m
for bubble A, PV = nRT
4
(16)  (0.02)3 = nA RT ....(1)
3
for bubble B
4 
(12)  (0.04)3  = nBRT ....(2)
 3 
nA 1 nB
dividing eqn (i) and (2)  ; 6 Ans. 6
nB 6 nA
4T 4  0.04
Sol. PA = P0 +  PA = 8 +
rA 0.02
2
PA = 16 N/m
4T 4  0.04
PB = P0 + =8+
rB 0.04
PB = 12 N/m2
cqycqys A ds fy,, PV = nRT
4
(16)  (0.02)3 = nA RT ....(1)
3
cqycqys B ds fy,
4 
(12)  (0.04)3  = nBRT ....(2)
3 
lehdj.k (1) esa (2) dk Hkkx nsus ij
nA 1

nB 6
nB
6 Ans. 6
nA
10. Column - I Column - II

(A) Spliting of brigger drop into small drops (P) Temperature changes
(B) Formation of bigger drop from small drops. (Q) Temprerature remain constant
(C) Spraying of liquid (R) Surface energy changes
(D) Spliting of bigger soap bubble into small (S) Surface energy remain unchange
soap bubble of same thickness
(A) cMh cwan ds NksVh cwan esa foHkDr gksus ij (P) rkieku ifjofrZr gksrk gSA
(B)NksVh cawnksa ls cM+h cwn
a ds cuus ij (Q) rkieku fu;r jgrk gSA
(C) nzo ds Qsyus ij (R) i`f"B; ÅtkZ ifjofrZr gksrh gSA
(D) cMs lkcqu ds cqycqys ds leku eksVkbZ ds NksVs
lkcqu ds cqycqys es foHkDr gkus ij (S) i`"Bh; ÅtkZ vifjofrZr jgrh gSA
Ans. (A) – PR, (B) – PR (C) – PR (D) QS
PAGE NO.-17
PHYSICS



NO. B45 TO B46

DPP No. : B45

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (B)(D) 5. (A) 6. (A)(B)
p0 (2r 3  R3 )
7. (A)(C) 8. (C) 9. (A) 10. (B) 11. T=
4(R2  2r 2 )
12. 100N/m2 13. 4 14. 4
1. Water is filled up to a height h in a beaker of radius R as shown in the figure. The density of water is ,
the surface tension of water is T and the atmospheric pressure is P0. Consider a vertical section ABCD
of the water column through a diameter of the beaker. The force on water on one side of this section by
water on the other side of this section has magnitude [JEE 2007, 3/184]
tSlk fd fp=k esa fn[kk;k x;k gS] R f=kT;k okyh ,d chdj esa h Å¡pkbZ rd ikuh Hkjk gSA ikuh dk ?kuRo  , ikuh dk
i`"B ruko T rFkk ok;qe.Myh; nkc P0 gSA chdj ds ,d O;kl ls gksdj&tkrs gq, ikuh ds Å/okZ/kj dkV ABCD ij
fopkj djsaA bl dkV ds ,d vksj dk ikuh ij blds nwljh vksj ds ikuh }kjk yxk;k x;k cy dk ifjek.k gS &
2R
B
A
C h
D
2
(A) 2P0Rh   R gh  2RT (B*) 2P0Rh  Rgh2  2RT
(C) P0 R2  Rgh2  2RT (D) P0 R 2  Rgh2  2RT

Ans. (B)
Sol. Pushing force ncko cy = <p> (Area) ({kS=kQy)
 (p )  (p0  gh) 
=  0 2
 (2Rh) = 2p0 Rh +  g h R
 2 
Pulling force [khapko cy = (T) (2R)
Net force ifj.kkeh cy = 2p0Rh  gh2R  2TR
PAGE NO.-1
2. A glass tube of uniform internal radius (r) has a valve separating the two identical ends. Initially, the
valve is in a tightly closed position. End 1 has a hemispherical soap bubble of radius r. End 2 has sub-
hemispherical soap bubble as shown in figure. Just after opening the valve, [JEE -2008 3/163, –1]
Figure :
dk¡p dh ,d leku ufydk] ftldh vkUrfjd f=kT;k (r) gS] ds nksauks fljksa dks] tks ,d tSls gSa] ,d okYo ds }kjk
i`Fkd fd;k x;k gSA 'kq: esa ;g okYo dldj cUn gSA fljk–1 ij f=kT;k r dk ,d v/kZxksyh; lkcqu dk cqycqyk gSA
fljk–2 ij ,d mi&v/kZxksyh; (sub-hemispherical) lkcqu dk cqycqyk gS (fp=k ns[ksa)A okYo dks [kksyus ds rqjUr
ckn fp=k :
2 1
(A) air from end 1 flows towards end 2. No change in the volume of the soap bubbles
(B*) air from end 1 flows towards end 2. Volume of the soap bubble at end 1 decreases
(C) no change occurs
(D) air from end 2 flows towards end 1. Volume of the soap bubble at end 1 increases.
(A) gok fljk–1 ls fljk–2 dh vksj cgrh gSA cqycqyksa ds vk;ru esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugha gksrkA
(B*) gok fljk–1 ls fljk–2 dh vksj cgrh gSA fljk–1 ij cqycqys dk vk;ru ?kVrk gSA
(C) dksbZ ifjorZu ugha gksrk gSA
(D) gok fljk–2 ls fljk–1 dh vksj cgrh gSA fljk–1 ij cqycqys dk vk;ru c<+rk gSA
4T
Sol. Pressure inside tube = P = P0 + 
r
  P2 < P1 (since r2 > r1)
Hence pressure on side 1 will be greater
than side 2. So air from end 1

flows towards end 2.
Ans. (B)
4T
Sol. V~;wc ds vUnj nkc = P = P0 + 
r
  P2 < P1 (since r2 > r1)
vr% 1 rjQ dh Hkqtk esa nkc Hkqtk 2
ls vf/kd gksxk vr% mÙkj (B) gSA
fljs 1 ls fljs 2 dh rjQ gok dk cgko gksxkA

Ans. (B)
PAGE NO.-2
3. A glass capillary tube is of the shape of a truncated cone with an apex angle  so that its two ends
have cross sections of different radii. When dipped in water vertically, water rises in it to a height h,
where the radius of its cross section is b. If the surface tension of water is S, its density is , and its
contact angle with glass is , the value of h will be (g is the acceleration due to gravity)
[JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
fNUu 'kadq (truncated cone) dh vkÑfr okyh dk¡p dh ,d ds'kuyh] ftldh 'kh"kZ dks.k  gS] ds nks var fljksa ds
vuqizLFk dkV dh f=kT;k,¡ fHkUu gSA ds'kuyh dks ikuh esa m/oZr% Mqckus ij ds'kuyh esa ikuh h Å¡pkbZ rd p<+ tkrk gS]
tgk¡ bldh vuqizLFk dkV dh f=kT;k b gSa ;fn ikuh dk i`"B ruko (surface tension) S, ?kuRo rFkk dk¡p ds lkFk
bldk Li'kZ dkss.k gks rc h dk eku gS (g xq:Roh; Roj.k gS) [JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
2S 2S 2S 2S
(A) cos(   ) (B) cos(   ) (C) cos(   / 2) (D*) cos(   / 2)
bg bg bg bg
b  
Sol. Using geometry T;kfefr ds mi;ksx ls :  cos    
Re  2
2S
Using Pressure method nkc fof/k ls : P0 – + hg = P0
Rc
2S 2S
h = = cos     / 2
R e g bg
4. When a capillary tube is immersed into a liquid, the liquid neither rises nor falls in the capillary ?
tc ds'kuyh dks nzo esa Mqcks;k tkrk gS rks nzo u rks ds'kuyh esa p<+rk gS vkSj u gh fxjrk gS \ rks
(A) The angle of contact must be 900 (B*) The angle of contact may be 900
(C) The surface tension of liquid must be zero (D*) The surface tension of liquid may be zero
(A) Li'kZ dks.k 900 gksuk pkfg, (B*) Li'kZ dks.k 900 gks ldrk gSA
(C) nzo dk i`"B ruko 'kwU; gksuk pkfg,A (D*) nzo dk i`"B ruko 'kwU; gks ldrk gSA
5. Angle of contact between a liquid and a solid is a property of :

nzo rFkk Bksl ds e/; Li'kZ dks.k ] xq.k gS &
(A*) the material of liquid (B*) the material of solid
(C) the mass of the solid (D) the shape of the solid
(A*) nzo ds inkFkZ dk (B*) Bksl ds inkFkZ dk
(C) Bksl ds nzO;eku dk (D) Bksl dh vkd`fr dk
PAGE NO.-3
6. If a liquid rises to same height in two capillaries of same material at same tempreture then.
(A*) Weight of liquid in both capillaries will be equal
(B*) Radius of miniscus will be equal
(C) For this capillaries must be curve and vertical.
(D) Hydrostatic pressure at the bare of capillaries must be same.
;fn ,d nzo leku rki ij leku inkFkZ dh nks ds'kuyh eas leku Å¡pkbZ ij p<rk gS rks
(A*) nksuksa ds'k uyh esa nzo dk Hkkj leku gksxk
(B*) uopUnzd dh f=kT;k leku gksxh
(C) blds fy, ds'kufydk,¡ ofØ; rFkk m/okZ/kj gksxh
(D) [kkyh ds'kufydk ij fLFkj oS|qj nkc leku gksxk
7. Suppose outside pressure is P0 and surface tension of soapwater solution is T and we are blowing a
soap bubble of radius R. Then
4T
(A*) Pressure inside soap babble of radius R will be P0 + .
R
2T
(B) Pressure inside soap bubble of radius R will be P0 +
R
(C*) work done by external agent to blow soap bubble is equal to summation of work done against
4T
increase pressure from P0 to (P0 + ) and work done against increase in surface energy.
R
(D) None of these
ekuk ckgj dh vksj nkc P0 gS rFkk lkcqu ds fofy;u dk i`"B ruko T gS rFkk ge R f=kT;k ds lkcqu dk cqycqyk
Qqyk jgs gS rc
4T
(A*) R f=kT;k ds lkcqu ds cqycqys ds vUnj nkc P0 + gksxk
R
2T
(B) R f=kT;k ds lkcqu ds cqycqys ds vUnj nkc P0 + gksxk
R
4T
(C*) lkcqu ds cqycqys dks Qqykus esa cká dkjd }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z nkc P0 ls (P0 + ) rd c<us ds fo:)
R
fd;s x;s dk;Z rFkk bldh i`f"B; ÅtkZ esa o`f) ds fo:) fd;s x;s dk;Z ds ;ksx ds cjkcj gksrk gSA
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Paragraph for questions 8 to 10.
When liquid medicine of density  is to be put in the eye, it is done with the help of a dropper. As the
bulb on the top of the dropper is pressed, a drop forms at the opening of the dropper. We wish to
estimate the size of the drop. We first assume that the drop formed at the opening is spherical because
that requires a minimum increase in its surface energy. To determine the size, we calculate the net
vertical force due to the surface tension T when the radius of the drop is R. When this force becomes
smaller than the weight of the drop, the drop gets detached from the dropper.
vuqPNsn 8 ls 10
tc vka[k esa ?kuRo dh ,d rjy nokbZ Mkyuh gksrh gS rks ,d Mªkij dh lgk;rk yh tkrh gSA Mªkij ds Åij yxs
cYc dks nckus ij Mªkij ds uhps cus Nsn ij ,d cwan curh gSA ge bl cwan ds vkdkj dk vkdyu djuk pkgrs gSaA
blds fy, ge ;g eku jgs gSa fd cuus okyh cwan dk vkdkj xksyh; gS] D;ksafd bl vkdkj esa i`"B ÅtkZ esa U;wure
o`f) gksrh gSA cwan ds vkdkj dk fu/kkZj.k djus ds fy, ge R f=kT;k dh cwan ij i`"B ruko T ds dkj.k dqy
Å/okZ/kj cy dk vkdyu djrs gSaA tc ;g cy cwan ds Hkkj ls de gks tkrk gS] cwan Mªkij ls vyx gks tkrh gSA
8. If the radius of the opening of the dropper is r; the vertical force due to the surface tension on the drop
of radius R (assuming r << R) is : [IIT 2010; 3/163, –1]
;fn Mªkij ds Nsn dh f=kT;k r gS] rc R f=kT;k dh cwan ij i`"B ruko ds dkj.k Åij dh vksj yxus okyk Å/okZ/kj
cy (r << R ekurs gq,) uhps fn;s fodYiksa esa ls dkSu lk gksxk \
2r 2 T 2R2 T
(A) 2rT (B) 2RT (C*) (D)
R r
PAGE NO.-4
Sol.
F
R
r
r T2r 2
Due to surface tension, vertical force on drop = Fv = T2r sin = T2r =
R R
2
r T2r
i`"B ruko ds dkj.k cw¡n ij Å/okZ/kj cy = Fv = T2r sin = T2r =
R R
9. If r = 5 ×10–4 m, = 103 kgm–3, g = 10 ms–2,T = 0.11 Nm–1, the radius of the drop when it detaches
from the dropper is approximately : [IIT 2010; 3/163, –1]
;fn r = 5 ×10–4 m, = 103 kgm–3, g = 10 ms–2,T = 0.11 Nm–1, rks tc cwan Mªkij ls vyx gksrh gS] mldh
f=kT;k ¼yxHkx½ fdruh gksxh] uhps fn, fodYiksa esa ls pqusaA
(A*) 1.4 × 10–3 m (B) 3.3 ×10–3 m (C) 2.0 × 10–3 m (D) 4.1 ×10–3 m
Sol. Equating forces on the drop :
cw¡n ij cyksa dk lUrqyu djus ij
T2r 2 4
=  R3 g
R 3
(Assume drop as a complete sphere)
(cw¡n dks ,d xksyk ekusa)
1/ 4 1/ 4
 3Tr 2   3  0.11 25  10 8 
R =   =  
 2g   2  103  10 
= 14.25 × 10–4 m = 1.425 × 10–3 m
10. After the drop detaches, its surface energy is : [IIT 2010; 3/163, –1]
Mªkij ls vyx gksus ds ckn] cwan dh i`"B ÅtkZ fuEu esa ls dkSu lh gS \
(A) 1.4 ×10–6 J (B*) 2.7 ×10–6 J (C) 5.4 ×10–6 J (D) 8.1 × 10–6 J
Sol. Surface energy of the drop
cw¡Un dh i`"B ÅtkZ
U = TA
= 0.11 × 4 (1.4 × 10–3)2 = 2.7 × 10–6 J
11._ Two identical soap bubbles each of radius r and of the same surface tension T combine to form a new
soap bubble of radius R. The two bubbles contain air at the same temperature. If the atmospheric
pressure is p0 then find the surface tension T of the soap solution in terms of p0, r and R. Assume
process is isothermal.
nks ,d leku lkcqu ds cqycqys çR;sd dh f=kT;k r rFkk i`"B ruko T gS] dks feykdj ,d u;k lkcqu dk cqycqyk
cuk;k tkrk gS ftldh f=kT;k R gSA nksauks cqycqyks ds vUnj dh gok dk rki leku gSA ;fn ok;qe.Myh; nkc p0 gks
rks i`"B ruko T dk eku p0, r rFkk R ds inksa esa Kkr dhft,A ekfu, fd çØe lerkih; gSA
p0 (2r 3  R3 )
Ans. T=
4(R2  2r 2 )
Sol. Total number of moles of air in the two soap bubbles = number of moles of air in the resulting bubble.
nks lkcqu ds cqycqyksa esa gok ds eksyksa dh la[;k ¾ ifj.kkeh cqycqys esa gok ds eksyksa dh la[;k
2pv pv
= 2pv = pv
RT RT
 4T  4 3  4T  4
2  p0   r =  p0  R3
 r  3  R  3
 4T  3  4T  3 p0 (R3  2r 3 ) p0 (R3  2r 3 )
2  p0   r =  p0  R  T= =
 r   R  8r 2  4R2 4(2r 2  R2 )
PAGE NO.-5
12. A spherical drop of water has 1mm radius. If the surface tension of the water is 50 × 10–3 N/m, then find
the difference of pressure between inside and outside the spherical drop is :
ikuh dh xksykdkj cw¡n dh f=kT;k 1 mm gSA ;fn ikuh dk i`"B ruko 50 × 10–3 U;wVu / ehVj gS] rc xksykdkj cw¡n
ds vUnj rFkk ckgj ds nkc esa vUrj Kkr djks A
Ans. 100N/m2
Sol. Pexcess vkf/kD; =

2T
=

2 50  103 
= 100 N/m2
R (103 )
13. The end of a capillary tube with a radius r is immersed into water. What amount of heat will be evolved
T2 2
when the water rises in the tube ? If surface tension of water ‘T’ density of water = . Given 
g 
r f=kT;k dh ds'kuyh dk ,d fljk ikuh esa Mwck gqvk gSA tc ikuh uyh esa p<+sxk rc, lEcaf/kr Å"ek dh ek=kk fdruh
T2 2
mRiUu gksxh ;fn ikuh dk i`"B ruko ‘T’ rFkk ?kuRo =  gSA fn;k x;k gS 
g 
Ans. 4
Sol. Here, the work done by surface tension force is being converted into gravitational potential energy and
heat.
so W Fs = Ug + heat
 (2r) (T) × (h) = mg h/2 + heat {h/2 because of P. E. of com.}
2
2T (g  r  h)  2T 1
2T×r× =  + heat
rg rg 2
2T 2
get heat evolved = g
Sol. ;gk¡ i`"B ruko cy }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z xq:Roh; fLFkfrt ÅtkZ rFkk Å"ek esa ifjofrZr fd;k tk jgk gSSA
blfy, WFs = Ug + rki
 (2r) (T) × (h) = mg h/2 + Å"ek {h/2 LrEHk dh P. E. ds dkj.k}
2T (g  r 2  h)  2T 1
2T×r× =  + heat Å"ek
rg rg 2
2T 2
mRiUu Å"ek = g
gSA
14. A soap bubble of radius ‘ r ’ and surface tension ‘ T ’ is given a potential of ‘ V ’ volt . If the new radius ‘ R ’
of the bubble is related to its initial radius by equation ,
P0 [ R3  r3 ] +  T [ R2  r2 ] 0 V2 R/2 = 0 , where P0 is the atmospheric pressure . Then find 
‘ r ’ f=kT;k o ‘ T ’ i`"Bruko ds lkcqu ds cqycqys dks ‘ V ’ oksYV dk foHko fn;k tkrk gSA ;fn u;s cqycqys dh f=kT;k R
dk bldh izkjfEHkd f=kT;k ls lEca/k fuEu lehdj.k ls fn;k tkrk gS -
P0 [ R3  r3 ] +  T [ R2  r2 ] 0 V2 R/2 = 0, ;gka P0 ok;qe.Myh; nkc gSA rc Kkr djksA
Ans. 4
K.Q VR VR V 0
Sol. we know ge tkurs gS =V Q= = =
R K 4R2K R
R
r
P'A
PA
2
[ is excess pressure due to uniform charge distribution on the surface of a bubble pressure is
20
larger than outside]
2
[ vfrfjDr nkc gS tks fd cqycqys dh lrg ij ,d leku vkos'k forj.k ls mRiUu gqvk gSA vUnj dk nkc
20
ckgj ds nkc ls vf/kd gksxkA]
PAGE NO.-6
3
4 4 r 
Clearly Li"Vr% PA × r 3 = PA'  R3  PA = PA  
3 3 R
4T 4T 2
Now vc PA – P0 = & PA – P0 = – ......(3)
r R 20
3
r  4T 2
so from vr% (3) ls PA   – P0 = – ......(4)
R R 20
3
 n r  
Eq (2)    – Eqn (4) 
 R 
3
r   r 3 r 
4T V 2 20 4T V 2  0R
P0 – P0   =   –  +  P0 (R3 – r3) = {r3 – rR2} +
R r R
 
R
 2R2 0 r 2
V 2  0R
 P0 (R3 – r3) + 4T (R2 – r2) – =0. Hence provide vr% fl} gqvk
2
Ans.   = 4
PAGE NO.-7
PHYSICS



NO. B45 TO B46
Note : DPPs B46, B47, B48 are from Elasticity and viscosity
DPP No. : B46

1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (A) (B)(C) 6. (B)(C)
4 8
7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (A) 10. (C) 11. 4 12.  10 –4 ,  10 –4
3 3
13. 3
1. If a rubber ball is taken at the depth of 200 m in a pool its volume decreases by 0.1%. If the density of
the water is 1 × 103 kg/m3 and g = 10 m/s2, then the volume elasticity in N/m2 will be :
;fn jcj dh xsan ,d rkykc esa 200 m xgjkbZ ij ys tk;h tkrh gS rks vk;ru esa 0.1% deh vkrh gSA ;fn ty dk
?kuRo 1 × 103 kg/m3 o g = 10 m/s2 gS rks vk;ru çR;kLFkrk N/m2 esa gksxk :
(A) 108 (B) 2 × 108 (C) 109 (D*) 2 × 109
Sol. depth xgjkbZ = 200 m
V 0.1
  103
V 100
density ?kuRo = 1 x 103
g = 10
p hg
B= =    B = 200 x 10 x 103 x 1000 = 2 x 109
v / v v / v
2. Two wires of the same material and length but diameter in the ratio 1 : 2 are stretched by the same
force. The ratio of potential energy per unit volume for the two wires when stretched will be :
leku inkFkZ o yEckbZ ds ijUrq O;kl vuqikr 1 : 2 ds nks rkj leku cy ls [khaps tkrs gSA nksuksa rkjksa ds fy, f[kpus
ij çfr bdkbZ vk;ru fLFkfrt ÅtkZ dk vuqikr gksxk %
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 4 : 1 (D*) 16 : 1
r1 1
Sol. =
r2 2
2
1 F
PE (per unit volume) (izfr ,dkad vk;ru) =  
2Y  A 
PE  1/A2
2
PE1 A
= 22 = 16 : 1
PE2 A1
PAGE NO.-8
3. One end of a horizontal thick copper wire of length 2L and radius 2R is welded to an end of another
horizontal thin copper wire of length L and radius R. When the arrangement is stretched by a applying
forces at two ends, the ratio of the elongation in the thin wire to that in the thick wire is :
,d 2L yEckbZ o 2R f=kT;k ds eksVs {kSfrt rkj ds ,d fljs dks L yEckbZ o R f=kT;k okys ,d irys {kSfrt rkj ls
osfYMax ds }kjk tksM+k x;k gSA bl O;oLFkk ds nksauks fljksa ij cy yxkdj rkuk tkrk gSA irys o eksVs rkjksa esa foLrkj
dk vuqikr fuEu gS % [JEE-Advanced-2013, 3/60,–1]
(A) 0.25 (B) 0.50 (C*) 2.00 (D) 4.00
Ans. (C)
F
A
Sol. Y=   ...(i)
1
L
 F 
 4A 
Y=   ...(ii)
 2
2L
 1
=2
 2
4. A tiny spherical oil drop carrying a net charge q is balanced in still air with a vertical uniform electric field
81
of strength  105 Vm–1. When the field is switched off, the drop is observed to fall with terminal
7
velocity 2 × 10–3 m s–1. Given g = 9.8 m s–2, viscosity of the air = 1.8 × 10–5 Ns m–2 and the density of
oil = 900 kg m–3, the magnitude of q is : [JEE 2010, 5/237, –2]
81
dqy vkos'k q okyh rsy dh ,d y?kq xksyh; cwan 'kkar gok esa] × 105 Vm-1 rhozrk okys ,d m/okZ/kj ,d leku
7
fo|qr {ks=k esa larqfyr gSA tc fo|qr {ks=k dks 'kwU; dj fn;k tkrk gS] rks cwan 2 × 10–3 ms-1 ds ØkfUrd osx ls fxjrh
gSA fn;k gS fd g = 9.8 ms-2, gok dh ';kurk = 1.8× 10–5 N sm-2 rFkk rsy dk ?kuRo = 900 kg m-3, q dk
ifjek.k uhps fn;s fodYiksa esa ls dkSu lk gS \
(A) 1.6 × 10–19 C (B) 3.2 × 10–19 C (C) 4.8 × 10–19 C (D*) 8.0 × 10–19 C
Ans. (D)
Sol. In equilibrium,
lkE;koLFkk esa
mg = qE
In absence of electric field,
fo|qr {ks=k dh vuqifLFkfr esa
mg = 6rv
 qE = 6qrv
4 qE
m= Rr3d. =
3 g
3
4  qE  qE
   d =
3  6 v  g
After substituting value we get,
eku çfrLFkkfir djus ij
q = 8 × 10–19 C Ans.
PAGE NO.-9
5. The wires A and B shown in the figure, are made of the same material and have radii rA and rB . A block
of mass m kg is tied between them : If the force F is mg/3, one of the wires breaks.
fp=k esa çnf'kZr rkj A o B leku inkFkZ ds cus gS rFkk mudh f=kT;k rA o rB gSA m nzO;eku dk ,d xqVdk muds
e/; ca/kk gSA ;fn cy F = mg/3 gS rks rkjksa ds VqVus ds fy, lgh fodYi gSA
(A*) A will break before B if rA < 2rB A, B ls igys VwV tk;sxk ;fn rA < 2rB gSA
(B*) A will break before B if rA = rB A, B ls igys VwV tk;sxk ;fn rA = rB gSA
(C*) Either A or B will break if rA = 2rB A ;k B dksbZ Hkh VwV tk;sxk ;fn rA = 2rB gSA
(D) The lengths of A and B must be known to decide which wire will break
dkSulk rkj VwVsxk ;g fuf'pr djus ds fy, A o B dh yEckbZ irk gksuh pkfg,A
mg
Sol. Stress in wire B =
3rB2
mg
rkj B esa izfrcy =
3rB2
4mg
Stress in wire A =
3rA2
4mg
rkj A es izfrcy =
3rA2
mg 4mg
if ;fn 2
= either wire will break. dksbZ lk Hkh rkj VwV tk;sxk
3rB 3rA2
6. A metal wire of length L area of cross-section A and Young’s modulus Y is stretched by a variable
force F such that F is always slightly greater than the elastic force of resistance in the wire. When the
elongation of the wire is  :
yEckbZ L, vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy A o ;ax xq.kkad Y dk ,d /kkrq dk rkj ,d ifjorhZ cy F }kjk bl çdkj [khapk
tkrk gS fd F lnSo rkj esa çR;kLFk çfrjks/kh cy ls FkksM+k vf/kd gS tcfd rkj esa foLrkj  gS :
YA 2 YA 2
(A) the work done by F is F }kjk fd;k x;k x;k dk;Z gSA
L L
YA 2 YA 2
(B*) the work done by F is F }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z gSA
2L 2L
YA 2
(C*) the elastic potential energy stored in the wire is
2L
YA 2
rkj esa lafpr çR;kLFk fLFkfrt ÅtkZ gSA
2L
(D) heat is produced during the elongation foLrkj ds nkSjku Å"ek mRiUu gksrh gSA
1 1 AY 2
Sol. W = – U = Kx2 = 
2 2 L
PAGE NO.-10
Comprehension # 1
vuqPNsn # 1
When a tensile or compressive load 'P' is applied to rod or cable, its length changes. The change in
length x which, for an elastic material is proportional to the force (Hook's law).
P  x or P = kx
The above equation is similar to the equation of spring. For a rod of length L, area A and young
modulus Y, the extension x can be expressed as -
PL AY AY
x= or P= x, hence K =
AY L L
Thus rods or cables attached to lift can be treated as springs. The energy stored in rod is called strain
1
energy & equal to Px. The loads placed or dropped on the floor of lift cause stresses in the cables
2
and can be evaluated by spring analogy. If the cable of lift is previously stressed and load is placed or
dropped, then maximum extension in cable can be calculated by energy conservation.
tc ,d NM+ ;k rkj ij lEihM+u ;k ruu cy yxk;k tkrk gS rks yEckbZ esa ifjorZu x gksrk gS] tks ,d izR;kLFk
inkFkZ ds fy, cy ds lekuqikrh gS - (gqd dk fu;e)
P  x ;k P = kx
mijksDr lehdj.k fLizax dh lehdj.k tSlh gSA yEckbZ L, {ks=kQy A o ;ax xq.kkad Y dh ,d NM+ ds fy, foLrkj x
crk;k tk ldrk gS tSls -
PL AY AY
x= ;k P= x, vr% K =
AY L L
bl izdkj fy¶V ls tqM+h NM+s ;k rkj fLizax dh rjg ekuh tk ldrh gSA NM+ esa laxzghr ÅtkZ foÑfr ÅtkZ dgh
1
tkrh gS ,oa Px ds cjkcj gksrh gSA fy¶V ds Q'kZ ij j[ks ;k fxjk;s x;s Hkkj rkjksa ¼dscYl½ esa izfrcy mRiUu
2
djrs gSa ,oa fLizax fo'ys"k.k }kjk Kkr fd;s tk ldrs gSaA ;fn fy¶V ds rkj ¼dscy½ igys ls gh [khaps gq, gSa ,oa Hkkj
j[kk ;k fxjk;k tkrk gS rks dscy esa vf/kdre foLrkj ÅtkZ laj{k.k }kjk Kkr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
7. If rod of length 4 m, area 4cm2 and young modulus 2 x 1010 N/m2 is attached with mass 200 kg, then
angular frequency of SHM (rad/sec.) of mass is equal to -
;fn yEckbZ 4 m, {ks=kQy 4cm2 o ;ax xq.kkad 2 x 1010 N/m2 dh ,d NM+ 200 kg nzO;eku ls tqM+h gS rks nzO;eku
dh ljy vkorZ xfr dh dks.kh; vko`fÙk (rad/seces) cjkcj gS %&
(A) 1000 (B) 10 (C*) 100 (D) 10 
AY 4  104  2  1010
Sol. K= = = 2 × 106
 4
K
= = 100
m
8. In above problem if mass of 10 kg falls on the massless collar attached to rod from the height of 99cm
then maximum extension in the rod is equal (g = 10 m/sec2) -
mijksDr iz'u esa ;fn 10 kg nzO;eku NM+ ls tqMs+ nzO;ekughu vk/kkj ij 99cm Å¡pkbZ ls fxjrk gS rks NM+ esa
vf/kdre foLrkj cjkcj gS - (g = 10 m/sec2)
(A) 9.9 cm (B) 10 cm (C) 0.99 cm (D*) 1 cm
Sol. W(h + x) = 1/2 kx2
1
100(0.99 + x) = × 2 × 106 × x2
2
104 x2 – x – 0.99 = 0
100 x (100x – 1) + 0.99 (100 x –1) = 0
1
x= m = 1 cm
100
9. In the above problem, the maximum stress developed in the rod is equal to - (N/m2)
mijksDr iz'u esa NM+ esa mRiUu vf/kdre izfrcy cjkcj gS - (N/m2)
(A*) 5 × 107 (B) 5 × 108 (C) 4 × 107 (D) 4 × 108
PAGE NO.-11
PL
Sol. x=
AY
P xY 10 2 x 2 x 1010
= = = = 5 × 107 N/m2
A L 4
10. If two rods of same length (4m) and cross section areas 2 cm2 and 4 cm2 with same young modulus
2 × 1010 N/m2 are attached one after the other with mass 600 kg then angular frequency is -
;fn leku yEckbZ (4m) rFkk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy Øe'k% 2 cm2 o 4 cm2 rFkk leku ;ax xq.kkad 2 × 1010 N/m2
dh nks NM+s ,d ds ckn ,d 600 kg nzO;eku ls tqM+h gS rks fudk; dh dks.kh; vko`fÙk gS -
1000 10 100 10
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
3 3 3 3
Sol. K1 = 106 , K2 = 2 × 106
2  106 x106 2
Keq = =  106
3  106 3
2  106 100
= =
3  600 3
11. A 0.1 kg mass is suspended from a wire of negligible mass. The length of the wire is 1m and its
cross-sectional area is 4.9 × 10–7 m2. If the mass is pulled a little in the vertically downward direction
and released, it performs simple harmonic motion of angular frequency 140 rad s–1. If the Young's
modulus of the material of the wire is n × 109 Nm–2, the value of n is : [JEE 2010, 3/252]
0.1kg dk ,d nzO;eku ux.; nzO;eku okys ,d rkj ls yVdk gSA bl rkj dh yEckbZ 1m rFkk blds vuqizLFk
ifjPNsn dk {ks=kQy 4.9 ×10–7 m2 gSA ;fn bl nzO;eku dks FkksM+k lk m/okZ/kj uhps dh vksj [khapdj NksMk tk; rks
;g 140 rad s–1 dks.kh; vko`fÙk dh ljy vkorZ xfr djrk gSA ;fn rkj ds inkFkZ dk ;ax xq.kkad n × 109 Nm–2 gks
rks n dk eku gSA
Ans. 4
k yA /  yA (n  109 )  (4.9  10 7 )
Sol. n = = =  = 140  n = 4.
m m m 1 0.1
12. Three blocks A, B and C each of mass 4 kg are attached as shown in figure. Both the wires has equal
cross sectional area 5 × 10–7 m2 . The surface is smooth. Find the longitudinal strain in each wire if
Young modulus of both the wires is 2 × 1011 N/m2 (take g = 10 m/s2 )
4 kg nzO;eku ds rhu CykWd A, B rFkk C fp=kkuqlkj ,d nwljs ls tqMs gq;s gSA nksuks rkjks dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy
5 × 10–7 m2 gSA lrg ?k"kZ.kjfgr gSA ;fn nksuks rkjks dk ;ax xq.kkad 2 × 1011 N/m2 gS rks izR;sd rkj esa vuqnS/;Z
fod`fr Kkr djksa (g = 10 m/s2 )
4 8
Ans.  10 –4 ,  10 –4
3 3
PAGE NO.-12
40 10
Sol. a=  m/s2
12 3
40 80
T1 = N T2 = N
3 3
40 4
strain in wire 1 = –7 11
=  10 –4
3  5  10  2  10 3
40 4
rkj 1 esa fod`fr = –7 11
=  10 –4
3  5  10  2  10 3
80 8
strain in wire 2 = –7 11
=  10 –4
3  5  10  2  10 3
80 8
rkj 2 esa fod`fr = –7 11
=  10 –4
3  5  10  2  10 3
13. Consider two solid spheres P and Q each of density 8 gm cm–3 and diameters 1 cm and 0.5 cm,
respectively. Sphere P is dropped into a liquid of density 0.8 gm cm–3 and viscosity  = 3 poiseulles.
Sphere Q is dropped into a liquid of density 1.6 gm cm–3 and viscosity  = 2 poiseulles. The ratio of the
terminal velocities of P and Q is : [JEE Advanced 2016]
–3
8 gm cm ?kuRo okys nks Bksl xksys P rFkk Q dk O;kl Øe'k% 1 cm ,oa 0.5 cm gSA xksys P dks 0.8 gm cm–3
?kuRo ,oa  = 3 poiseulles ';kuRo (viscosity) okys ,d rjy esa fxjk;k tkrk gS vkSj xksys Q dks 1.6 gm cm–3
?kuRo ,ola  = 2 poiseulles ';kuRo (viscosity) okys nwljs rjy esa fxjk;k tkrk gSA xksys P ,oa Q ds vafre osxksa
dk vuqikr D;k gksxkA
Ans. 3
Sol. 6rv  L Vg  0 Vg
vP (P VP  L Vp )g 6QrQ
 
vQ 6p rp (Q VQ  L VQ )
rp3 (8  0.8) rQ .Q
= 
p .rp (8  1.6) rQ3
2
 r      7.2  7.2 2
= p   Q   = 4  =3
  6.4 3
 rQ   p   6.4 
PAGE NO.-13
PHYSICS



NO. B47 TO B48

DPP No. : B47

1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C) 6. (C) 7. (D)
8. (D) 9. (i) (C) (ii) (D) 10. (C) 11. (D) 12. (B) 13. (B)
14. (C) 15. (A) 16. (D) 17. (C) 18. (A) 19. (A) 21. (A)
1. The diameter of a brass rod is 4 mm and Young’s modulus of brass is 9 × 1010 N/m2. The force required
to stretch it by 0.1% of its length is :
ihry dh fdlh NM+ dk O;kl 4 feeh gS rFkk ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 9 × 1010 N/m2 gSA NM+ dh yEckbZ esa 0.1% o`f)
djus esa fuEu cy dh vko';drk gksxh :
(A*) 360 N (B) 36 N (C) 144 × 103 N (D) 36 × 105 N
Sol. d = 4mm
Y = 9 × 1010 N/m2
F 
=Y
A 

F = AY

1
= (2x10–3)2 x 9 × 109 x
100
=  x 4 x 10–6 x 9 × 107 = 360  N
2. A steel wire is suspended vertically from a rigid support. When loaded with a weight in air, it expands by
La and when the weight is immersed completely in water, the extension is reduced to Lw. Then relative
density of the material of the weight is
,d LVhy dk rkj n`<+ vk/kkj ls Å/okZ/kj yVdk;k tkrk gSA tc ok;q esa ,d Hkkj ls Hkkfjr fd;k tkrk gS rks ;g La
ls çlkfjr gksrk gS vkSj tc Hkkj iw.kZr;k ty esa Mwck gS rks foLrkj ?kVdj Lw jg tkrk gS rks Hkkj ds inkFkZ dk
vkisf{kd ?kuRo gS
La Lw La Lw
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
La  Lw La Lw La  Lw
Sol. L air = La water = Lw

W
 W  w
W  W  L W[1  ] L
WL  o
La = Lw =  o  =
YA YA YA
La    o La
= 1  w   =
Lw   o   w L a  Lw
PAGE NO.-1
3. Two wires of equal length and cross-section area suspended as shown in figure. Their Young's
modulus are Y1 and Y2 respectively. The equivalent Young's modulus will be
leku yEckbZ o vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy ds nks rkj fp=k esa çnf'kZr gSA muds ;ax xq.kkad
Øe'k% Y1 o Y2 gSA rqY; ;ax xq.kkad gksxk %
Y1  Y2 Y1Y2
(A) Y1 + Y2 (B*) (C) (D) Y1 Y2
2 Y1  Y2
k1 k2
Sol.
Keq = K1 + K2
Y2A YA YA
= 1 + 2
  
Y1  Y2
Y=
2
4. The load versus elongation graph for four wires of the same materials is shown in the figure. The
thinnest wire is represented by the line :
leku inkFkZ ls cus pkj rkjksa ds fy, Hkkj&foLrkj xzkQ fp=k esa fn[kk;s x;s gSA lcls irys rkj dks fdl js[kk ls
fu:fir fd;k x;k gS &
(A) OC (B) OD (C*) OA (D) OB
Sol.
F/ A
=Y
 / 
F Yr 2

 
PAGE NO.-2
F 1
  = r2
Y 
 Y &  are same for all then Y &  lcds fy, leku gSA
1
For same load leku Hkkj ds fy, r 

Ans. (C)
5. A square brass plate of side 1.0 m and thickness 0.005 m is subjected to a force F on its smaller
opposite edges, causing a displacement of 0.02 cm. If the shear modulus of brass is 0.4 × 1011 N/m2,
the value of the force F is
1.0 m Hkqtk rFkk 0.005 m eksVkbZ dh ,d oxkZdkj ihry dh IysV ij bldh çR;sd NksVh foijhr Hkqtkvksa ij cy F
yxk;k tkrk gS ftlds dkj.k 0.02 cm dk foLFkkiu gksrk gSA ;fn ihry dk vi:i.k xq.kkad 0.4 × 1011 N/m2 gS
rks cy F dk eku gS %
(A) 4 × 103 N (B) 400 N (C*) 4 × 104 N (D) 1000 N
2
x .02  10
Sol. F = A = 0.4 × 1011 × 1 × .005 ×
h 1
= 4×104 N
6. A metal block is experiencing an atmospheric pressure of 1 × 105 N/m2, when the same block is placed
in a vacuum chamber, the fractional change in its volume is (the bulk modulus of metal is 1.25 × 1011
N/m2)
,d /kkrq dk xqVdk 1 × 105 N/m2 dk ok;qe.Myh; nkc vuqHko dj jgk gSA tc ;gh xqVdk ,d fuokZfrr d{k esa j[kk
tkrk gS rks blds vk;ru esa vkisf{kd ifjorZu gSA (/kkrq dk vk;ru çR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 1.25 × 1011 N/m2 gSA)
(A) 4 × 10–7 (B) 2 × 10–7 (C*) 8 × 10–7 (D) 1 × 10–7
5
V P 1 10
Sol. = = = 8×10–7
V B 1.25  1011
7. If the potential energy of a spring is V on stretching it by 2 cm, then its potential energy when it is
stretched by 10 cm will be :
;fn fdlh fLizax dks 2 lseh [khapus ij mldh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ V gS rks mls 10 lseh [khapus ij mldh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ
gksxh &
(A) V/25 (B) 5 V (C) V/5 (D*) 25 V
2
Sol. V = 1/2 K(2)
V' = 1/2 K(10)2
then rc V' = 25V
8. If work done in stretching a wire by 1mm is 2J, the work necessary for stretching another wire of same
material, but with double the radius and half the length by 1mm in joule is -
,d rkj dks 1mm [khapus esa fd;k x;k dk;Z 2J gS] leku inkFkZ ds ijUrq nqxquh f=kT;k o vk/kh yEckbZ ds nwljs rkj
dks 1mm ls [khapus esa fd;k x;k dk;Z twy esa gS –
(A) 1/4 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D*) 16
AY 4AY
Sol. K= , K' = = 8K
 /2
1
 8K   2
U 2
  U = 16 J
2 1 2
 K  
2
PAGE NO.-3
9. An oil drop falls through air with a terminal velocity of 5 × 10–4 m/s.
,d rsy dh cw¡n ok;q esa 5 × 10–4 m/s lhekUr osx ls fxjrh gS
(i) the radius of the drop will be : cw¡n dh f=kT;k gksxh %
(A) 2.5 × 10–6 m (B) 2 × 10–6 m (C*) 3 × 10–6 m (D) 4 × 10–6 m
18  10 5
(ii) the terminal velocity of a drop of half of this radius will be : (Viscosity of air = N-s/m2,
5
g = 10 m/s2, density of oil = 900 Kg/m3. Neglect density of air as compared to that of oil)
18  10 5
bldh vk/kh f=kT;k gksus ij lhekUr osx gksxk : (ok;q dh ';kurk = N-s/m2 , rsy dk ?kuRo = 900 Kg/m3
5
g = 10 m/s2, rsy dh rqyuk esa ok;q dk ?kuRo ux.; gS)
(A) 3.25 × 10–4 m/s (B) 2.10 × 10–4 m/s (C) 1.5 × 10–4 m/s (D*) 1.25 × 10–4 m/s
Ans. (i) v = 5 × 10–4 m/s
2 2
v= r g
9
5  9  18  10 5  10 4
r2 = = 9 × 10–12
2  900  10
r = 3 × 10–6 m
(ii) v r2
v1 r2 1
= 12 = ,
v r 4
5  10–4
v1 = = 1.25 × 10–4 m/sec
4
10. The terminal velocity of a sphere moving through a viscous medium is :
,d ';ku ek/;e ls xqtj jgs ,d xksys dk lhekUr osx gS &
(A) directly proportional to the radius of the sphere
xksys dh f=kT;k ds lh/ks lekuqikrhA
(B) inversely proportional to the radius of the sphere
xksys dh f=kT;k ds O;qRØekuqikrhA
(C*) directly proportional to the square of the radius of sphere
xksys dh f=kT;k ds oxZ ds vuqØekuqikrhA
(D) inversely proportional to the square of the radius of sphere
xksys dh f=kT;k ds oxZ ds O;qRØekuqikrhA
2 2
Sol. v= r . (0 – w) g
9
11. A solid sphere falls with a terminal velocity of 10 m/s in air. If it is allowed to fall in vacuum,
,d Bksl xksyk ok;q esa 10 eh@ls- lhekUr osx ls fxjrk gSA ;fn bldks fuokZr esa fxjk;k tk;s &
(A) terminal velocity will be more than 10 m/s (B) terminal velocity will be less than 10 m/s
(C) terminal velocity will be 10 m/s (D*) there will be no terminal velocity
(A) lhekUr osx 10 m/s ls vf/kd gksxk (B) lhekUr osx 10 m/s ls de gksxk
(C) lhekUr osx 10 m/s gksxkA (D*) ogka dksbZ lhekUr osx ugha gksxk
Sol. There will not be any viscous force so velocity will keep on increasing.
;gka dksbZ ';ku cy ugh gksxk vr% osx yxkrkj c<rk jgsxkA
12. Spherical balls of radius R are falling in a viscous fluid of viscosity  with a velocity . The retarding
viscous force acting on the spherical ball is : [AIEEE 2004, 3/225, –1]
(1) directly proportional to R but inversely proportional to 
(2*) directly proportional to both radius R and velocity 
(3) inversely proportional to both radius R and velocity 
(4) inversely proportional to R but directly proportional to 
PAGE NO.-4
R f=kT;k dh xksy xsan ';kurk ds fdlh ';ku rjy esa osx ls fxj jgh gSA xksy xsan ij dk;Zjr eand ';ku cy
gSA
(1) R ds vuqØekuqikrh ijUrq ds O;qRØekuqikrh
(2*) R rFkk nksuks ds vuqØekuqkikrh
(3) R rFkk nksuksa ds O;qRØekuqikrh
(4) R ds O;qRØekuqikrh ijUrq ds vuqØekuqikrh
Sol. Retarding force acting on a ball falling into a viscous fluid
';ku nzo esa fxj jgh xsan ij dk;Zjr eUnu cy
F = 6Rv
where R = radius of ball,
tgk¡ R = xsan dh f=kT;k
v = velocity of ball, xsan dk osx
and rFkk  = coefficient of viscosity ';kurk xq.kkad
  F  R and rFkk F  v
13. If ‘S’ is stress and ‘Y’ is Young’s modulus of material of a wire, the energy stored in the wire per unit
volume is : [AIEEE 2005, 3/225, –1]
;fn fdlh rkj ds inkFkZ dh izfrcy ‘S’ rFkk ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad ‘Y’ gS] rks rkj ds izfr ,dkad vk;ru esa lafpr
ÅtkZ gS :
S2 2Y S
(1) 2S2Y (2*) (3) (4)
2Y S2 2Y
Strees
Sol. Young’s modulus =
Strain
izfrcy
;ax xq.kkad =
fod`fr
S
 Strain fod`fr =
Y
Energy stored in wire 1
 ×Stress ×Strain
Volume 2
rkj esa laxzfgr ÅtkZ 1
 × izfrcy × fod`fr
vk;ru 2
1 S S2
= S× 
2 Y 2Y
14. If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (density = 19.5 kg/m3) is 0.2 m/s in a viscous liquid then find
the terminal speed of sphere of silver (density = 10.5 kg/m 3) of the same size in the same liquid
(density = 1.5 kg/m3). [AIEEE 2006, 3/165, –1]
(1) 0.4 m/s (2) 0.133 m/s (3*) 0.1 m/s (4) 0.2 m/s
3 3
;fn ,d ';ku nzo (?kuRo = 1.5 fdxzk/eh ) essa lksus ds ,d xksys (?kuRo = 19.5 fdxzk/eh ) dh lhekUr pky 0.2
eh@ls gks] rc mlh vkdkj ds ,d pkWnh ds xksys ( ?kuRo = 10.5 fdxzk@eh3) dh mlh ';ku nzo esa lhekUr pky dh
x.kuk dhft,A
(1) 0.4 eh/ls (2) 0.133 eh/ls (3*) 0.1 eh/ls (4) 0.2 eh/ls
PAGE NO.-5
Sol. Terminal speed of spherical body in a viscous liquid is given by
';ku nzo esa xksykdkj oLrq dh lhekUr pky fuEu izdkj nh tkrh gSA
2r 2 ( – )g
vT =
9
where  = density of substance of body,
tgk¡  = oLrq ds inkFkZ dk ?kuRo
 = density of liquid. nzo dk ?kuRo
From given data fn;s x;s vkadMksa ls
v T (Ag) Ag – l

v T (Gold) Gold – l
10.5 – 1.5 9
 vT (Ag) =  0.2   0.2
19.5 – 1.5 18
= 0.1 m/s
15. A wire elongates by  mm when a load W is hanged from it. If the wire goes over a pulley and two
weights W each are hung at the two ends, the elongation of the wire will be (in mm)
[AIEEE 2006, 3/165, –1]
,d rkj esa  feeh ls o`f) gksrh gS tc ,d Hkkj W blls yVdk;k tkrk gSA ;fn rkj ,d f?kjuh ds Åij ls xqtjrk
gks vkSj nksuks fljksa ij nks Hkkj izR;sd W ds yVdk, tk,W] rc rkj dh yEckbZ esa o`f) gksxh (feeh esa) :
[AIEEE 2006, 3/165, –1]
(1*)  (2) 2 (3) zero 'kwU; (4) /2
Sol. Let us consider the length of wire as L and cross-sectional area A, the material of wire has Young's
modulus as Y.
ekuk rkj dh yEckbZ L rFkk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy A gS rFkk rkj ds inkFkZ dk ;ax xq.kkad Y gSA
W/A
Then for 1st case Y =
/L
W/A
rc izFke fLFkfr ds fy, Y =
/L
W/A
For 2nd case, Y =
2 '/ L
W/A
f}rh; fLFkfr ds fy, Y =
2 '/ L
 l' = l /2
So, total elongation of both sides = 2' = 
 vr% nksuksa vksj dqy foLrkj = 2' = 
PAGE NO.-6
16. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of density 1. It is falling through a liquid of
density 2 (2 < 1). Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that is proportional to the
square of its speed v, i.e., Fviscous = – kv2 (k > 0). The terminal speed of the ball is [AIEEE-2008, 3/105]
vk;ru V dh dksbZ Bksl xksy xsan 1 ?kuRo ds inkFkZ ls cuh gSA ;g 2 ?kuRo (2 < 1). ds nzo esa fxj jgh gSA
;g eku yhft, fd nzo xsan ij ';ku cy yxkrk gS tks xsan dh pky v ds oxZ ds vuqØekuqikrh gS] vFkkZr
F';ku = – kv2 (k > 0) xsan dh lhekUr pky gS
Vg1 Vg1 Vg(1 – 2 ) Vg(1 – 2 )

(1) (2) (3) (4*)
k k k k
Sol. The forces acting on the ball are gravity force, buoyancy force and viscous force. When ball acquires
terminal speed, it is in dynamic equilibrium, let terminal speed of ball is vT . So,
xsan esa dk;Zjr cy xq:Ro cy, mRIykou cy rFkk ';ku cy gS A tc xsan lhekUr pky izkIr dj ysrh gS rc ;g
xfrd lkE;oLFkk esa gksrh gSA ekuk xsan dh lhekUr pky VT gSA vr%
V(1 – 2 )g
V2g + kv T2 = V1g vT =
k
17. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However wire 1 has cross-
sectional area A and wire 2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases by x on
applying force F, how much force is needed to stretch wire 2 by the same amount?
[AIEEE-2009, 4/144]
nks rkj ,d gh inkFkZ ds cus gSa vkSj ,d leku vk;ru j[krs gSaA ijUrq rkj 1 dk vuqizLFk ifjPNsn {ks=kQy A ,oa
rkj 2 dk vuqizLFk ifjPNsn {ks=kQy 3A gSA ;fn cy F yxkus ij rkj 1 dh yEckbZ esa x dh o`f) gksrh gS] rc rkj
2 esa ogh o`f) djus ds fy, fdrus cy dh vko';drk gksxh\
(1) 4F (2) 6F (3*) 9F (4) F
Y A x
Sol. F=

Y (3A ) x
and rFkk F2 = =9F
( / 3)
18. If a ball of steel (density p = 7.8 g cm –3) attains a terminal velocity of 10 cm s-1 when falling in a water
(Coefficient of Viscosity water= 8.5 × 10–4 Pa.s) then its terminal velocity in glycerine (p = 1.2 g cm–3,=
13.2 Pa.s.) would be, nearly : [AIEEE 2011, 11 May; 4, –1]
;fn ikuh (';kurk xq.kkad water = 8.5 × 10 Pa.s) ls Hkjs VSad eas ,d LVhy (?kuRo p = 7.8 g cm –3) dh xsan fxjus
-4
ij 10 cm s–1 ds lhekUr osx ls pyrh gS] rc fXyljhu (p = 1.2 g cm-3,= 13.2 Pa.s) esa bldk lhekUr osx
yxHkx gksxk : [AIEEE 2011, 11 May; 4, –1]
(1*) 6.25 × 10-4 cm s-1 (2) 6.45 × 10-4 cm s-1 (3) 1.5 ×10-5 cm s-1 (4)1.6 ×10-5 cm s-1
Ans. (1)
PAGE NO.-7
Sol. Vg = 6rv + vg
Vg( – ) = 6rv
Vg( – ') = 6rv'
(   ')
V'' = × v
(   )
(   ') v
V' = 
(    )  '
(7.8  1.2) 10  8.5  10 4
= ×
(7.8  1) 13.2
v' = 6.25 × 10–4 cm/s.
19. The pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm to keep its length
constant when its temperature is raised by 100°C is : [Jee- Main 2014,]
(For steel Young's modulus is 2 × 1011 N m–2 and coefficient of thermal expansion is 1.1 × 10–5 K–1)
(1) 2.2 × 108 Pa (2) 2.2 × 109 Pa (3) 2.2 × 107 Pa (4) 2.2 × 106 Pa
10 cm yECkkbZ ds ,d LVhy ds rkj ds fljks ij tc rkieku esa o`f) 100°C dh tkrh gSa rc bldh yEckbZ fLFkj
j[kus ds fy, fljks ij yxk;k x;k nkc gS :
(LVhy dk ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 2 × 1011 N m–2 vkSj jsf[kd izlkj xq.kkad 1.1 × 10–5 K–1 gSa)
(1) 2.2 × 108 Pa (2) 2.2 × 109 Pa (3) 2.2 × 107 Pa (4) 2.2 × 106 Pa
Ans. (1)
P
Sol. =Y

P = Y = 2 × 1011 × 1.1 × 10–5 × 100
= 2.2 × 108 Pa
20. A pendulum made of a uniform wire of cross sectional area A has time period T. When an additional
mass M is added to its bob, the time period changes to TM. If the Young's modulus of the material of the
1
wire is Y then is equal to : (g = gravitational acceleration)
Y
[JEE(Main)-2015; 4/120, –1]
fdlh ,d leku rkj dk vuqizLFkdkV dk {ks=kQy A gSaA blls cuk;s x;s ,d yksyd dk vkorZdky T gSA bl yksyd
ds xksyd ls ,d vfrfjDr M nzO;eku tksM+ nsus ls yksyd dk vkorZdky ifjofrZr gksdj TM gks tkrk gSA ;fn bl
1
rkj ds inkFkZ dk ;ax xq.kkad Y gks rks dk eku gksxk : (g = xq:Roh; Roj.k)
Y
 T 2  A  T 2  Mg   T 2  A   T 2  A
(1*)  M   1 (2)  M   1 (3) 1   M   (4) 1    
 T   Mg  T   A   T   Mg   TM   Mg
Ans. (1)

Sol. T = 2
g
   Mg
TM = 2  =
g AY
TM   
=
T 
2
 TM  
  =1+
 T  
2 2
1   TM   Mg 1   TM   A
   – 1 = 1 +     – 1
y   T  
 AY y   T   Mg

PAGE NO.-8
PHYSICS



NO. B47 TO B48
DPP No. : B48


1. (D) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (A)(B) (C)(D) 5. (C) 6. (B)
7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (A) 10. 8 11. 8
F cos2  F sin2
12. (a) (b) (c)  = 0º (d)  = 45º
A 2A
1. A brass rod of length 2 m and cross-sectional area 2.0 cm2 is attached end to end to a steel rod of
length L and cross-sectional area 1.0 cm2 . The compound rod is subjected to equal and opposite pulls
of magnitude 5 × 104 N at its ends. If the elongations of the two rods are equal, the length of the steel
rod (L) is (YBrass = 1.0 × 1011 N/m2 and YSteel = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2 )
yEckbZ 2 m o vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy 2.0 cm2 dh ,d ihry dh NM+ ,d fljs ls yEckbZ L o vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy
1.0 cm2 dh ,d LVhy dh NM+ ls tqM+h gSA la;qDr NM+ dks ifjek.k 5 × 104 N dk cy nksuksa fljksa ij cjkcj ,oa
foijhr fn'kk esa yxkdj [khapk tkrk gSA ;fn nksuksa NM+ks dk foLrkj leku gS rc LVhy dh NM+ dh yEckbZ (L) gS
(Y ihry = 1.0 × 1011 N/m2 rFkk YLVhy = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2 )
(A) 1.5 m (B) 1.8 m (C) 1 m (D*) 2 m
Sol. B = 2m S = L
AB = 2 cm2 AS = 1 cm2
B = S
F B F S
=
AB YB A S YS
A S YS 1 2x1011
L= B = x x2=2
A B YB 2 1x1011
PAGE NO.-9
2. If the ratio of lengths, radii and Young’s modulii of steel and brass wires in the figure are a, b and c
respectively. Then the corresponding ratio of increase in their lengths would be :
;fn LVhy o ihry ds rkjkssa dh yEckbZ] f=kT;k o ;ax xq.kkadks dk vuqikr Øe'k% a, b o c gS rks buds laxr mudh
yEckbZ esa o`f) dk vuqikr gksxk %
///////////////////////////////
Steel (LVhy )
Brass (ihry)
2m
2ac 3a 3c 2a2 c
(A) (B*) (C) (D)
b2 2b2c 2ab2 b
Sol.
r1
=b
r2
1
=a
2
Y1
=c
Y2
(3 mg)  1
1 =
A1Y1
(2mg)  2
2 =
A 2 Y2
 1 3 1 3 a 3a
=  A 2 Y2 = 2
=
 2 2 2 A1Y1 2 bc 2b2c
3._ Two thin rods of length 1 and 2 at a certain temperature are joined to each other end to end. The
composite rod is then heated through a temperature .The coefficients of linear expansion of the two
rods are 1 and  2 respectively. Then, the effective coefficient of linear expansion of the composite
rod is: [Olympiad 2015 (stage-1)]
fdlh rkieku ij Øe'k% l1 rFkk l2 yEckbZ dh nks iryh NM+ksa dks ,d nwljs ds lkFk fljksa ls tksM+k tkrk gS] vc la;qDr
NM+ dks rkieku ls xeZ fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn nksuksa NM+ksa ds js[kh; izlkj xq.kkad Øe'k% 1 rFkk  2 gks rks la;qDr
NM+ dk mHk;fu"B js[kh; izlkj xq.kkad Kkr dhft,A
1   2 1 2  2 1 11   2  2
(A) (B) 1. 2 (C) (D*)
2 1   2 1   2
Sol. (D)
d eq  d1  d 2
 1   2  eqdT  11dT   22 dT
11  2  2
 eq 
1   2
PAGE NO.-10
4._ A metallic wire of length  is held between two supports under some tension. The wire is cooled through
°. Let Y be the Young's modulus,  the density and  the thermal coefficient of linear expansion of the
material of the wire. Therefore, the frequency of oscillations of the wire varies as
[OLYMPIAD-2016_STAGE-1]
yEckbZ ds ,d /kkfRod rkj dks nks vk/kkjksa ds chp esa dqN ruko ds lkFk cka/kk tkrk gSA rkj dks ° rkieku ls
B.Mk fd;k tkrk gSA ekuk rkj ds fy, Y ;ax xq.kkad, ?kuRo rFkk  rkih; js[kh; izlkj xq.kkad gks rks bl rkj ds
nkSyuksa dh vko`fÙk lekuqikrh gksxhA
Y  1 
(A*) (B*) (C*) (D*)
 
Ans. (ABCD)
T
n T A =
Sol. f= ;
2  

T
A =  1 A 1 
 T = A  f = 
 2 m 2 

Comprehension-2 vuqPNsn-2
Viscosity is the property of fluid by virtue of which fluid offers resistance to deformation under the
influence of a tangential force.
';kurk nzo dk og xq.k gS ftlds dkj.k og Li'kZjs[kh; cy ds izHkko esa fo:i.k ds fy, izfrjks/k iznku djrk gSA
In the given figure as the plate moves the fluid particle at the surface moves from position 1 to 2 and so
on, but particles at the bottom boundary remains stationary. If the gap between plate and bottom
boundary is small, fluid particles in between plate and bottom moves with velocities as shown by linear
velocity distribution curve otherwise the velocity distribution may be parabolic. As per Newton's law of
viscosity the tangential force is related to time rate of deformation -
fn;s x;s fp=k esa tSls&tSls IysV xfr djrh gSA nzo ds d.k fLFkfr 1 ls fLFkfr 2 dh vksj vkxs xfr djrs gSa] ijUrq
isans ij mifLFkr d.k fLFkj jgrs gsaA ;fn IysV o isans ds e/; vUrjky vYi gS rks IysV o isans ds e/; nzo d.k n'kkZ;s
x;s js[kh; osx forj.k oØ ds vuqlkj xfr djrs gSa] ugha rks osx forj.k ijoyf;d gks ldrk gSA U;wVu ds ';kurk ds
fu;e ds vuqlkj Li'kZ js[kh; cy] fo:i.k dh le; ds lkFk&lkFk ifjorZu dh nj ls lacaf/kr gS -
F d d d u
 but ijUrq y = u, =
A dt dt dt y
u
then F = A , = coefficient of viscosity
y
for non-linear velocity distribution -
du
F = A
dy
u du
where or is known as velocity gradient.
y dy
PAGE NO.-11
u
rks F = A ,= ';kurk xq.kkad
y
vjSf[kd osx forj.k ds fy, -
du
F = A
dy
u du
tgk¡ ;k osx izo.krk dgh tkrh gSA
y dy
5. In the given figure if force of 2N is required to maintain constant velocity of plate, the value of constant
C1 & C2 are -
fn;s x;s fp=k esa ;fn 2N cy IysV ds osx dks fu;r cuk;s j[kus ds fy, vko';d gS rks fu;rkad C1 o C2 ds eku gSa
(A) 100, 100 (B) 0 , 100 (C*) 200 , 0 (D) 0 , 200

du
Sol. F = A
dy
as tSls fd u = C1y + C2
at y = 0 ij , u = 0 hence bl izdkj C2 = 0
du
= C1
dy
F = A C1
2 = 10–2 × 1 C1
C1 = 200
6. In previous question the value of constant speed of plate (m/sec.) is equal to -

mijksDr iz'u esa IysV dh fu;r pky dk eku (m/sec esa) gS -
(A) 0 (B*) 4 (C) 2 (D) 1
Sol. u = c1y + c2
c1 = 200 , c2 = 0
u = 200 × 2×10–2 = 4 m/sec
7. If velocity distribution is given as (parabolic) ;fn osx forj.k ijoyf;d gS &
u = c1y2 + c2y + c3
y
2 cm
u
for the same force of 2N and the speed of the plate 2 m/sec, the constants C1, C2 & C3 are-
2N ds mlh cy ,oa IysV dh pky 2 m/sec ds fy,, fu;rkad C1, C2 o C3 gSa -
(A) 200, 200 , 0 (B) 5000 , 200 , 0 (C*) 5000 , 0 , 0 (D) 500, 200 , 0
PAGE NO.-12
Sol. y = 0 , u = 0 C3 = 0
y = 2 cm , u = 2 m/sec
2 = C1 4× 10–4 + C2 2 × 10–2 ....(1)
du
= 2C1y + 2
dy
du
F=  A
dy
at y = 2cm ij, F = 2 N
2 = 10–2 ×1×[2 × 2 × 10– 2 C1 + C2]
4 × 10–4 C1 + 10–2 C2 = 2 .......(2)
4 × 10–4 C1 + 2 × 10–2 C2 = 2 .......(1)
on solving gy djus ij
C2 = 0 & C1 = 5000
8. The velocity gradient just below the plate. in above problem is equal to - (per second)
mijksDr iz'u esa IysV ds Bhd uhps osx izo.krk gS - (izfr lsd.M esa)
(A) Zero 'kwU; (B) 100 (C) 500 (D*) 200
du F 2
Sol.    200
dy A 10 2  1
9. The velocity gradient just near the bottom boundary is equal to - isans ds Bhd utnhd osx izo.krk gS &
(A*) Zero 'kwU; (B) 100 (C) 500 (D) 200
du
Sol. = 2C1 y + C2
dy
du
at y = 0, = C2 = 0
dy
 x2  2
10. The cross-section of a bar is given by  1   cm , where ‘ x ‘ is the distance from one end. If the
 100 
extension under a load of ‘ 20 k N ‘ on a length of 10 cm is  × 10–3 cm then find  .
Y = 2  105 N/mm2 .
 x2  2
,d NM+ dk vuqçLFk dkV {ks=kQy  1   cm ls fn;k tkrk gS] tgka ‘ x ‘ ,d fljs ls nwjh gSA ;fn 10 cm dh
 100 
yEckbZ ij ‘ 20 k N ‘ Hkkj ds dkj.k foLrkj  × 10–3 cm gS rc  Kkr djksA
Y = 2  105 N/mm2 .
Ans. 8
Fdx Fdx
Sol. = ,  = 
AY AY
10 3
20  10 dx
=  = 0.008 cm
0  x2  7
1    2  10
 100 
PAGE NO.-13
11. A piston of 796 mm diameter and 200 mm long works in a cylinder of 800 mm diameter as shown in
figure. If the annular space is filled with a lubricating oil of viscosity 5 centipoises, calculate the constant
speed (nearest to integer) (in m/s) of descent of piston in vertical position. The weight of piston and the
axial load are 9.8 N.
fp=k esa iznf'kZr 796 mm O;kl o 200 mm yEckbZ dk ,d fiLVu 800 mm O;kl ds csyu esa dk;Z djrk gSA ;fn
oy;kdkj fjDr LFkku 5 lsUVhikWbt ';kurk ds Lusgd rsy ls Hkjk tkrk gS rks fiLVu ds Å/okZ/kj fLFkfr esa uhps vkus
dh fu;r pky (utnhdh iw.kk±d) (m/s esa) dh x.kuk djksA fiLVu dk Hkkj o v{kh; Hkkj dqy 9.8 N gSA
Ans. 8
V
Sol. F = A
Z
v
9.8 = 5×10–3 × 796×10–3 × 200 × 10–3 ×
2  103
v = 7.841 m/s
12. A bar of cross-section A is subjected to equal and opposite tensile forces F at its ends. Consider a
plane through the bar making an angle  with a plane at right angles to the bar
vuqçLFk dkV A dh ,d NM+ ij leku o foijhr ruu cy F blds fljksa ij yxk;k tkrk gSA NM+ ds yEcor~ ry ls
 dks.k cukus okys ry ij fopkj dhft,A
F  F
(a) What is the tensile stress at this plane in terms of F, A and ?
bl ry ij F, A o ds inksa esa ruu çfrcy D;k gS ?
(b) What is the shearing stress at the plane, in terms of F, A and ?
bl ry ij F, A o ds inksa esa vi:i.k çfrcy D;k gS?
(c) For what value of  is the tensile stress a maximum ?
 ds fdl eku ds fy, ruu çfrcy vf/kdre gS ?
(d) For what value of  is the shearing stress a maximum?
 ds fdl eku ds fy, vi:i.k çfrcy vf/kdre gS ?
F cos2  F sin2
Ans. (a) (b) (c)  = 0º (d)  = 45º
A 2A
PAGE NO.-14
Sol.
Fcos  F cos2 
(a) tensile stress = =
A / cos  A
F sin  F
(b) shearing stress = = sin  cos 
A / cos  A
(c) for max. tensile stress
 = 0º
(d) for max. shearing stress
 = 45º
Fcos  F cos2 
(a) ruu izfrcy = =
A / cos  A
F sin  F
(b) vi:i.k izfrcy = = sin  cos 
A / cos  A
(c) vf/kdre ruu izfrcy  = 0º
(d) vf/kdre vi:i.k izfrcy ds fy,  = 45º
PAGE NO.-15
PHYSICS



NO. B49 TO B51
Note : DPPs B49, B50, B51 are from Heat transfer


1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (A) 5. (D) 6. (C)
7. (B)(C) (D) 8. (B) 9. (A) 10. (A) 11. 5 × 10–5 g/s
12. 4.0 W 13. 12 °C/s
1. A boiler is made of a copper plate 2.4 mm thick with an inside coating of a 0.2 mm thick layer of tin. The
surface area exposed to gases at 700°C is 400 cm2. The amount of steam that could be generated per
hour at atmospheric pressure is (Kcu = 0.9 and Ktin = 0.15 cal/cm/s/°C and Lsteam = 540 cal/g)
,d ok"id (Boiler) 2.4 mm eksVh rkacs dh IysV ls cuk gS ftlds vUnj 0.2 mm eksVh fVu dh ijr gSA 400 cm2
dk i`?Bh; {ks=kQy 700°C dh xSlksa ds laidZ esa gSA ok;qe.Myh; nkc ij izfr ?k.Vk mRiUu ok"i dh vf/kdre ek=kk
gSA (Kcu = 0.9 vkSj Ktin = 0.15 cal/cm/s/°C vkSj Lsteam = 540 cal/g)
(A) 5000 Kg (B) 1000 kg (C*) 4000 kg (D) 200 kg
Sol.
T 700 –100 0.24 0.02
iH = = Where (tgk¡) Req = R1 + R2 = +
Req R1  R2 0.9  400 0.15  400
dQ Q m.L
iH = = =
dt t t
m iH
= where (tgk¡) L = 540 cal/gm ; t = 3600 sec.
t L
2. A lake surface is exposed to an atmosphere where the temperature is < 0°C. If the thickness of the ice
layer formed on the surface grows from 2 cm to 4 cm in 1 hour, The atmospheric temperature, Ta will
be-
(Thermal conductivity of ice K = 4 x 10-3 cal/cm/s/°C; density of ice = 0.9 gm/cc. Latent heat of fusion of
ice = 80 cal/gm. Neglect the change of density during the state change. Assume that the water below
the ice has 0º temperature every where)
,d >hy dh lrg okrkoj.k esa [kqyh gS tgk¡ rki < 0°C gSA lrg ij cuh cQZ dh ijr dh eksVkbZ 2 lseh ls 4 lseh-
rd c<+us esa 1 ?k.Vk yxrk gS rks, okrkoj.k dk rki Ta gksxk (cQZ dh Å"ek pkydrk K = 4 x 10-3 cal/cm/s/°C;
cQZ dk ?kuRo = 0.9 gm/cc. gSA cQZ ds xyu dh xqIr Å"ek = 80 cal/gm gSA voLFkk ifjorZu esa ?kuRo ifjorZu dks
ux.; ekfu;sA cQZ ds uhps ty dk rki izR;sd LFkku ij 0ºC ekfu;sA)
(A) – 20 °C (B) 0 °C (C*) – 30 °C (D) – 15 °C
PAGE NO.-1
0 – ()  KA dQ
Sol. iH = = =
 y / KA  y dt
dQ dm  .A dy
=L = L
dt dt dt
KA dy
= AL
y dt
4 3600
 K 
 ydy =
2

0
  dt
 L 
4
 y2  K 3600 1 4 103    (3600  0)
  = (t)0   [16  4] =
 2 2 L 2 0.9  80
1 12  0.9  80
   = 30ºC
2 4  3600 10 3
  = – 30ºC Ans.
3. Two models of a windowpane are made. In one model, two identical glass panes of thickness 3 mm are
separated with an air gap of 3 mm. This composite system is fixed in the window of a room. The other
model consists of a single glass pane of thickness 6 mm, the temperature difference being the same as
for the first model. The ratio of the heat flow for the double pane to that for the single pane is
(Kglass = 2.5 × 10–4 cal/s.m. °C and Kair = 6.2 × 10–6 cal/s.m.°C)
,d f[kM+dh ds njokts ds nks uewus (Model) cuk;s tkrs gSA ,d uewus esa 3 mm eksVs ,d tSls nks dkap 3 mm ds
ok;q vUrjky }kjk vyx djds yxk;s tkrs gSa ;g iwjk fudk; dejs dh ,d f[kM+dh esa yxk;k tkrk gSA nwljs uewus esa
dsoy 6 mm eksVk ,d dkap yxk;k tkrk gSA blds o izFke uewus nksuksa esa rkikUrj leku gS rks nksgjs dkap o bdgjs
dkap okys njokts ls Å"ek izokg dk vuqikr gS (Kglass = 2.5 × 10–4 cal/s.m. °C and Kair = 6.2 × 10–6
cal/s.m.°C)
(A) 1/20 (B) 1/70 (C) 31/1312 (D*) 31/656
Sol.
3 mm
Rg Rair Rg
3 mm 3 mm
2 (3 mm) (3 mm)
(A) Req = 2 Rg + Rair = +
kg A kair A
6 mm
R=
kg . A
6 mm 1
 T
iA Req R K g. A Kg 2 K air
=  T
= = = =
iB R
Req 2 (3 mm)  3 mm  2 K air  K g Kg  2 K air
 
Kg A  K air A  2K g .K air
PAGE NO.-2
4. Two rectangular blocks, having indentical dimensions, can be arranged either in configuration  or in
configuration  as shown in the figure, On of the blocks has thermal conductivity k and the other 2k.
The temperature difference between the ends along the x-axis is the same in both the configurations. It
takes 9s to transport a certain amount of heat from the hot end to the cold end in the configuration .
The time to transport the same amount of heat in the configuration  is :
[JEE(Advanced)-2013,3/60,–1]
nks le:ih vk;rkdkj xqVdksa dks n'kkZ;s fp=kkuqlkj nks foU;klksa I vkSj II esa O;ofLFkr fd;k x;k gSA xqVdkssa dh Å"ek
pkydrk k o 2k gSA nksauks foU;klksa esa x–v{k ds nksauks Nksjksa ij rkieku dk vUrj leku gSA foU;kl I esa] Å"ek dh
,d fuf'pr ek=kk xje Nksj ls B.Ms Nksj rd vfHkxeu esa 9s ysrh gSA foU;kl II esa] leku ek=kk dh Å"ek ds
vfHkxeu ds fy, le; gS :
(A*) 2.0 s (B) 3.0 s (C) 4.5 s (D) 6.0 s

Ans. (A)
3R
Sol. In configuration 1 equivalent thermal resistance is
2
R
In configuration 2 equivalent thermal resistance is
3
Thermal Resistance  time taken by heat flow from high temperature to low temperature
3R
Hindi. foU;kl 1 esa rqY; rkih; izfrjks/k gS
2
R
foU;kl 2 esa rqY; rkih; izfrjks/k gS
3
rkih; izfrjks/k  mPp rki ls fuEu rki dh vksj Å"ek izokg esa fy;k x;k le;
5. Three metal rods made of copper, aluminium and brass, each 20 cm long and 4 cm in diameter, are
placed end to end with aluminium between the other two. The free ends of copper and brass are
maintained at 100 and 0°C respectively. Assume that the thermal conductivity of copper is twice that of
aluminium and four times that of brass. The approximately equilibrium temperatures of the copper-
aluminium and aluminium-brass junctions are respectively.
rkacs] ,sY;wfefu;e o ihry ls cuh /kkrq dh rhu NM+ksa dks fljs ls fljs }kjk tksM+dj ,sY;wfefu;e dks vU; nks ds e/;
j[kk tkrk gSA çR;sd dh yEckbZ 20 lseh rFkk O;kl 4 lseh gSA rkacs o ihry ds eqDr fljksa ds rki Øe'k% 100°C o
0°C j[ks tkrs gaSA ;g ekfu;s fd rkacs dh Å"eh; pkydrk ,sY;wfefu;e dh nqxquh o ihry dh pkj xquh gSA
rkack&,sY;qfefu;e o ,sY;wfefu;e&ihry laf/k;ksa ds rki lkE;koLFkk esa Øe'k% gS ¼yxHkx½ &
(A) 68 °C and 75 °C (B) 75 °C and 68 °C (C) 57 °C and 86 °C (D*) 86 °C and 57 °C

(A) 68 °C rFkk 75 °C (B) 75 °C rFkk 68 °C (C) 57 °C rFkk 86 °C (D*) 86 °C rFkk 57 °C
PAGE NO.-3
Sol.
  
Req = R1 + R2 + R3 where tgk¡ R1 = , R2 = , R3
(2k ) A kA k
 A
 2
100  0 100  T1 100  T2 T 0
= = = 2
Req R1 R1  R2 R3
6. A closed cubical box is made of a perfectly insulating material walls of thickness 8 cm and the only way
for heat to enter or leave the box is through two solid metallic cylindrical plugs, each of cross-sectional
area 12 cm2 and length 8 cm, fixed in the opposite walls of the box. The outer surface A on one plug is
maintained at 100°C while the outer surface B of the other plug is maintained at 4°C. The thermal
conductivity of the material of each plug is 0.5 cal/°C/cm. A source of energy generating 36 cal/s is
enclosed inside the box. Assuming the temperature to be the same at all points on the inner surface,
the equilibrium temperature of the inner surface of the box is
,d ?kukdkj cUn cDlk iw.kZ :i ls dqpkyd inkFkZ dh 8 lseh eksVh nhokjksa ls cuk gS ,oa Å"ek ds vUnj tkus ;k
ckgj fudyus ds fy, /kkrq ds nks Bksl csyukdkj /kkfRod Iyx vkeus lkeus dh nhokjksa ij yxsa gS izR;sd dk vuqizLFk
dkV {ks=kQy 12 lseh2 o yEckbZ 8 lseh gSA ,d Iyx dh ckg~; lrg A, 100°C ij j[kh tkrh gS tcfd nwljs Iyx
dh ckg~; lrg B, 4°C ij j[kh tkrh gSA izR;sd Iyx ds inkFkZ dh Å"eh; pkydrk 0.5 cal/°C/cm gSA 36 cal/s
ÅtkZ mRiUu dj jgk ,d L=kksr cDls ds vUnj cUn gSA vkUrfjd lrg ds lHkh fcUnqvksa dk rki leku ekurs gq,
cDls dh vkUrfjd lrg dk lkE;koLFkk rki gS &
A Source B A ÅtkZ B
100°C of 4°C 100°C dk lzksr 4°C
Energy
Insulating 8 cm
dqpkyd
8 cm Walls nhokj
(A) 62 °C (B) 46 °C (C*) 76 °C (D) 52 °C
Sol.
 T  100  T 4
36 =   kA    kA
 8   8 
K = 0.5 cal/ºc/cm
A = 12 cm2 .
7. Two identical rods made of two different metals A and B with thermal conductivities KA and KB
respectively are joined end to end. The free end of A is kept at a temperature T1 while the free end of B
is kept at a temperature T2 (< T1). Therefore, in the steady state [Olympiad (Stage-1) 2017]
(A) the temperature of the junction will be determined only by KA and KB
(B*) if the lengths of the rods are doubled the rate of heat flow will be halved.
(C*) if the temperature at the two free ends are interchanged the junction temperature will change
2K AK B
(D*) the composite rod has an equivalent thermal conductivity of
K A  KB
PAGE NO.-4
nks le:i NM+sa nks vyx /kkrqvksa A rFkk B dh cuh gqbZ Øe'k% KA rFkk KB Å"eh; pkydrk ds lkFk fljs ls fljs ij
tksM+h xbZ gSA A dk eqDr fljs ij rkieku T1 gS tcfd B ds eqDr fljs ij rkieku T2 (< T1) gSA blfy, lkE;koLFkk
dh fLFkfr esa
(A) lfU/k dk rkieku dsoy KA rFkk KB }kjk fu/kkZfjr gksxkA
(B*) ;fn NM+ dh yEckbZ dks nqxquk dj nsa rks Å"ek izokg dh nj vk/kh gksxh
(C*) ;fn nksuksa eqDr fljks ij rkieku vkil esa cny nsa] rks lfU/k dk rkieku cnysxk
2K AK B
(D*) la;qDr NM+ dh rqY; rkih; pkydrk gSA
K A  KB
Ans. (BCD)
T1  Tj T2  Tj
Sol. 
L L
kA A kB A
 (T1 – Tj)kA = (T2 – Tj)kB
So Tj depends on kA, kB & T1, T2
L L 2L 2k A kB
   keq =
k A A kB A k eq A k A  kB
B, C, D are correct.
Comprehension # 1
vuqPNsn # 1
Figure shows in cross section a wall consisting of four layers with thermal conductivities K1 = 0.06
W/mK; K3 = 0.04 W/mK and K4 = 0.10 W/mK. The layer thicknesses are L1 = 1.5 cm ; L3 = 2.8 cm and
L4 = 3.5 cm. The temperature of interfaces is as shown in figure. Energy transfer through the wall is
steady.
pkj ijrks okyh nhokj dh vuqçLFk dkV fp=k esa çnf'kZr gSA ftudh Å"eh; pkydrk K1 = 0.06 W/mK;
K3 = 0.04 W/mK rFkk K4 = 0.10 W/mK gSA laidZ lrgksa dk rkieku fp=k esa iznf'kZr gSA ijrks dh eksVkbZ L1 =
1.5 cm; L3 = 2.8 cm rFkk L4 = 3.5 cm gSA nhokj ls ÅtkZ çokg fu;r gSA
Layer 1 Layer 2 Layer 3 Layer 4
K1 K2 K3 K4
30°C 25°C -10°C
L1 L2 L3 L4
8. The temperature of the interface between layers 3 and 4 is :
ijr 3 vkSj 4 dh lEifdZr lrg ij rkieku gS :
(A) – 1°C (B*) – 3°C (C) 2°C (D) 0°C
Q Q
Sol. In steady state 
t layer 1 t layer 4
Q Q
LFkk;h voLFkk esa] 
0.06  A  (30  25) 0.10  A  T
 =  T =7°C
1.5  102 3.5  102
T3 = (– 10 + 7)°C = – 3°C
9. The temperature of the interface between layers 2 and 3 is :

ijr 2 o 3 ds e/; lEifdZr lrg dk rkieku gS :
(A*) 11°C (B) 8°C (C) 7.2°C (D) 5.4°C
PAGE NO.-5
Q Q
Sol. 
Q Q

t ijr 1 t ijr 3
0.06  A  5 0.04  A  T
 =   T = 14°C
1.5 102 2.8 102
T3 = (– 3 + 14)°C = 11°C
10. If layer thickness L2 is 1.4 cm, then its thermal conductivity K2 will have value (in W/mK) :
;fn L2 ijr dh eksVkbZ 1.4 lseh0 gks rks bldh Å"eh; pkydrk K2 dk eku (W/mK esa) gksxk :
(A*) 2 × 10–2 (B) 2 × 10–3 (C) 4 × 10–2 (D) 4 × 10–3
Q Q Q Q
Sol.   
t layer 1 t layer 2 t ijr 1 t ijr 2
0.06  A  5 K 2  A  14
  =   K2 = 0.02 W/mK
1.5 102 1.4 102
11. One end of a steel rod (K = 42 J/m–s–ºC) of length 1.0 m is kept in ice at 0ºC and the other end is kept
in boiling water at 100ºC. The area of cross–section of the rod is 0.04cm2. Assuming no heat loss to the
atmosphere, find the mass of the ice melting per second. Latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.36 × 105 J/kg.
1.0 m yEckbZ dh LVhy dh NM+ (K = 42 J/m–s–ºC) dk ,d fljk 0ºC ij cQZ esa j[kk tkrk gS rFkk nwljk fljk
100°C ij mcyrs ty esa j[kk tkrk gSA NM+ dk vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy 0.04 cm2 gSA ;g ekurs gq;s fd okrkoj.k esa
Å"eh; gkfu ugha gksrh gS] rks izfr lsd.M fi?ky jgs cQZ dk nzO;eku Kkr dhft;sA cQZ ds xyu dh xqIr Å"ek =
3.36 × 105 J/kg gSA
Ans. 5 × 10–5 g/s
dQ
Sol. iH =
dt
T (100 – 0)  42  0.04
iH = = × 10–4 = 168 × 10–4
( L / KA) 1
Q mL  m  iH 168  10 –4 1
iH = = = = = × 10–7 kg/s.
t t  t  L 3.36  105 2
12. A rod CD of thermal resistance 5.0 K/W is joined at the middle of an identical rod AB as shown in figure.
The ends A, B and D are maintained at 100ºC, 0ºC and 25ºC respectively. Find the heat current in CD.
Å"eh; izfrjks/k 5.0 K/W dh ,d NM+ CD ,dleku NM+ AB ds e/; esa fp=kkuqlkj tksM+h tkrh gSA fljs A, B rFkk D
dk rki Øe'k% 100ºC, 0ºC o 25ºC gSaA CD esa Å"eh; /kkjk Kkr djksA
Ans. 4.0 W
PAGE NO.-6
Sol.
L
(Thermal resistance Å"eh; izfrjks/k) R = = 5.0 K/W
KA
TA – TC TD – TC T – TC
 + + B =0
R/2 R R/2
2TA – 2TC + TD – TC + 2TB – 2TC = 0
225
200 + 25 + 0 = 5TC TC = = 45
5
TC – TD 45 – 25
iCD = = =4W
R 5
13. A metal rod of cross-sectional area 1.0 cm2 is being heated at one end. At one time, the temperature
gradient is 5.0°C/cm at cross-section A and is 2.6 °C/cm at cross-section B. Calculate the rate at which
the temperature is increasing in the part AB of the rod. The heat capacity of the part AB = 0.40 J/°C,
thermal conductivity of the material of the rod = 200 W/m–°C. Neglect any loss of heat to the
atmosphere.
vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy 1.0 cm2 dh ,d /kkrq dh NM+ ,d fljs ij xeZ dh tkrh gSA fdlh le; vuqizLFk dkV A ij
rki izo.krk 5.0°C/lseh ,oa vuqizLFk dkV B ij rki izo.krk 2.6 °C/lseh- gSA og nj Kkr dhft;s ftl ij NM+ ds
AB Hkkx esa rki c<+ jgk gSA Hkkx AB dh Å"eh; /kkfjrk 0.40 J/°C, NM+ ds inkFkZ dh Å"eh; pkydrk 200 W/m–
°C gSA okrkoj.k esa Å"ek gkfu dks ux.; ekfu;sA
Ans. 12 °C/s
dT
Sol. = 5ºC/Cm
dx
 dT   dT  T
  =5   = 2.6 i = (KA)
 dx  A  dx  L
 dT   dT 
iA =   KA iB =   KA
 dx  A  dx  B
 dQ   dT   dT   d
i =  Absorbvo'kks"k.k  –
=    KA = ms
 dt   dx  A  dx  B  dt
d
(5 – 2.6) × 200 × (1×10–2) = ms
dt
d
2.4 × 2 = ms = 4.8
dt
d 4.8
ms = 0.4 J/C = = 12ºC/s
dt 0.4
PAGE NO.-7
PHYSICS



NO. B49 TO B51


1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (C) 6. (C) 7. (C)
8. (A) (C) (D) 9. 5 10. 9 11. 15 W/m–°C 12. 0.73 W.
3 3
13. 6 x 10 K; 4 x 10 K 14. (a) p, s , (b) t (c) q , r (d) t
1. Heat flows radially outward through a spherical shell of outside radius R2 and inner radius R1. The
temperature of inner surface of shell is 1 and that of outer is . The radial distance from centre of shell
where the temperature is just half way between 1 and 2 is :
vkUrfjd f=kT;k R1 o ckg~; f=kT;k R2 ds ,d xksyh; dks'k ds }kjk Å"ek f=kT;h; ckgj dh vksj izokfgr gksrh gSA
;fn dks'k dh vkUrfjd lrg dk rki 1 rFkk ckgjh lrg dk 2 gSA dks'k ds dsUnz ls f=kT;h; nwjh tgk¡ rki 1 o 
dk ek/; gS&
R1  R 2 R1 R 2 2 R1 R 2 R2
(A) (B) (C*) (D) R1 +
2 R1  R 2 R1  R 2 2
Sol.

1 –   – 2
 1 – 2 =  R
= R 1
dr 2
dr
R K 4 r 2  K 4 r 2
1 R1
 / 2  2R1R2
=   R=
1  1 1 1 1 1  R1  R 2
–  – 
4 K1  R1 R  4 K1  R1 R2 
PAGE NO.-8
2._ Three separate segments of equal area A1, A2 and A3 are shown in the energy distribution curve of a
blackbody radiation. If n1, n2 and n3 are number of photons emitted per unit time corresponding to each
area segment respectively then :
rhu fHkUu&fHkUu Hkkx A1, A2 rFkk A3 ftuds {ks=kQy leku gSa] dks d`f".kdk ds ÅtkZ forj.k oØ ij fp=kkuqlkj
fn[kk;k x;k gSA vxj n1, n2 rFkk n3 Øe'k% izfr ,dkad le; esa izR;sd {ks=kQy Hkkx ls mRlftZr QksVkWu gSa rks&
E
A1 A2 A3 
(A) n2 > n1 > n3 (B) n3 > n1 > n2 (C) n1 = n2 = n3 (D*) n3 > n2 > n1
Sol. Equal area means equal power output. A3 area pertains to highest wavelength range, thus photons with
minimum range of frequency. Thus maximum number of photons are required from this segment to
keep the power same.
leku {ks=kQy vFkkZr~ leku fuxZr 'kfDr gksrh gSA A3 {ks=kQy mPp ijkl ls lEcfU/kr gS vr% QksVksu U;wure vko`rhZ
ijkl ls gksxsaA vr% leku 'kfDr ds fy, bl vUr%[k.M ls vf/kdre QksVkWuksa dh la[;k dh vko';drk gSA
3. The earth is getting energy from the sun whose surface temperature is Ts and radius is R. Let the
radius of the earth the r and the distance from the sun be d. Assume the earth and the sun both to
behave as perfect black bodies and the earth is in thermal equilibrium at a constant temperature Te.
Therefore, the temperature Ts of the sun is xTe where x is [Olympiad 2015 stage-1]
i`Foh lw;Z ls ÅtkZ izkIr djrh gS] lw;Z dk rkieku Ts rFkk f=kT;k R gSA ekuk i`Foh dh f=kT;k r rFkk bldh lw;Z ls
nwjh d gSA i`Foh rFkk lw;Z nksuksa ,d vkn'kZ Ñ".k oLrq dh rjg O;ogkj djrh gS] rFkk i`Foh Te rkieku ij rkih;
lkE;koLFkk esa gSA ;fn lw;Z dk rkieku Ts = xTe gks rks x dk eku D;k gksxkA [Olympiad 2015 stage-1]
2d 2R 4d d
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
R r r r
Sol. (a)
  4R2 .Ts 4
 r 2    4r 2  Te 4
4d2
R2 Ts 4
  4Te 4
d2
2d
Ts = Te
R
4._ Three graphs marked as 1, 2, 3 representing the variation of maximum emissive power and wavelength
of radiation of the sun, a welding arc and a tungsten filament. Which of the following combination is
correct (JEE(Scr.)-2005, 3/84, –1 )
iznf'kZr fp=k esa vf/kdre mRltZu {kerk ,oa lw;Z ds fodhj.kksa dh rjaxnS/;Z] osfYMax (welding) Tokyk dh rjaxnS/;Z ,oa
VaxLVu rUrq }kjk mRlftZr rjaxnS/;ksZ ds e/; xzkQ iznf'kZr fd;k x;k gS fuEu esa ls dkSulk fodYi lgh xzkQ dks
iznf'kZr djrk gSA
(A*) 1- bulb, 2  welding arc, 3  sun (B) 2- bulb, 3  welding arc, 1  sun
(C) 3- bulb, 1  welding arc, 2  sun (D) 2- bulb, 1  welding arc, 3  sun
PAGE NO.-9
(A*) 1- VaxLVu rUrq , 2  osfYMax (welding) Tokyk , 3  lw;Z
(B) 2- VaxLVu rUrq , 3  osfYMax (welding) Tokyk , 1  lw;Z
(C) 3- VaxLVu rUrq , 1  osfYMax (welding) Tokyk , 2  lw;Z
(D) 2- VaxLVu rUrq , 1  osfYMax (welding) Tokyk , 3  lw;Z
Sol. (1) According to Wien’s displacement law ohu foLFkkiu fu;e ls
mT = constant fu;rkad
1
 T
max
from graph xzkQ ls max(1) > max(2) > max(3)
 T1 < T2 < T3
the material having law temperature has the graph having lower peak.
xzkQ esa fuEu pksVh (peak) j[kus okyh /kkrq dk de rkieku gksrk gSA
5. Assuming the sun to be a spherical body of radius R at a temperature of T K, evaluate the total radiant
power, incident on Earth, at a distance r from the Sun. (earth radius = r0) (AIEEE-2006; 3/180)
lw;Z dks TK rkieku ij R f=kT;k dh ,d xksyh; oLrq ekudj, lw;Z ls r nwjh ij i`Foh ij vkifrr lEiw.kZ fofdfjr
'kfDr dh x.kuk dhft,A (i`Foh dh f=kT;k = r0)
R 2 T 4 4r02 R2 T 4 r02 R2 T 4 r02 R2 T 4
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
r2 r2 r2 4r 2
Sol.
 (4R2 )T 4  2
Total radiant power incident of earth i`Foh ij vkifrr dqy fofdj.k 'kfDr =  2  r0
 4r 
(Taking sun as a block body lw;Z dks d`".k oLrq ekuk x;k gS)
6. One end of a thermally insulated rod is kept at a temperature T1 and the other at T2. The rod is
composed of two sections of lengths L1 and L2 and thermal conductivities k1 and k2 respectively.
The temperature at the interface of the sections is
,d Å"ekjks/kh NM dk ,d fljk T1 rki ij vkSj nwljk fljk T2 rki ij gSA NM+ Øe'k% L1 vkSj L2 yEckbZ vkSj k1 vkSj
k2 Å"ek pkydrkvksa dh NM+ks dks la;ksx gS nksuksa Hkkxksa dh lfU/k dk rki gSA
(AIEEE-2007; 3/120)
(K 2 L 2 T1  K1 L1T2 ) (K 2 L1 T1  K1 L 2 T2 )
(A) (B)
(K1L1  K 2L2 ) (K 2L1  K1L2 )
(K1 L2 T1  K 2 L1T2 ) (K1 L1 T1  K 2 L 2 T2 )
(C*) (D)
(K1L 2  K 2L1 ) (K1L1  K 2L2 )
Sol. Let temperature of the interface ekuk lfU/k dk rki = T
T1 – T T – T2
=
 L1   L2 
   
 AK1   K 2 A 
L L  T L2 TL
 T 1  2  = 1 + 2 1
 K1 K 2  K2 K1
T K1 L2  T2 L1 K 2
 T= 1
L1 K 2  L2 K1
PAGE NO.-10
7. Three rods of Copper, brass and steel are welded together to form a Y-shaped structure. Area of cross-
section of each rod = 4 cm2. End of copper rod is maintained at 100°C where as ends of brass and
steel are kept at 0°C. Lengths of the copper, brass and steel rods are 46, 13 and 12 cms respectively.
The rods are thermally insulated from surroundings except at ends. Thermal conductivities of copper,
brass and steel are 0.92, 0.26 and 0.12 CGS units respectively. Rate of heat flow through copper rod is:
rk¡cs, ihry ,oa LVhy dh rhu NM+ksa dks Y-vkdkj lajpuk esa osYM fd;k x;k gSA izR;sd NM+ dh vuqizLFk dkV dk
{ks=kQy = 4 cm2 gSA rk¡cs dh NM+ ds fljs dk rkieku 100°C gS tcfd ihry ,oa LVhy ds fljs 0°C rkieku ij j[ks
x;s gSA rk¡csa] ihry ,oa LVhy dh NM+ksa dh yEckbZ;k¡ Øe'k% 46, 13 rFkk 12 cms gSaA NM+ksa dks muds fljksa dks
NksM+dj, okrkoj.k ls Å"eh; jks/kh fd;k x;k gSA rk¡csa] ihry ,oa LVhy dh Å"ek pkydrk,¡ Øe'k% 0.92, 0.26 ,oa
0.12 CGS bdkbZ gSA rk¡cs dh NM+ ls izokfgr Å"ek dh nj gSA [JEE (Main) 2014, 4/120, –1]
(A) 1.2 cal/s (B) 2.4 cal/s (C*) 4.8 cal/s (D) 6.0 cal/s
Ans. (C)
Sol.
1 + 2 + 3 = 0
K1(T  0) K 2 (T  0) K 3 (T  100)
  0
1 2 3
0.12 0.26 0.92
T T (T  100)  0
12 13 46
T = 40°C
dQ 0.92  4
through copper rkEcs ds fy, = (100 – 40)
dt 46
= 4.8 cal/sec.
8. A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of different thermal conductivities (given in terms
of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same
width. Heat ‘Q’ flows only from left to right through the blocks. Then in steady state
[JEE, 2011, 4,/160 ]
(A*) heat flow through A and E slabs are same

(B) heat flow through slab E is maximum
(C*) temperature difference across slab E is smallest
(D*) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D.
PAGE NO.-11
vyx&vyx rki pkydrkvksa (K ds ek=kd esa) rFkk vyx&vyx lkbtksa (L ds ek=kd es)a ds A, B, C, D o E LyScksa
(slabs) dks fp=k esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj tksM+k x;k gSA lc LyScksa dh pkSM+kbZ leku gSA Å"ek 'Q' dk pkyu flQZ A ls E
dh fn'kk esa gSA rc lkE;koLFkk esa [JEE, 2011, 4,/160 ]
(A) A o E LyScksa esa ls pkfyr Å"ek cjkcj gSA

(B) vf/kdre Å"ek pkyu LySc E esa ls gSA
(C) U;wure rkieku&vUrj E LySc ds Qydksa ds chp gSA
(D) C esa ls Å"ek pkyu = B esa ls Å"ek pkyu + D esa ls Å"ek pkyu
Ans. (A), (C), (D)
Sol. A: At steady state, heat flow through A and E are same.
C: T = i × R
‘i’ is same for A and E but R is smallest for E.
T
D: iB =
RB
T
iC =
RC
T
iD =
RD
if ic = iB + iD
1 1 1
Hence  
RC RB RD
8KA 3KA 5kA
  
  
Sol. (A), (C), (D)
A: LFkk;h voLFkk esa A rFkk E ls Å"ek izokg leku gSA.
C: T = i × R
A rFkk E ds fy, ‘i’ leku gksxk fdUrq E ds fy, R U;wure gksxk
T
D: iB =
RB
T
iC =
RC
T
iD =
RD
;fn ic = iB + iD
1 1 1
vr%  
RC RB RD
8KA 3KA 5kA
  
  
PAGE NO.-12
9. A hollow spherical conducting shell of inner radius R1 = 0.25 m and outer radius R2 = 0.50 m is placed
inside a heat reservoir of temperature T0 = 1000 ºC. The shell is initially filled with water at 0ºC. The
102
thermal conductivity of the material is k = W/m-K and its heat capacity is negligible. The time
4
10
required to raise the temperature of water to 100ºC is 1100 K n sec. Find K. Take specific heat of
9
22
water s = 4.2 kJ/kg.°C, density of water dw = 1000 kg/m3 ,  =
7
vkUrfjd f=kT;k R1 = 0.25 eh- o ckg~; f=kT;k R2 = 0.50 eh- dk [kks[kyk pkyd xksyk T0 = 1000 ºC rki ds
Å"eh; dq.M (reservoir) ds vUnj j[kk tkrk gSA izkjEHk esa xksyh; dks'k esa 0ºC ij ty Hkjk tkrk gSA inkFkZ dh
102
Å"eh; pkydrk k = W/m-K gS bldh Å"eh; /kkfjrk ux.; gSA ty dk rki 100ºC rd c<+us es yxk le;
4
10
1100 K n sec gS rks K Kkr dhft;sA ty dh fof'k"V Å"ek s = 4.2 kJ/kg.°C, ty dk ?kuRo dw = 1000
9
22
kg/m3 ]  = gSA
7
te r
K Wa Reservoir K ty dq.M
R1 R1
T0 = 1000ºC T0 = 1000ºC
0ºC 0ºC
R2 R2
Ans. 5
Sol. For any general moment 1000ºC.
fdlh ,d lkekU; {k.k 1000ºC ds fy;s
1000  T dQ
iH = =
Req dt
R2
dx 1  x 2 1 
where tgk¡ Req =  =  
k (4 x 2 ) 4 k  2  1  R1
1 1 1 1
Req =    =
4 k  R1 R2  50
Now, mass of water inside cavity vc] xqgk ds vUnj fLFkr ty dk nzO;eku
4
M=× R13
3
dQ d 1000  T
= MS = (d = dT)
dt dt Req
100º t
dT 1
 dt
(1000  T ) ( Req MS ) 0
=
0º
  1000  
t = Req MS × n  
  900  
PAGE NO.-13
10. A metal rod AB of length 10 x has its one end A in ice at 0ºC and the other end B in water at 100ºC. If a
point P on the rod is maintained at 400ºC, then it is found that equal amounts of water and ice
evaporate and melt per unit time. The latent heat of evaporation of water is 540 cal/g and latent heat of
melting of ice is 80 cal/g. If the point P is at a distance of x from the ice end A, find the value of .
[Neglect any heat loss to the surrounding] [JEE, 2009, 4,/160, –1]
/kkrq dh 10x yEckbZ okyh NM+ AB dk ,d Nksj A 0ºC ij j[kh cQZ esa rFkk nwljk Nksj B 100ºC ij j[ks ikuh esa
j[kk x;k gSA bl NM+ ds ,d vU; fcUnq P dks 400ºC ds fLFkj rkieku ij j[kk tkrk gSA ik;k tkrk gS fd A Nksj
ij çfr bdkbZ le; esa fi?kyus okyh cQZ dk nzO;eku rFkk B Nksj ij çfr bdkbZ le; esa okf"ir gksus okys ty dk
nzO;eku cjkcj gSA ikuh ds ok"ihdj.k rFkk cQZ ds fi?kyus dh xqIr Å"ek,¡] Øe'k% 540 cal/g rFkk 80 cal/g gSA ;fn
P dh nwjh cQZ okys Nksj ls x gks] rks  dk eku fudkysaA [ okrkoj.k esa gksus okyh Å"ek dh gkfu dks ux.; ekusaA ]
Sol.
400  0
i1 = ,
( x / kA)
400  100
i2 =
(10   ) x / kA
 dm 
L
i1  dt  f L f
 
i2  dm  Lv
  Lv
 dt 
400 /  x 80
  =9 Ans. 9
300 /(10   ) x 540
11. A hollow metallic sphere of radius 20 cm surrounds a concentric metallic sphere of radius 5 cm. The
space between the two spheres is filled with a nonmetallic material. The inner and outer spheres are
maintained at 50°C and 10°C respectively and it is found that 160 Joule of heat passes radially from
the inner sphere to the outer sphere per second. Find the thermal conductivity of the material between
the spheres.
,d 5 lseh- f=kT;k ds /kkrq ds xksys ds pkjksa vksj 20 lseh f=kT;k dk /kkrq dk ladsUnzh; [kks[kyk xksyk gSA nksuksa xksyksa
ds e/; v/kkRoh; inkFkZ Hkjk gSA vkUrfjd ,oa ckg~; xksys Øe'k% 50°C o 10°C ij j[ks tkrs gS ,oa ;g ik;k tkrk gS
fd vkUrfjd xksys ls ckg~; xksys dh vksj 160  twy Å"ek izfr lsd.M f=kT;h; :i ls izokfgr gksrh gSA nksuksa xksyksa
ds e/; ds inkFkZ dh Å"eh; pkydrk Kkr dhft;sA
Ans. 15 W/m–°C
Sol.
T1= 50ºC Choose a element of width dr js[kh; nwjh r ij] dr pkSM+kbZ dk ,d vo;o p;u djrs gSA
T2 = 10ºC at a Radial distance r f=kT;h; nwjh r
dr
dR =
K4r 2
20 20
1 dr 1  r –2 1  1 1 1 
Req =  =   = –
4 K 5
r2 4 K  –1  5 4 K  5 20 
PAGE NO.-14
1 1 1  1 102  4 –1  3 10 2
=  – × =  =
4 K  5 20  10 –2 4 K  20  4 K 20
(4 K )20 16  30 10
i = 160 = 40 K= = 15
3  100 40  4  2
12. A blackbody of surface area 1 cm2 is placed inside an enclosure. The enclosure has a constant
temperature 27ºC and the blackbody is maintained at 327ºC by heating it electrically. What electric
power is needed to maintain the temperature?  = 6.0 × 10–8 W/m2 –K4.
1 lseh2 i`"Bh; {ks=kQy dh ,d d`f".kdk ,d cUn ik=k esa j[kh gSA cUn ik=k dk fu;r rki 27ºC gS ,oa d`f".kdk dks
fo|qr }kjk Å"ek nsdj 327ºC ij j[kk tkrk gS rki dks cuk;s j[kus ds fy, fdruh fo|qr 'kfDr pkfg;s ? 
  = 6.0 × 10–8 W/m2 –K4.
Ans. 0.73 W.
Sol. A = 1cm2
Ts = 27ºC = 300 K
Tb = 327ºC = 600 K
P =  e A (6004 – 3004)
= 6 × 10–8 × 1 × 10–4 (64 – 34) × 108 = 0.73 W
13. Estimate the temperature at which a body may appear blue or red. The values of mean for these are
5000 Å and 7500Å respectively. [ Given Wein’s constant b = 0.3 cm K ]
ml rki dk vuqeku yxkb;s ftl ij oLrq uhyh ;k yky fn[kkbZ nsrh gSA buds fy;s ek/; Øe'k% 5000 Å ,oa 7500
Å gSA [ fn;k x;k gS ohu dk fu;rkad b = 0.3 cm K ]
Ans. 6 x 103 K; 4 x 103 K
Sol. blue = 5000 Aº 
 m × T = constant fu;r = b
Red = 7500 Aº
b 0.3
Tblue = = = 6 × 103 K
blue 5 10 –5
b 0.3
Tred = –5
= 4 × 103 K
Re d 7.5 10
14. A copper rod (initially at room temperature 20°C) of non-uniform cross section is placed between a
steam chamber at 100°C and ice-water chamber at 0°C.
 dQ 
(A) Initially rate of heat flow   will be (p) maximum at section A
 dt 
 dQ 
(B) At steady state rate of heat flow   will be (q) maximum at section B
 dt 
 dT 
(C) At steady state temperature gradient   will be (r) minimum at section A
 dx 
(D) At steady state rate of change of (s) minimum at section B
 dT 
temperature   at a certain point will be (t) same for all section
 dt 
PAGE NO.-15
vle:i vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy dh ,d rkacsa dh NM+ ¼izkjEHk esa dejs ds rkieku 20°C ij) dks Hkki ds dks"B ¼100°C
ij½ rFkk cQZ&ikuh dks"B (0°C ij) ds chp j[kk x;k gS %&
 dQ 
(A) izkjfEHkd Å"ek izokg dh nj   gksxh (p) Hkkx A ij vf/kdre
 dt 
 dQ 
(B) LFkk;h voLFkk esa Å"ek izokg dh   nj gksxh (q) Hkkx B ij vf/kdre
 dt 
 dT 
(C) LFkk;h voLFkk esa rkieku izo.krk   gksxk (r) Hkkx A ij U;wure
 dx 
(D) LFkk;h voLFkk ij rkieku esa ifjorZu dh nj (s) Hkkx B ij U;wure
dT
fdlh   fcUnq ij gksxh (t) lHkh Hkkxksa ds fy, leku
 dt 
Ans. (a) p, s , (b) t (c) q , r (d) t
Sol. (a) Initially more heat will enter through section A due to temperature difference and no heat will flow
through section B because initially there is no temperature difference.
 dQ 
(b) At steady state rate of heat flow   is same for all sections
 dt 
dQ dT dT 1  dQ 
(c) At steady state = kA or =  
dt dx dx kA  dt 
dT
is inversely proportional to area of cross-section. Hence is maximum at B and minimum at A
dx
(d) At steady state heat accumulation = 0
dT
So = 0 for any section.
dt
Sol. (a) izkjEHk esa Hkkx A ls T;knk Å"ek izos'k djsxh ijUrq /kkrq dqN Å"ek vo'kksf"kr dj ysxh rFkk Hkkx A ls de Å"ek
ckgj fudysxh -
(b) fu;r voLFkk ij Å"ek izokg dh nj
dQ
lHkh Hkkxksa ds fy, leku
dt
dQ dT dT 1  dQ 
(c) fu;r voLFkk ij = kA ;k =  
dt dx dx kA  dt 
dT
, vuqizLFk dkV {ks=kQy ds O;qRØekuqikrh gSA vr% vf/kdre B ij rFkk U;wure A ij gSA
dx
(d) fu;r voLFkk ij Å"ek izokg = 0
dT
vr% = 0 fdlh Hkh dkV {ks=k ds fy,
dt
PAGE NO.-16
PHYSICS



NO. B49 TO B51


1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C) (D) 6. (B) 7. (A)
8. (C) 9. 7 minutes feuV 10. 9
1. Three very large plates of same area are kept parallel and close to each other. They are considered as
ideal black surfaces and have very high thermal conductivity. The first and third plates are maintained
at temperatures 2T and 3T respectively. The temperature of the middle (i.e. second) plate under steady
state condition is
rhu cgqr cM+h IysVsa] ftudk {ks=kQy cjkcj gS] lekarj o ,d nwljs ds ikl j[kh x;h gSaA mudks vkn'kZ &d`".k &lrg
ekusa vkSj mudh Å"ek pkydrk cgqr vf/kd gSA igyh vkSj rhljh IysVksa dks Øe'k% 2T vkSj 3T rkieku ij j[kk
tkrk gSA LFkkbZ voLFkk esa chp dh ¼vFkkZr nwljh½ IysV dk rkieku gSA [IIT-JEE-2012, Paper-1; 3/70, –1]
1 1 1
1
 65  4  97  4  97  4
(A)   T (B)   T (C*)   T (D)  97  4 T
 2   4   2 
Sol.
In steady state energy absorbed by middle plate is equal to energy released by middle plate.
LFkk;h voLFkk ij ek/; ifêdk }kjk vo'kksf"kr Å"ek dh nj] mRlftZr Å"ek dh nj ds rqY; gS
A(3T)4 – A(T’)4 = A(T’)4 – A(2T)4
(3T)4 – (T’)4 = (T’)4 – (2T)4
(2T’)4 = (16 + 81) T4
1/ 4
 97 
T’ =   T
 2 
PAGE NO.-17
2. Parallel rays of light of intensity  = 912 Wm–2 are incident on a spherical balck body kept in
surroundings of temperature 300 K. Take Stefan-Biltzmann constant  = 5.7 × 10–8 Wm–2K–4 and
assume that the energy exchange with the surroundings is only through radiation. Th final steady state
temperature of the black body is close to: [JEE (Advanced)-2014, 3/60, –1]
,d xksykdkj Ñf".kdk(black body) dks 300 K rkieku okys okrkoj.k esa j[kk x;k gSA bl ij izd'k ds lekUrj
fdj.ksa] ftudh rhozrk  = 912 Wm–2 gS] vkifrr gSaA LVhQu oksYVt~eku fu;rkad  = 5.7 × 10–8 Wm –2 K–4 dk
eku ysdj ;g ekurs gq, fd ÅtkZ dk vknku iznku flQZ fofdj.k }kjk gh gks jgk gS] Ñf".kdk dk LFkk;h voLFkk esa
rkieku yxHkx gS %
(A*) 330 K (B) 660 K (C) 990 K (D) 1550 K
Sol. In steady state LFkk;h voLFkk esa
R2   (T 4  T04 ) 4R 2 
  (T4 – T04 ) 4
 T4 – T04 = 40 × 108
 T4 – 81×108 = 40 ×108
 T4 = 121 ×108  T  330 K
3. A human body has surface area of approximately 1m2. The normal body temperature is 10 K above the
surrounding room temperature T0. Take the room temperature to be T0 = 300 K. For T0 = 300K, the
value of T04 = 460 Wm–2 (where  is the Stefan-Boltzmann constant). Which of the following options
is/are correct ? [JEE (Advanced) 2017 ; P-1, 4/61, –2]
(A) If the surrounding temperature reduces by a small amount T0 << T0, then to maintain the same
body temperature the same (living) human being needs to radiate W = 4T03 T0 more energy per
unit time.
(B*) Reducing the exposed surface area of the body (e.g. by curling up) allows humans to maintain the
same body temperature while reducing the energy lost by radiation
(C) If the body temperature rises significantly then the peak in the spectrum of electromagnetic
radiation emitted by the body would shift to longer wavelengths
(D) The amount of energy radiated by the body in 1 second is close to 60 joules
ekuoh; i`"Bh; {ks=kQy yxHkx 1m2 gksrk gSa ekuo 'kjhj dk rkieku ifjos'k ds rkieku ls 10 K vf/kd gksrk gSA
ifjos'k rkieku T0 = 300 K gS] bl ifjos'k rkieku ds fy, T04 = 460 Wm–2 gS tgk¡ LVhQku&cksYV~teku
fu;rkad (Stefan-Boltzmann constant) gSA fuEu esa dkSu lk (ls) dFku lgh gS@gSa ?
(A) ifjos'k rkieku vxj T0 ls ?kVrk gS (T0 << T0) rc ekuo 'kjhj dks rkieku dk vuqj{k.k djus ds fy,
W = 4T03 T0 vf/kd ÅtkZ fofdfjr djuh iMrh gSA
(B*) i`"Bh; {ks=kQy ?kVkus (tSls % fldqMus ls) ls ekuo vius 'kjhj ls fofdfjr ÅtkZ ?kVkrs gS ,oa vius 'kjhj dk
rkieku vuqjf{kr djrs gSA
(C) ekuoh; 'kjhj ds rkieku eas vxj lkFkZd o`f) gks rc izdk'k pqEcdh; fofdj.k LisDVªe dh f'k[kj rjax nS/;Z (the
electromagnetic spectrum) nh?kZ rjax nS/;Z dh vksj foLFkkfir gksrh gSA
(D) ekuoh; 'kjhj ls 1 lSd.M esa fudVre fofdfjr ÅtkZ 60 twy (60 joules) gSA
Sol. (A) Since the temperature of the body remains same, therefore heat radiated by the body is same
as before. (W 1 = aT4 = a(310)4)
(B) W  Area
If exposed area decreases, energy radiated also decreases.
(C) mT = b  T  m 
4 4
(D) (W 1 = aT = a(310) )
Since it is given that T04 = 460 Wm–2
Hence, a(310)4  460 Wm–2
So (D) option is wrong
PAGE NO.-18
(A) pqafd ekuoh; 'kjhj ds rkieku esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugh gSA blfy, 'kjhj ds }kjk fodflr ÅtkZ leku jgsxh
(W 1 = aT4 = a(310)4)
(B) W  {ks=kQy
blfy, vxj i`"Bh; {ks=kQy ?kVsxk] rks ekuo ds 'kjhj ls fodflr ÅtkZ ?kVsxhA
(C) mT = b  T  m 
4 4
(D) (W 1 = aT = a(310) )
pqafd ;g fn;k x;k gS T04 = 460 Wm–2
vr% a(310)4  460 Wm–2
blfy, (D) fodYi xyr gSA
4.# If a piece of metal is heated to temperature  and then allowed to cool ina room which is at temperature
0, the graph between the temperature T of the metal and time t will be closest to :
;fn /kkrq ds ,d VqdM+s dks rkieku  rd xeZ fd;k tkrk gS vkSj fQj ,d dejs esa] ftldk rkieku 0 gS] BaMk gksus
fn;k tkrk gS] rc /kkrq ds rkieku T vkSj le; t ds chp xzkQ blds vR;f/kd lehi gS :
[JEE-Main 2013, 4/120,–1]
(A) (B)
(C*) (D)
Sol. According to Newtons cooling law option (C) is correct Answer. [JEE-Main 2013, 4/120,–1]
U;wVu ds 'khryu ds fu;e ds vuqlkj fodYi (C) lgh mÙkj gSA
5. An incandescent bulb has a thin filament of tungsten that is heated to high temperature by passing an
electric current. The hot filament emits black-body radiation. The filament is observed to break up at
random locations after a sufficiently long time of operation due to non-uniform evaporation of tungsten
from the filament. If the bulb is powered at constant voltage, which of the following statement(s) is
(are)true? [JEE Advanced 2016 ; P-1, 4/62, –2]
(A) The temperature distribution over the filament is uniform
(B) The resistance over small sections of the filament decreases with time
(C*) The filament emits more light at higher band of frequencies before it breaks up
(D*) The filament consumes less electrical power towards the end of the life of the bulb
,d rkinhIr cYc ds VaxLVu rUrq dks fo|qr /kkjk ds izokg ls mPp rkieku ij xje djus ij VaXLVu rUrq d`f".kdk
fofdj.k (black-body radiation) mRlftZr djrk gSA ;g ns[kk x;k gS fd yacs le; ds iz;ksx ds ckn VaXLVu rUrq esa
vleku ok"ihdj.k ds dkj.k rUrq fdlh Hkh txg ls VwV tkrk gSA ;fn cYc dks fo|qr 'kfDr ,d fLFkj oksYVrk ij
nh x;h gS rks fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSulk@dkSuls dFku lR; gS@ gSa ?
(A) rUrq ij rkieku dk forj.k ,d leku gS
(B) rUrq ds NksVs Hkkxksa dk izfrjks/k le; ds lkFk de gksrk tkrk gS
(C*) VwVus ls igys rUrq mPp vko`rh iV~Vh (high frequency band) dk izdk'k igys ls T;knk mRlftZr djrk gS
(D*) rUrq viuh vk;q ds vk[kjh le; esa de fo|qr 'kfDr dk iz;ksx djrk gS
Ans. (CD)
PAGE NO.-19
Sol. Towards the end of the life filament will become thinner. Resistance will increase and so consumed
power will be less, so it will emit less light. Temperature distribution will be non uniform. At the position
where temperature is maximum, filament will break. Black body radiation curve will become flat so the
filament consumes less electrical power towards the end of the life of the bulb.
fQykesaV fljksa dh rjQ iryk gks tkrk gSA bl dkj.k izfrjks/k c<+rk gS rFkk 'kfDr O;; de gksrk gSA vr% ;g de
izdk'k mRlftZr djrk gSA rkieku forj.k vle:i gksrk gSA og fLFkfr tgk¡ ij rkieku vf/kdre gksrk gSA ogk¡ ls
fQykesaV VwV tkrk gSA d`f".kdk fofdj.k oØ leery gks tkrk gSA blfy;s cYc ds vafre le; esa fQykesaV de
fo|qr 'kfDr O;; djrk gSA

Comprehension # 2
A body cools in a surrounding of constant temperature 30ºC. Its heat capacity is 2J/ºC. Initial
temperature of the body is 40ºC . Assume Newton’s law of cooling is valid. The body cools to 38ºC in
10 minutes.
30 ºC fu;r rkieku ds okrkoj.k esa ,d oLrq B.Mh gksrh gSA Å"ek /kkfjrk 2J/ºC gSA oLrq dk çkjfEHkd rkieku
40ºC gSA ekuk fd U;wVu dk 'khryu dk fu;e ;gk¡ ekU; gksrk gSA oLrq 10 feuV esa 38ºC rd B.Mh gksrh gSA
6. In further 10 minutes it will cool from 38ºC to :

vxys 10 feuV esa ;g 38ºC ls fuEu rki rd B.Mh gks tk,xh &
(A) 36ºC (B*) 36.4ºC (C) 37ºC (D) 37.5ºC
Sol. We have  – s = ( – s ) e–kt
where  = Initial temperature of body = 40°C
 = temperature of body after time t.
Since body cools from 40 to 38 in 10min, we have
38 – 30 = (40 – 30) e– k 10 .... (1)
Let after 10 min, The body temp. be 
 – 30 = (38 – 30) e–k 10 .... (2)
(1 ) 8 10
gives  ,  – 30 = 6.4   = 36.4 °C
(2)   30 8
gy. ge tkurs gS  – s = ( – s ) e–kt
tgk¡ = oLrq dk izkjfEHkd rkieku = 40°C
 = oLrq dk t le; i'pkr~ rkieku .
pwafd oLrq 40 ls 38°C rd 10 feuV esa B.Mh gksrh gS, vr%
38 – 30 = (40 – 30) e– k 10 .... (1)
ekuk 10 feuV i'pkr~, oLrq dk rkieku gks tkrk gS
 – 30 = (38 – 30) e–k 10 .... (2)
(1) 8 10
ls  ,  – 30 = 6.4   = 36.4 °C
(2)   30 8
7. The temperature of the body in ºC denoted by  the variation of versus time t is best denoted as
oLrq dk ºC esa rkieku  }kjk çnf'kZr gS dk le; t ds lkFk ifjorZu dk lgh çn'kZu gS
0 0 0 0
40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C
 0
 0  0 
30 C 30 C 30 C
(A*) t (B) t (C) t (D) (0,0) t

Sol. Temperature decreases exponentially.
rki pj ?kkrkadh ?kVrk gSA
PAGE NO.-20
8. When the body temperature has reached 38 ºC, it is heated again so that it reaches to 40ºC in 10
minutes .The total heat required from a heater by the body is:
tc oLrq dk rki 38 ºC igq¡prk gS rks bldks nqckjk bl çdkj xeZ djrs gS fd bldk rkieku 10 feuV esa 40ºC gks
tkrk gS rks oLrq ds fy, ghVj ls çkIr dqy Å"ek gksxh &
(A) 3.6J (B) 7J (C*) 8 J (D) 4 J
Sol. During heating process from 38 to 40 in 10 min. The body will lose heat in the surrounding which will be
exactly equal to the heat lost when it is cooled from 40 to 38 in 10 min, which is equal to ms  = 2 × 2
= 4 J.
During heating process heat required by the body = m s  = 4 J.
 Total heat required = 8 J.
gy 38 ls 40°C rd 10 feuV esa xeZ djus ds nkSjku, oLrq okrkoj.k esa Å"ek {k; djsxh tks fd 10 feuV esa 40 ls 38°C
rd B.Mh gkus esa mRlftZr Å"ek ds cjkcj gksxh] tks fd ms  = 2 × 2 = 4 J ds cjkcj gSA
xeZ djus ds nkSjku oLrq ds fy, vko';d Å"ek = m s  = 4 J.
 dqy vko';d Å"ek = 8 J.
9. A liquid cools from 70ºC to 60ºC in 5 minutes. Find the time in which it will further cool down to 50 ºC, if
its surrounding is held at a constant temperature of 30ºC.
,d nzo 70ºC ls 60ºC rd 5 feuV esa BaMk gksrk gSA og le; Kkr dhft;s ftlesa ;g vkSj 50ºC rd BaMk gksrk gSA
;fn blds ifjos'k ¼okrkoj.k½ dk rki 30ºC ij fu;r j[kk tkrk gSA
Ans. 7 minutes feuV
70 – 60  70  60 
Sol. = K – 30  
5  2 
10
   = K [65 – 30] ...(i)
5
60  50
Now vc = K [65 – 30] ...(ii)
t
Dividing equation (i) and (ii)
lehdj.k (i) es (ii) Hkkx nsus ij
t 35
=
5 25
7
T =  5  7min
5
10. Two spherical bodies A (radius 6 cm) and B (radius 18 cm) are at temperature T1 and T2 respectively.
The maximum intensity in the emission spectrum of A is at 500 nm and in that of B is at 1500 nm.
Considering them to be black bodies, what will be the ratio of the rate of total energy radiated by A to
that of B ?
nks xksykdkj fi.M A (f=kT;k 6 cm) rFkk B, (f=kT;k 18 cm) Øe'k% T1 rFkk T2 rkieku ij gSaA muls mRlftZr
LisDVªe dh vf/kdre rhozrk A ds fy, 500 nm ij rFkk B ds fy, 1500 nm ij gSaA bu fi.Mksa dks d`f".kdk;sa ekurs
gq,] A rFkk B ls dqy ÅtkZ mRltZu dk vuqikr D;k gksxk \ [JEE, 2010, 3,/163 ]
Ans. 9
Sol. (m)B = 3(m)A
 TA = 3TB
E1 = 4 (6)2 TA4 = 4(6)2 (3TB)4
E2 = 4 (18)2  TB4
E1
= 9.
E2
PAGE NO.-21
11. A metal is heated in a furnace where a sensor is kept above the metal surface to read the power
radiated (P) by the metal. the sensor has scale that displays log2 (P / P0), where P0 is a constant. When
the metal surface is at a temperature of 487 ºC, the sensor shows a value 1. Assume that the emissivity
of the metallic surface remains constant. What is the value displayed by the sensor when the
temperature of the metal surface is raised to 2767 ºC. [JEE Advanced 2016 ; P-1, 3/62]
,d /kkrq ds HkV~Vh esa xje djrs gq, mldh fofdj.k 'kfDr (P) dks /kkrq ds Åij j[ks gq, ,d laosnd (sensor) ls
i<+rs gSA laosnd dk log2 (P / P0) dks i<rk gS] ;gk¡ P0 ,d fLFkjkad gSA tc /kkrq dk rkieku 487 ºC gS rks laosnd
dk iBu 1 gSA eku yhft;s fd /kkrq dh lrg dh mRltZdrk fLFkj gSA /kkrq dh lrg dk rkieku 2767ºC rd
c<kus ij laosnd dk iBu D;k gksxk \
Ans. 9
P1
Sol. log2 =1
P0
P1
therefore blfy;s, =2
P0
according to steffan's law LVhQu ds fu;e }kjk
4 4
P2  T2   2767  273  4
  
P1  T1   4
 487  273 
P2 P
= 2 = 44
P1 2 P0
P2
= 2 × 44
P0
P2
log2 = log2  2  4 4 
P0
= log2 2 + log2 44
= 1 + log2 28
=1+8
=9
PAGE NO.-22

(3924) DPP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(3924) DPP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(3924) DPP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHYSICS

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B33 TO B34

DPP No. : B33 (JEE-Main)

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B33

As it also remain in contact with wedge B

3u sin 30º = Vycos30º

Dipole moment of the charge pair at P & Q

(A) a = d (B) a > d (C*) a < d

 = cK, where, c = 1 / 00 ...........Eq.9 (a)

symbol c. c is also equal to 1 / 00 .

oS|qrpqEcdh; rjaxsa (ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES)

oS|qrpqacdh; rjaxksa dh izd`fr (Nature of electromagnetic wave)

 = cK, ;gka, c = 1 / 00 ...........9(a)

fo|qr pqEcdh; rjaxksa ds xq.k:

cjkcj gksrk gSA

12. The magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by

15. If an electromagnetic wave propagating through vacuum is described by

16. The electric field part of an electromagnetic wave in a medium is represented by

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B33 TO B34

DPP No. : B34 (JEE-Advanced)

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B34

3. Find the energy stored in a 60 cm length of a laser beam operating at 4 mW.

2.  B  dA  0 (Gauss's Law for magnetism)

 B. dl  0i (t) ............... (A)

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B35 TO B36

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B35

3. The audio signal - ,d vkWfM;ks flXuy -

8. Modulation factor determines -

9. Degree of modulation – eksM;wys'ku fMxzh dk eku –

21. The Q of a resonant transimission line is : ,d vuquknh lapj.k js[kk ds fy;s Q gS –

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B35 TO B36

DPP No. : B36

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B36

2. Which of the following is/are the limitations of amplitude modulation?

4. The attenuation in optical fibre is mainly due to

10. Choose the correct statement : [JEE(Main)-2016; 4/120, –1]

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B37 TO B38

DPP No. : B37 (JEE-Advanced)

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B37

Ring (1) Ring (2)

(A) The speed of bead keeps on increasing.

(A) euds dh pky c<+rh tkrh gSA

TARGET : JEE (Main + Advanced) 2020

Course : VIJAY (01JR to 03JR)

NO. B37 TO B38

DPP No. : B38 (JEE-Advanced)

ANSWER KEY OF DPP NO. : B38

(A) (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (– 4 × 10–5 T) k̂ (B*) (3 × 10–5 T) ĵ + (4 × 10–5 T) k̂

(B) 5s esa d.k }kjk r; dh x;h nwjh 20m gSA

(A) dA < dF (B) dB > dF (C) dA > dF (D*) dA + dB = 2dF